Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

38th Annual Convention; Seattle, WA; 2012

Program by Day for Saturday, May 26, 2012


Manage My Personal Schedule

 

Special Event #6
Pilates and Yoga Session Hosted by the Health, Sports, and Fitness Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2012
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Willow A (Sheraton)
Chair: Amanda N. Adams (California State University, Fresno)
Presenting Authors:

Participants are welcome to come enjoy a yoga and Pilates workout led by certified instructors. There is no experience necessary to participate in this moderate exercise session. Wear comfortable clothes and bring a towel or mat. You will strengthen and stretch tired conference muscles. This event is held in partnership with the Health, Sports and Fitness SIG.

 
 
Workshop #W55
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Identifying Priorities for Teaching Children With Autism: Where Do We Begin?
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
4C-1 (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Chata A. Dickson, Ph.D.
CHATA A. DICKSON (New England Center for Children), RENEE C. MANSFIELD (New England Center for Children)
Description: Although there is considerable research on the effectiveness of teaching procedures across a variety of skills, it can be challenging to determine which skills are important to teach first. This issue becomes even more complex when you consider the range of ability levels and the individual differences in specific strengths and weaknesses across individuals with autism spectrum disorders. Although different students require different goals, there are some skills that are useful for all individuals with ASDs. These are the fundamental skills for participating in a broad range of environments, communities, and activities—the skills that provide a foundation upon which more complex skills can be built. In planning programs of instruction for individuals with ASDs, behavioral educators must consider the extent to which the selected skills will open new possibilities for the individual student. These skills that open new doors for individuals have been referred to as "behavioral cusps," and they are prerequisite to more advanced independent, competent behavior (Rosales-Ruiz & Baer, 1997). In this workshop we will discuss important considerations related to identifying and prioritizing instructional goals, and we will describe to attendees a skills assessment that has been developed to assist in selecting critical goals for students with autism.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, when considering and selecting educational and behavioral goals for students with autism spectrum disorders, participants should be able to:

State the most important issues to consider

Define and provide examples of "behavioral cusps"

Describe the importance of considering future environments

Discuss the importance of independence, work, and community participation for adults

Activities: Activities will include lecture, individual workbook responding, and small group discussion.
Audience: The target workshop audience is professionals who develop educational treatment plans for children with autism.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Autism Curriculum, Behavioral Education, Foundational Skills, Goal Selection
 
Workshop #W56
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
CANCELED: Creating Sustainable Services for Children With Autism in Developing Countries
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
4C-2 (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Mareile A. Koenig, Ph.D.
TRACY VAIL (Let's Talk Speech and Language Services, Inc.), MAREILE A. KOENIG (West Chester University)
Description: This workshop will present a model training program to create sustainable behavioral services for children with autism in developing countries. Participants will receive guidelines and materials for raising capital to develop programs, determining countries/programs with the leadership needed to sustain services, determining training needs based on the current knowledge base of the leadership in the developing country, developing training materials based on needs assessments, finding and training volunteers to provide trainings, the process of transferring "ownership" to the leadership in the country, and developing political influence to increase the service options.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Develop a fundraising plan for initiating programs

Measure the capacity of a leadership team in a developing country to provide sustainable services for children with autism

Conduct a needs assessment to determine training needed

Evaluate volunteers' applications to match specified needs

Develop a training program with materials and data collection systems to ensure sustainability of services to children with autism

Develop strategies and contacts for meeting with political leaders in developing countries

Activities: Participants will review the progress of an ongoing effort in Nepal to create sustainable services for children with autism. Video samples of training sessions, assessment results, training protocols, and assessments of leadership and volunteer applications will be shared.
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for speech pathologists, behavior analysts, parents, students, and anyone with a passion for increasing the availability of behavioral programs for children with autism in developing countries.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, communication, international, verbal behavior
 
Workshop #W57
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Assessing and Teaching Functional Skills to Children With Autism in Home, School, and Community Settings
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
2B (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Michael M. Mueller, Ph.D.
JAMES W. PARTINGTON (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), MICHAEL M. MUELLER (Stimulus Publications)
Description: This workshop will describe the assessment and teaching of functional skills in children with autism. Functional skills will be discussed in terms of how they differ from basic conceptual skills on several levels that include when, where, and why functional skills are demonstrated, as well as the immediate benefit to the child. Children with autism require learning sequences and teaching curricula in various "everyday" aspects of their lives. These useful and necessary functional life skills are naturally clustered into skills used at school, in the community, at home, and skills that impact all aspects of life. Within these broad skill cluster areas, 31 specific skill groupings have been identified. This workshop will present information on the assessment of these specific skill groupings. The results of the assessment of functional skills will be useful for understanding which skills are required to enable independence within any given skill area. Next, using the assessment results to establish teaching sequences for functional learning programs will be discussed. Finally, specific strategies for teaching certain functional skills will be taught.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Identify the differences between functional and basic/conceptual skills

Identify four broad skill clusters of functional skills

Identify and assess 31 specific skill groupings of functional skills

Choose initial instructional skills for teaching functional skills

Identify methods to teach functional skills in various settings

Identify methods to measure and track progress of functional skills from initial assessment and throughout the teaching process

Activities: Workshop activities will include lecture, handouts, group participation, and group discussions.
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for behavior analysts who work with children with autism.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Assessment, Autism, Functional Skills, Teaching
 
Workshop #W58
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Technology and Learning: Developing Innovative Teaching Methods for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
612 (Convention Center)
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Mary Ellen McDonald, Ph.D.
MARY ELLEN MCDONALD (Hofstra University), NANCY PHILLIPS (The Genesis School), MARIA GARRETT (Nassau Suffolk Services for Autism), JAMIE OBRIEN (The Genesis School/Eden II Programs)
Description: The workshop will provide information on a variety of technology-based instructional methods that can be used to teach skills to individuals with autism spectrum disorders. Specific areas as they pertain to skill development will include the use of iTouch, iPad, SmartBoard, video technology, tactile prompts, and a variety of other technology-based tools. Computer programs will be presented, including lessons such as individualized PowerPoint applications. Specific areas of learning will focus on promoting independence, vocational skills, effective communication, and social skills. The future applications of technology for those with ASD will be explored as well.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Use a variety of technological applications to assist learners with ASD

Use technology to teach both in a classroom setting and portably

Use technology with adolescents to promote independence

Identify specific needs of the learner with ASD and design the appropriate intervention using any of a variety of technology-based interventions

Activities: Workshop activities will include discussion, video review, and case examples.
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for psychologists, special educators, social workers, speech pathologists, and parents.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, independence, learning, technology
 
Workshop #W59
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Fitness and Autism: Evidence-Based Practices to Promote Healthy Lifestyles and Inclusion Opportunities for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
201 (Convention Center)
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Linda S. Meyer, Ed.D.
LINDA S. MEYER (Autism New Jersey), RANDY I. HOROWITZ (Eden II Programs), BARBARA WELLS (Autism New Jersey)
Description: Individuals with autism spectrum disorders may be at risk for being physically inactive. The characteristics of the disorder may interfere with successful participation in traditional forms of physical activity. The goal of a fitness program is to maximize the health, fitness, and appearance of each individual. For individuals with ASDs, acquiring appropriate fitness levels and skills promotes the productive use of leisure time in less restrictive settings, inclusion in family recreational activities, expansion of employment opportunities, and increased independence. Access to community health/fitness clubs and programs has not been an option for many individuals with ASDs. Effective fitness and exercise programs for individuals with ASDs require strategic collaboration. Certified personal fitness trainers are experts in physiology and function. Parents are experts in their own children with ASDs. Applied behavior analysts objectively define and improve socially significant behavior. Individuals with ASDs and their families seeking to participate in an inclusive fitness program benefit from a collaborative approach. Extensive research supports the effectiveness of a behavioral approach for individuals with ASDs and their families. This workshop, presented by three professionals, one of whom is also a parent of an adolescent with autism, will address the application of behavioral principles to promote the physical fitness of individuals with ASDs as well as inclusion in family and community health and fitness programs and activities.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Identify research-based instructional strategies used to promote physical fitness safety, sports performance, and leisure skills for individuals with ASDs in community settings

Identify measurement procedures to promote accountability in fitness programs, including measures of social validity in a school-based running program and a community fitness center

List the necessary components of an effective leisure and fitness programs for individuals with autism spectrum disorders

Activities: Participants will view a PowerPoint presentation, receive handouts, and view videos. They will have opportunities to respond to the information presented in a didactic presentation and participate in problem solving discussions.
Audience: The workshop is appropriate for behavior analysts and family members who are interested in starting, expanding, or enhancing health and fitness programs for individuals with autism spectrum disorders to promote inclusion in families and communities.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Workshop #W60
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
CANCELED: Bridging Socio-cultural Differences and Distance in the Treatment and Support of Children With Autism and Related Developmental Disorders
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
213 (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Fong Hughes, M.A.
ROBYN M. CATAGNUS (Rethink Autism), LIN CHONG (Rethink Autism), ELIZABETH FONG HUGHES (Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts), FRANCINE BAFFA (IBEST, LLC), SAKURAKO SHERRY TANAKA (Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts)
Description: This workshop will present four cross-cultural models of behavior analytic practice for children diagnosed with autism: "Leveraging Technology to Provide Evidence-Based Educational Services for Students With Autism" by Robyn Catagnus and Lin Chong from Rethink Autism, "Bilingual Verbal Behavior Intervention" by Sakurako Tanaka, "Using Peers to Support Social Development Within Different Cultures" by Francine Baffa, and "Translating Clinical Counselling Strategies for Immigrant Families" by Elizabeth Hughes Fong from Rethink Autism. Behavior analysts practicing in global societies are required to expand their cross-cultural knowledge and skills in order to effectively deliver contextually fit ABA services. This workshop will cover some critical concepts and standard practices widely held and recommended by the broader science communities—to the extent that they will provide practical advantages to behavior analysts.The workshop will address strategies for working with families with a child who has a diagnosis of ASD, as well as functioning in a diverse social, cultural, economic, and linguistic environment. Some limitations include an inability to address each individual cultural background and case details. The workshop is intended to increase awareness of the social and ethical issues pertaining to the delivery of ABA services in diverse cultural communities.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Modify their consulting techniques and interventions based on a goodness of fit survey to enhance contextual fit

Describe three ways in which technology could enhance service to their clients and discuss the ethical considerations for each use

Define subtractive bilingualism, additive bilingualism, and semilingualism and provide one example of each

Describe at least five key elements of a functional common ground between behaviour analysis and applied linguistics

Develop an example of a play-based scenario to enhance social communication in the form of reciprocity, joint attention, and relatedness

Identify and respond to ethical questions pertaining to cross-cultural treatment settings and practices in accordance with BACB ethics guidelines

Activities: Participants will be introduced to four related but separate presentations on cross-cultural delivery of ABA-based practices in which they will review written and orally presented materials, engage in discussions, role play, and do analytic exercises. More specifically they will be introduced to a) promising applications of scalable technology to provide behavior analytic training and support for educators and parents, effectiveness of video modeling as a teaching tool, and ethical considerations of a remote consultation service delivery, and b) the current research in bilingualism and second language education as these are compared to and contrasted with contemporary developments within ABA, including DTT, NET, PBS, and verbal behavior approaches, as well as engage in a discussion on a synthetic model of bilingual intervention. Moreover, via role play and scenario analysis, participants will explore how self-advocacy and social skills can be strengthened and provided for young children across cultures; using material based on counselling techniques cited in related journals and text, participants will discuss techniques in working with children who are identified as multicultural based on their ethnicity, socioeconomic status, or religious affiliation.
Audience: The target audience consists of clinical practitioners, behavior consultants, teachers, therapists, and parents with experience or interest in treating children with diagnoses of ASD from diverse socio-cultural backgrounds; autism service providers extending or with plans to extend their ABA-based services to overseas communities, or overseas clinical experts, service providers, and schools adapting ABA-based interventions for autism and related developmental disorders within their cultural communities; and clinicians, behavior consultants, and teachers who are working within a bilingual context and community, socio-economically challenged groups/families, and immigrant families.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism treatment, bilingualism, distant consulting, social-cultural difference
 
Workshop #W61
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Decreasing Problem Behaviors of Children with Autism—Part 2 in a Series
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
205 (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Helen P. Mader, M.A.
HELEN P. MADER (Behavior Frontiers, LLC)
Description: Learn to use research-based methods, which are effective in decreasing problem behaviors for children with autism. Each technique discussed will have a definition, guidelines/procedure, video examples, questions, and role play or discussion. Participants will receive a take-home training manual, which includes sample data sheets, as well as professional on-line access to Behavior Frontiers Applied Behavior Analysis Training Program With an Autism Specialization, so that they can take the on-line examination to become a Certified Behavior Instructor for Autism-1. Registration for the workshop Increasing Appropriate Behaviors of Children With Autism—Part 1 in a Series is recommended but not necessary.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Use ABA methods such as extinction and differential reinforcement of alternative behaviors (DRA) to decrease problem behaviors in children with autism and other special needs

Describe the effective use of additional reductive techniques, such as DRO, DRI, DRL, NRC, behavioral momentum, time out, and response cost, as demonstrated by their ability to answer questions regarding these methods

Activities: Participants will watch video demonstrations of ABA methods while filling in their interactive training manual. They will also engage in role play activities to practice using ABA methods under the guidance of the training consultant. Participants will engage in break-out and group discussions, as well as Q and A of specific participant issues.
Audience: This workshop will benefit individuals such as behavior analysts, assistant behavior analysts, line therapists, teachers, paraprofessionals, speech pathologists, and psychologists working directly with children with autism or other special needs who desire comprehensive information on the ABA methods effective to decrease problem behaviors.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): DRA, Extinction, Functional Assessment, Video Demonstrations
 
Workshop #W62
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Teaching "Learning to Learn" Skills to Children Diagnosed With an Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
4C-3 (Convention Center)
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Justin B. Leaf, Ph.D.
RONALD B. LEAF (Autism Partnership), MITCHELL T. TAUBMAN (Autism Partnership), JOHN JAMES MCEACHIN (Autism Partnership), JUSTIN B. LEAF (Autism Partnership)
Description: Teachers and parents are often eager to teach children language and social and academic skills. Clearly, these are important objectives that are essential for children's well-being. It is generally recognized that in order for children to be successful in learning these skills, their disruptive behaviors must not interfere in the learning processes. Therefore, behaviors such as aggression, non-compliance, and self-stimulation must be targeted prior to teaching more formal skills. However, there is another critical prerequisite skill that is essential in order to maximize learning success. Acquiring "learning to learn" skills is absolutely pivotal in a child's success. It is really teaching children the process of learning. It is the foundation, perhaps the pivotal skill necessary for them to acquire all other skills. Often when a child is struggling in learning beginning or even advanced skills, it is because the child is deficient in this area. Learning to learn skills include attending, waiting, and changing one's behavior based upon feedback. This workshop will discuss the importance of learning to learn skills, how to set up an appropriate curriculum, and the research behind the importance of learning to learn skills.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Identify various curricula targeting learning to learn skills

Implement procedures to teach learning to learn skills

Identify how learning to learn skills can help improve other behaviors (e.g., language, social skills, decrease in aberrant behaviors)

Activities: The workshop will consist of lectures from the presenters, videos of children and adolescents with autism, other videos to highlight points on the importance of "learning to learn" skills, discussion with audience members, and questions from members of the audience.
Audience: The targeted audience for this workshop is clinicians who implement behavioral intervention with children and adolescents with autism. Teachers, professors, school administrators, parents, and graduate students would also benefit from attending the workshop.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Curriculum Development
 
Workshop #W63
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Evidenced-Based Practice and Building Capacity
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
618/619 (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Hanna Rue, Ph.D.
HANNA RUE (May Institute), MARISA PETRUCCELLI (May Institute), MARIA KNOX (May Institute)
Description: There are a number of systematic reviews of the treatment literature for individuals with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) published in recent years. These reviews have led to the identification of evidence-based practice (EBP) for individuals with an ASD. In order to apply EBP in an agency, school, or community-based setting, professionals must develop a systematic plan to build capacity. Capacity building can include many components including assessment of needs, goal setting, leadership development, competency-based training, and monitoring of progress. This workshop will clarify what is meant by EBP so behavior analysts can speak meaningfully about this movement. Behavior analysts will become familiar with a range of EBP reviews of the treatment literature for individuals with an ASD. A comprehensive review of the results of the initial National Standards Project and the follow-up project, National Standards Project II, will be provided. A model and tools to build capacity in a systematic manner will be reviewed. The model will focus on systems change in human service agencies and schools, but tools can be valuable in other settings as well.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Define evidence-based practice for individuals with an ASD

Identify specific interventions and/or treatments found to have quality empirical support in the treatment literature

Describe several sources of evidence-based intervention reviews including target populations and key review standards

Identify steps necessary to systematically build capacity within a human service agency or school setting

Utilize tools provided in the workshop to initiate capacity building

Activities: Participants will review the results of the National Standards Project and other evidence-based literature, evaluate current capacity within their system, and develop plans to build capacity by utilizing tools, guides, and worksheets provided by workshop instructors.
Audience: The target audience for this workshop is behavior analysts, psychologists, educators, administrators, and managers in human service agencies and educational settings.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): capacity building, evidence-based practice, National Standards, systemic change
 
Workshop #W64
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
First 3 Months of Behavioral Intervention for Children With Autism: A Developmental Perspective
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
602 (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Monika M. Suchowierska, Ph.D.
MONIKA M. SUCHOWIERSKA (Warsaw School of Social Psychology), LINDA S. HEITZMAN-POWELL (University of Kansas Medical Center)
Description: The first 3 months of early intensive behavioral intervention are a crucial period for a young learner with autism. It has been recommended that the behavioral intervention take into account a developmental perspective, especially as it relates to behavioral cusps leading to autistic development. In this workshop, we will examine several related skills that may be present or absent in young children with autism: stimulus overselectivity, facial recognition, mutually responsive orientation, joint attention, social referencing, and relational framing. Based on this information, we will propose major therapeutic goals for the first 3 months of intervention, together with teaching strategies to accomplish those goals. Major challenges of the first 3 months will also be discussed. Video material will be used. The workshop will conclude with some suggestions for the next months of therapy.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

List developmental concepts that relate to early behavioral intervention

Characterize skills that are present or absent in young children with autism and that are behavioral cusps for autistic development

List major therapeutic goals for the first 3 months of intervention as they relate to the precursors of autism

Describe teaching strategies to accomplish the major therapeutic goals for the first 3 months of intervention

Plan the following months of therapy

Activities: During the course of the workshop, participants will have an opportunity to analyze videos of typically developing children and autistic children to search for the behavioral cusps discussed in the workshop as well as to plan—based on videos of autistic children—goals for the beginnings of their therapy. Small group activities will be organized.
Audience: This workshop is designed for behavior analysts who work with families of young children with autism and are responsible for programming therapeutic goals for their pupils.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Workshop #W65
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Using the iPad to Aid Students With Autism to Communicate and Be Included in General Education Settings and the Community
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
616/617 (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/AAB; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Laura Kenneally, Ed.D.
LAURA KENNEALLY (Advance, Inc.), KATHLEEN MCCABE-ODRI (Advance, Inc.), JENNIFER CORNELY (Partners in Learning, Inc.), NICOLE PEASE (Partners in Learning, Inc.)
Description: The iPad is being touted as a "miracle" for individuals with autism. This workshop will illustrate simple strategies that can make lasting, life-long changes for our students. Using video and lecture formats, this workshop will demonstrate how the iPad combined with the tenets of ABA can help students with autism learn to communicate and be successful in inclusion settings. The presenters will illustrate the use of several different apps and how they are used to aid students in a variety of settings.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Combine the technology of ABA and the technology of an iPad to create behavior change in individuals with autism

Identify how different apps on the iPad can help learners using shaping, modeling, and imitation

Use the iPad to maximize incidental teaching opportunities via making curriculum adaptations on the iPad

Use the iPad to teach students self-management

Use the Pad as a behavior change procedure to promote stimulus and response generalization

Design and implement programs on the iPad that will help monitor treatment integrity and treatment adherence to protocols

Activities: The workshop includes lecture, video examples, and live demonstrations of the iPad applications.
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for BCBAs, teachers, CST members, and psychologists.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Workshop #W66
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Changing Thoughts, Feelings, and Urges
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
3A (Convention Center)
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Abigail B. Calkin, Ph.D.
ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center)
Description: This workshop looks at thoughts, feelings, and urges as inner behaviors that a person can observe, count, and change. It reviews definitions, exercises, and the history of private events and inner behavior. The presenters will show and discuss charts of people who have counted inner behaviors as a part of improving thoughts about and feelings towards themselves, and those who have used the technique to cope with bereavement issues. The workshop also shows how to use the bottom half of the Standard Celeration Chart to record the frequencies and changes of any inner behavior. Each person will leave with a plan designed to use with someone such as a student or client.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

State the behavioral and theoretical foundations on which the study of inner behavior rests

Define thoughts, feelings, and urges and name specific ones in each category

State the behavioral theory and fundamental points and their familiarity with the research on observing and changing inner behavior

Practice writing positive thoughts, feelings, and/or urges at 30–35 per minute and saying them at 50–75 per minute

Count and record some specific inner behaviors for the duration of the workshop

Discuss and develop a plan to change inner behaviors of self or clients

Activities: The workshop will open with an exercise that shows how it is possible to observe inner behaviors and another exercise on counting inner behaviors. The primary focus of the three hours is to identify, list, count, record, and change inner behavior and to practice these skills. There is a minimal amount of lecture on the literature and successes of this technique.
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for psychologists, clinical behavior analysts, social workers, teachers of regular or special education children, and other professionals interested in behavior change of thoughts, feelings, and urges.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): inner-behavior, private-events
 
Workshop #W67
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
CANCELED: Behavioral Methods and Strategies for Children and Adults With Brain Injury in School, Home, and Community-Based Settings
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
606 (Convention Center)
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Mahin L. Para-Cremer, M.A.
Michael P. Mozzoni (Lakeview NeuroRehabilitation Center), MAHIN L. PARA-CREMER (Lakeview Specialty Hospital & Rehabiliation Center), JAMES PARA-CREMER (Lakeview Specialty Hospital & Rehabilitation Center)
Description: Challenging behaviors can limit the opportunities of the individuals we serve, including access to the least restrictive educational setting, community activities, and many other quality of life activities. This workshop will review the characteristics, limitations, and challenging behaviors that are often exhibited in children and adults with brain injury; identify and review skill acquisition and teaching strategies that are successful with persons with brain injury; discuss strategies to support individuals with brain injury in day to day activities; and review components of behavior intervention planning and strategies for successful behavior management. Practice sessions and hands on activities are included to increase learning and mastery to enable participants to implement strategies to support children and adults with brain injury in school, home, and community-based settings.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Identify at lease two aspects of fluency training for classroom interventions

Identify at lease two antecedent training methods to address recall deficits

Identify three behavior management techniques useful in the classroom and community

Activities: This workshop will involve discussion, short pairings to practice fluency methods, writing brief intervention strategies for participant-identified consumers, and training material generation activities.
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for behavior analysts working in school and community settings with a minimum of BCaBA competence.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Adult, Brain Injury, NeuroRehabilitation, Pediatrics
 
Workshop #W68
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Parent Training and Consultation: Effective Strategies to Increase Buy-in and Compliance of Parents and Other Caregivers
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
304 (Convention Center)
Area: CBM/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Susan E. Henson, M.S.
SUSAN E. HENSON (Wellspring)
Description: We as behaviorists have shown ourselvesto be effective at achieving behavior change with consumers, such as children/adolescents with developmental disabilities; however, we may struggle achieving generalization of skills across settings/implementers due to challenges with parent compliance and fidelity. How many times have we arrived at a session only to discover the parent or caregiver did not collect data outside of the session or implement the recommended strategies? This workshop will review contingencies with regard to parent/caregiver behavior and will teach strategies to achieve buy-in and compliance by parents/caregivers to achieve long-term change in the consumer's behavior as well as generalization across implementers (caregivers).
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Identify contingencies (antecedents, consequences, functions, replacement skills, and reinforcers) for parent/caregiver behavior

Identify intervention strategies (preventative and reactive) to use to achieve effective implementation by parents/caregivers

Activities: Interaction is a must in this workshop. A comprehensive teaching style will be used, including but not limited to active verbal discussion, video, and practice activities. Take-home materials, such as tools, checklists, and sample data sheets, will be provided.
Audience: This workshop's target audience includes introductory and intermediate BCBAs, other behaviorists, and other professionals who want to increase their skill set as related to effective parent training in applied settings.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): parent training
 
Workshop #W69
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Solving Ethical Dilemmas in the Practice of Applied Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
211 (Convention Center)
Area: CSE/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Weihe Huang, Ph.D.
WEIHE HUANG (Regional Center of the East Bay)
Description: In making decisions about behavioral interventions and services, many behavior analysts encounter ethical dilemmas when societal values, including those of service recipients and behavior analysts, conflict with each other. This workshop is designed to help enhance participants' ability to practice applied behavior analysis in an ethically responsible way by describing the characteristics of ethical dilemmas, discussing the Behavior Analyst Certification Board's Guidelines for Responsible Conduct, and introducing an ethical decision making model. In many situations where ethical dilemmas exist, the guidelines are useful in helping behavior analysts solve problems. In some cases, however, real ethical dilemmas cannot be resolved by appealing to the existing guidelines or regulations. Part of this workshop is aimed at providing applied behavior analysts with an ethical decision making model in the event that the guidelines alone are insufficient. Strategies included in this model are based on the relevant experience of the workshop instructor and the available literature in the field of behavior analysis and related areas. The emphasis of the discussion will be on the application of this model as well as the guidelines to various clinical settings, including natural homes, residential facilities, day programs, and educational programs.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Identify ethical issues in the field and their importance to the general public as well as to behavior analysts

Describe primary ethical principles that underlie the content of the Guidelines for Responsible Conduct

Identify and analyze ethical dilemmas that are often encountered by behavior analysts and other service providers

Assess and realize the usefulness of the Guidelines for Responsible Conduct as a tool in making ethical decisions

Use the six steps delineated in the ethical decision making model to resolve ethical dilemmas that are likely to occur in the service delivery process

Activities: This workshop will use real life cases both provided by the instructor and generated by participants to illustrate the implementation of the Guidelines for Responsible Conduct and the steps in the ethical decision making model. Participants in this workshop will be encouraged to a) identify their values and associate these values with primary ethical principles, b) recognize the characteristics of ethical dilemmas in the field of ABA, and c) apply codes in the Guidelines for Responsible Conduct and the six steps specified in the ethical decision making model to cases that involve ethical dilemmas.
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for behavior analysts working in various clinical settings, including natural homes, residential facilities, day programs, and educational programs, as well as psychologists working in these settings.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): decision making, ethical dilemmas, societal values
 
Workshop #W70
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Navigating the Ethics of Service Delivery for Children With Autism and Their Families
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
604 (Convention Center)
Area: CSE/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Nanette L. Perrin, M.A.
NANETTE L. PERRIN (University of Kansas), AMANDA L. LITTLE (University of Texas at Austin)
Description: Why are ethics important? And if they are so important why is there not a clear path? The practice of behavior analysis is by its nature an interaction with individuals in many environments. This requires the implementation of services in an array of ways, while interacting with a variety of individuals. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board has clearly illustrated the importance of ethics in the implementation of ABA with individuals. First, they require ethical content in coursework as well as three credits of ethical content in continuing education for recertification. Beginning in 2015, the BACB will require 45 contact hours in a course devoted to ethical and professional development (www.bacb.com). Addressing the real world ethical dilemmas during implementation of applied behavior analysis with families of children with autism can be a challenging endeavor, especially for new professionals. This workshop will involve the participants in active discussion surrounding real world examples of ethical dilemmas—both in home and center based, as well as while interacting with schools. Utilizing video examples, the instructors will guide the participants through identifying the appropriate ethical guidelines; there will also be discussion regarding the appropriate options and monitoring of their ethical compass.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Identify what ethical guidelines are and why they are important

Identify the BACB's 10 Guidelines for Responsible Conduct (www.bacb.com)

Identify the BACB ethics application

Accurately identify ethical dilemmas presented in video role plays

Accurately identify which guideline is addressed

Accurately identify appropriate responses to ethical dilemmas

Activities: Participants will review video scenarios and identify the ethical dilemmas and appropriate responses. Multiple scenarios involving in home, center based, school based, and community interactions will be presented. We will also review the applicable code of ethics and appropriate standards.
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for Board Certified Behavior Analysts and Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts seeking additional practice identifying and appropriately responding to ethical dilemmas they may face in their professional interactions with children and families.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, community, ethics, home
 
Workshop #W71
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
CANCELED: DIY Behavioral Tool Kit: Developing and Implementing Visual Materials That Support the Success of Behavior Plans
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
305 (Convention Center)
Area: DDA/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jennifer M. Derderian, M.S.
JENNIFER M. DERDERIAN (May Institute), DIPTI MUDGAL (May Institute)
Description:

Visual supports, including token economies and schedules, can be used with a wide variety of students to increase target skills and decrease maladaptive behaviors. Schedules can range from simple icons boards representing one to two activities, to full day written schedules and monthly planners. The use of schedules can help students better plan and predict within their environment, as well as increase independence. Token economies are used to increase target behaviors, and can be used in combination with a response cost to decrease maladaptive behaviors. The primary focus of this workshop is to teach therapists and caregivers how to create and implement visual supports for individuals with developmental disabilities, and to serve as a platform to problem solve real life challenges facing field based clinicians and parents. After a general explanation of the theories behind these visual supports, participants will break into small groups to practice creating their own visual supports and receive feedback from presenters. Materials provided will include printouts of various visual supports and their descriptions, a sample behavior support plan, a sample of a self-monitoring data sheet, and a bi-fold communication folder that can be used to create a schedule and token board.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:
  • Describe the reasoning behind using visual supports with students with disabilities
  • Identify which visual support should be used given a target behavior or skill
  • Create visual schedules, ranging from basic to complex
  • Create visual token boards, with and without a response cost component
  • Implement a wide variety of schedule and token boards
  • Discuss how to incorporate and adapt parts of the BSP development process into their current practice
Activities: Participants will be involved in didactic presentation, discussion, and interactive activities (e.g., making sample schedules, token boards, and response costs, and role playing how to use them).
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for clinicians or parents of developmentally disabled children with behavior problems. Master’s level therapists, psychologists, and family members are welcome. Participants should have a fundamental understanding of the principles of applied behavior analysis.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavior plans, behavioral intervention, private school
 
Workshop #W72
CE Offered: BACB
CANCELED: Designing Single Subject Graphs Using Excel
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
615 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB/TBA; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Heidi L. Hillman, Ph.D.
HEIDI L. HILLMAN (Heritage University)
Description: Single subject design graphs are critical elements in displaying research results. However, developing a graph that conveys the results as well as adheres to a manuscript preparation checklist can be a daunting experience. This workshop is intended to provide the attendee with a basic understanding of how to create both a multiple baseline and an ABA experimental design graph using Excel.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Design a multiple baseline experimental design and an ABA experimental design using Excel

Move the zero off the X-axis

Eliminate lines that cross condition lines

Modify graph features

Activities: This workshop will involve observing graphs being conducted using Excel. Attendees will have the opportunities to ask questions throughout the workshop.
Audience: The target audience is graduate students who are having difficulty designing single subject experimental designs using Excel.
Content Area: Methodology
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ABA Design, Excel graphing, Multiple baseline design
 
Workshop #W73
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
CANCELED: Data Collection in the Schools—Implementation, Integration, and Integrity in the Age of Accountability
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
605 (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Kaycee Bennett, M.A.
BENJAMIN N. WITTS (University of Nevada, Reno), KAYCEE BENNETT (University of Nevada, Reno), ELIZABETH SEXTON (Washoe County School District)
Description: Over the last 10 years, the Washoe County School District in Nevada has worked to develop an integrative program to help students who struggle behaviorally. In the course of their work, the team has created integrated streams of data that support each other without the necessity of additional resources. By concentrating on data that are easy to collect, code, and interpret, and that are redundant in nature, individuals in a school setting can provide accurate data reports with limited staff involvement. This workshop is aimed at individuals in school settings with either complex systems that require constant data collection, or individuals with limited personnel who require accurate data collection. Through the methodologies developed and disseminated through these efforts, it is anticipated that participants will have the ability to implement or adjust data collection such that greater utility and accuracy occur.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Select or create appropriate data collection tools

Interpret one data set with the support of another data set

Use multiple data sets to provide feedback to team members

Create and maintain unique databases for their schools

Activities: Workshop attendees will participate in the creation of mock data streams and coding systems from which multiple analyses can be derived.
Audience: This workshop has been designed primarily for educators, school administrators, school psychologists and counselors, and behavior analysts working in school districts.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Accountability, Classroom, Data collection, School
 
Workshop #W74
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Applications of Learning Efficiency Research
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
203 (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Guy S. Bruce, Ed.D.
GUY S. BRUCE (Appealing Solutions, LLC)
Description: Is your job to teach the skills that students, staff, or clients need to achieve their goals? Effective teaching procedures are those that produce necessary performance improvement, but efficient procedures produce that improvement in the least amount of instructional time. This workshop will provide you with tools to evaluate and improve "learning efficiency," a new measure of performance improvement per amount of learner interaction time.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Define "learning efficiency"

Measure and evaluate current learning efficiencies

Describe the benefits of improving learning efficiencies

Summarize the research on learning efficiency and its application to the design of more efficient learning activities and teaching procedures

Activities: In this workshop participants will a) discuss research findings on variables that affect learning efficiency and the application to the design of more efficient learning activities and teaching procedures, b) measure learning efficiencies, and c) evaluate learning efficiencies using a charting tool.
Audience: This workshop will be useful to anyone interested in tools for evaluating and improving the efficiency with which learners acquire knowledge and skills.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
 
Workshop #W75
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Improving Classroom Behavior Support Practices Through Applied Behavior Analysis Interventions
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
310 (Convention Center)
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Robert F. Putnam, Ph.D.
ROBERT F. PUTNAM (May Institute), ADAM FEINBERG (May Institute)
Description: This workshop will provide behavior analysts with an evidence-based approach to designing effective classroom interventions. It includes the use of functional assessment as a method to systematically evaluate the classroom environment in order to design, implement, and evaluate effective classroom-wide behavioral support practices. Once the environment is assessed, the model incorporates both indirect (i.e., lecture, written training materials) and direct (i.e., modeling, performance feedback) instruction. Finally, participants will learn how teachers participate in a data-based decision making process in order to establish more effective practices, procedures, and interactions with students. Data will be presented supporting the need for a comprehensive training method that includes both indirect and direct instruction for teachers to adequately implement classroom-wide behavior support practices.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Apply functional assessment strategies to the selection and implementation of effective classroom-wide practices

Employ evidence-based methods used to train teachers in classroom-wide behavior support practices

Employ a data-based decision process used with teachers to modify classroom behavior support practices

Use instructional and behavior support practices that establish more effective interactions between teachers and students and increase on-task behavior

Activities: Participants will have an opportunity to engage in discussions with other behavior analysts, analyze sample data, draw conclusions about relevant classroom-wide interventions, and role play the direct instruction (e.g., performance feedback) provided to teachers.
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for behavior analysts who provide training and consultation to school teachers or paraprofessionals.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Workshop #W76
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Validating Treatments Through School-Based Consultation
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
306 (Convention Center)
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Maureen O'Connor, M.A.
MAUREEN O'CONNOR (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), POLLY DARO (University of Nebraska-Lincoln)
Description: Typically, programs specializing in behavior analysis do not offer extensive training in consultation. Yet, behavior analysts play an indirect role by working with teachers to implement behavioral interventions. Behavioral consultation (BC) has been shown to produce greater client outcomes than other models in schools (Erchul & Martens, 2010; Martens & DiGennaro, 2008). Despite its popularity, there are reasonable grounds for being concerned with its efficiency. BC requires lengthy interviews, and practitioners typically generate hypotheses and develop interventions based on information reported by consultees without validation through direct assessment. The consultation model presented in this workshop is a revised version of BC that seeks to make the process more efficient and that integrates recent technological innovations in the field (Andersen et al., 2010). The interview objectives have been re-sequenced to reduce meeting time and arrive at an intervention more quickly. Consultant and consultee work collaboratively to determine target behaviors and select intervention components on the basis of recent technological innovations that are lacking in the original BC model. These innovations include collecting curriculum based measurement, direct observations of academic engagement, stimulus preference assessments, and brief functional analysis. This model is applicable for typical school-based referrals for both academic and behavioral problems.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Conduct and apply research-based innovations in assessment and consultation in order to identify functionally relevant interventions to address clients' academic and/or behavioral difficulties

Collectively integrate stimulus preference assessments, performance deficit analyses, brief experimental analyses, and functional assessment information in the consultation process

Utilize the data through strategic and structured decision making protocols in order to maximize productivity of consultation interviews within the school setting

Apply research-based strategies that have been shown to enhance and sustain treatment integrity

Utilize performance feedback and evaluate treatment effectiveness based on fidelity and outcome data

Activities: Realistic case scenarios will be presented to participants, who will learn how to interpret, synthesize, and analyze case data to arrive at conclusions about target behaviors and make recommendations for treatment. Case scenarios will include interview and assessment information from each step of the consultation process, and participants will be prompted to and guided in interpretation, analysis, and application. Case scenario information will include interview data, observational data, direct assessment data, stimulus-preference assessment results, performance-deficit analysis results, and brief functional analyses. Furthermore, participants will also receive, interpret, and analyze case outcome data (client outcomes, treatment integrity, social validity information) for the purpose of summative case evaluation. Presenters will explain, demonstrate, provide learning activities, and use case examples to teach and illustrate how to validate interventions through consultation.
Audience: This presentation is geared toward practitioners, researchers, and/or students seeking to learn how to do school-based consultation for typical academic and behavioral problems.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): School-Based Consultation
 
Workshop #W77
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Precision Teaching and Standard Celeration Charting Part Deux: Application of the Science
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
613/614 (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Kerri L. Milyko, Ph.D.
JEFFREY GESICK (Precision Teaching Learning Center), KERRI L. MILYKO (Precision Teaching Learning Center), JENNIFER TESTA (Morningside Academy)
Description: Precision Teaching (PT) beginners are often proficient with the mechanics of the Standard Celeration Chart (SCC). For example, they are often able to chart frequencies, draw celerations, and discuss learning pictures displayed on the chart. However, many of these individuals are uncertain how to apply the principles of PT or the SCC to their clinical or educational work. The present workshop, therefore, will address how to take the mechanics of charting and the underlying principles of PT and use them to transform a typical education classroom, a discrete trial program, and other clinical settings.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Shape sensitivity to the learner

Train necessary teacher repertoires for high-quality instruction

Develop programs for new learners

Transform current programming/curriculum to a PT-friendly curriculum

Test for emergent repertoires

Sequence component/composite repertoires

Employ various interventions The objectives will be discussed and explained by data and key representatives from Morningside Academy and Precision Teaching Learning Center.

Activities: Participants will engage in interactive, direct instruction techniques to become fluent with the educational objectives. Next, they will practice how to transform various learning environments to those that employ PT techniques. Finally, through the review of clinical data from the two PT agencies and data provided by participants, participants will evaluate actual clinical data and interventions that led to successes or failures. Requirement: attendees are required to bring charted data to the workshop. Preferably, these data will be charted on the SCC. If not, data charted in Excel using a logarithmic y-axis will be accepted.
Audience: The target audience will include practitioners looking to incorporate Precision Teaching, fluency-based instruction, and direct instruction into their practice. Audience members should be practitioners at or beyond the graduate level, and they should be at the programming and decision-making level of their practice. Participants should be familiar with Precision Teaching and the Standard Celeration Chart. Participants should have attended to the beginner Precision Teaching workshop prior to attending this workshop.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Component/Composite, Curriculum Development, Fluency, Precision Teaching
 
Workshop #W78
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Decreasing Staff to Student Ratios: Assessment Protocol and Instructional Strategies to Systematically Fade Staff Support and Promote Independent Futures for Students With Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
3B (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Jill E. McGrale Maher, M.S.
MICHELE D. BROCK (Crossroads School for Children), BRITANY WOJTYSIAK (Crossroads School for Children), BENJAMIN R. BRUNEAU (Crossroads School for Children), KEVIN HARDY (Crossroads School for Children), RACHEL ABRAHAM (Crossroads School for Children), MATTHEW SANKO (Crossroads School for Children), JILL E. MCGRALE MAHER (Crossroads School for Children)
Description: Current scientific literature indicates that children with autism and other developmental disabilities learn most efficiently using individualized teaching practices based on the principles of ABA. Current economic resources require that practitioners prepare students for learning formats commonly found within the community and less restrictive environments. Typically, these environments require students to function at a high level of independence and acquire skills in groups, often not in 1:1 instructional formats. To achieve these ends, practitioners need a systematic plan to transition students from these formats, to small groups, and, when appropriate, to inclusion settings, including vocational and community settings. The model utilized in the current workshop is based on an empirically validated assessment and teaching protocol to assess and fade levels of staff support. In this workshop, participants will develop a specific assessment protocol to identify the amount and types of support necessary for students to acquire new skills and demonstrate high rates of active engagement and low rates of interfering behaviors across instructional formats. Additionally, activities will include identification of criteria for student placement in classroom groupings that maximize learning potential. Attendees will also identify teaching strategies (e.g., empirically validated systems) designated to effectively fade staff support in a systematic and empirically based manner.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Demonstrate accurate implementation of the group working skills assessment(i.e., correctly complete the data sheet and understand three specific dimensions of the assessment—student learning profile, behavioral profile, andage)

Based on the results of each student's assessment, determine the appropriate tier within the six level system

Assign students with similar profiles across the three dimensions into classroom groupings

Determine classroom learning objectives (scope and sequence) for an academic year

Identify objective criteria for determining the amount and type of staff support that a student requires across curriculum content areas and settings (1:1 vs. small group formats) and group types (academic, classroom routine, nonacademic)

Develop, implement, and evaluate strategies to transition students through the levels of support

Write individualized educational program objectives based on levels of support

Promote the use of best practices and ethical standards in levels of support

Activities: In this workshop participants will complete the group working skills assessment (collect data using assessment, assess student working behaviors across dimensions); assign students to group levels using assessment results; identify target skills for each student; develop a schedule of support based on students' levels; evaluate data to determine a system for fading support; and create IEP objectives.
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for practitioners and administrators.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Workshop #W79
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Managing a Human Service Agency Using Human Performance Technology
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
308 (Convention Center)
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Kathleen S. Marshall, M.S.
DONNIE M. STAFF (West Coast Behavioral Consultants, Inc.), SHANE D. ISLEY (West Coast Behavioral Consultants, Inc.), KATHLEEN S. MARSHALL (West Coast Behavioral Consultants, Inc.)
Description: This workshop introduces a comprehensive approach for analyzing and managing the performance of a school, agency, or program as a system. Understanding and appreciating an organization's systemic nature is the key to managing its operations and achieving its organizational goals. In this workshop, participants will be introduced to several tools enlisted from human performance technology (HPT) to help them assess and understand the host of contextual variables operating inside and outside of their organization that might influence the accomplishment of mission related objectives. These tools drive the analysis and design of performance systems that can be maintained by employees within your organization. Well-suited for executive directors, program directors, and staff supervisors, this presentation will show how Optimal's approach to organizational management can be adopted by ABA service provider agencies to improve organization level performance.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Describe the importance of analyzing and managing your organization as a system

Describe three tools for identifying and assessing the host of contextual variables operating inside and outside of your organization

Describe Optimal's approach to organizational management and how it can significantly improve the quality of services delivered by your agency

Activities: Participants will fill in a relationship map identifying all the components of their organization and complete a strategic planning exercise that requires them to identify/describe the following: a) one or more business results, b) goals that their agency must accomplish to achieve the business result(s), c) how they will achieve these goals, and d) the actions/tasks that must be completed to achieve these goals.
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for executive directors, program directors, and staff supervisors.
Content Area: Methodology
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism Center, Director, Management, OBM
 
Workshop #W80
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Forensic Behavior Analysis and Expert Testimony: Applications to the Legal Arena
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
212 (Convention Center)
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: W. Joseph Wyatt, Ph.D.
W. JOSEPH WYATT (Marshall University)
Description: The workshop applies a behavioral perspective to common forensic activities and will be helpful to the behaviorally trained practitioner who may feel overwhelmed upon walking into the forensic arena. For optimal utility, the training will focus on behaviors (e.g., criminality, disabilities), practitioner activities (e.g., assessment, functional analyses), and courtroom activities (e.g., direct and cross-examination) common to all jurisdictions. Content derives from the presenter's years as a behaviorally oriented board certified forensic psychologist who has provided testimony and consultation in hundreds of cases ranging from murder and partner abuse to assessment of developmental disabilities. Limitations relative to differences in state laws will be addressed as will ethical guidelines and standards.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Describe, in behavioral terms, common forensic activities including assessment of competence to stand trial and criminal responsibility

Assess for malingering

Functionally analyze a number of behaviors including murder, chronic fire setting, shoplifting, obscene phone calls, and repetitive return to an abusive partner

Identify skills that will help them better cope with cross-examination

Activities: The workshop will be conducted in a didactic/interactive style that includes a number of participant exercises deriving from cases within the presenter's files and high-profile forensic cases such as that of the DC Beltway sniper.
Audience: Participants should be doctoral and master's level practitioners who are involved in the court/legal arenas, or who anticipate being so involved. It also will be useful to faculty members who anticipate that their students may someday be involved in forensic activities such as forensic assessment, expert testimony, and the like.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
 
Workshop #W81
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Clinical Behavior Analysis: Mode Deactivation Therapy and Behavioral Coaching
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
620 (Convention Center)
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Michael Weinberg, Ph.D.
JACK A. APSCHE (Apsche Center), MICHAEL WEINBERG (Achieve Beyond Pediatric Therapy and Autism Services, Bilinguals, Inc.)
Description: Mode Deactivation Therapy (MDT) as a CBA was developed by Apsche through a series of studies to address adolescent males who were not amenable to regular cognitive therapy. MDT was developed out of a necessity to address the growing number of "treatment failures" at a residential treatment center, and then continued development in out-patient settings. Strategies of DBT (radical acceptance and validation), FAP (developing and addressing the function of the problem of the client), and ACT (addressing a problem contextually rather than in typical content) are used as part of MDT. MDT is a manualized approach to treatment that strongly emphasizes good case conceptualization and respectful collaboration with the adolescent. MDT family therapy is also fully manualized, having been developed for families of adolescents who are receiving MDT individual therapy. This workshop will focus on treating adolescents who have issues with conduct and personality characteristics (i.e., both physical and sexual aggression, and trauma) with Apsche's MDT. MDT, a so-called "third wave" therapeutic approach, has been shown to be effective with this population in a series of treatment research and case studies.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

State theoretical constructs of MDT

Use functional analysis of complex adolescent behavior

Describe ways in which MDT implements a complete functional analysis

Identify the steps in MDT

Define and implement key components of behavioral coaching methods

Activities: This workshop will include breakout activities to first identify client behavior problems and practice function analysis of the problem behaviors, apply results of FA and implement MDT, and practice behavioral coaching methods.
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for practitioners interested in the use of clinical behavior analysis approaches with clinical populations of adolescents and adults. This is an introductory level workshop for those just entering the field or interested in providing behavior analytic methods for traditional clinical populations (i.e., non-DD/non-ASD groups).
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Aggressive Adolescents, Behavioral Coaching, CBA, MDT
 
Workshop #W82
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Disability to Management: From Function to Treatment
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
303 (Convention Center)
Area: PRA/EAB; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Martin Thomas Ivancic, Ph.D.
MARTIN THOMAS IVANCIC (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center)
Description: Treatments based on function from long-established applied and animal studies are used to present a broad perspective on function including overt and covert control. Personal experimental case studies from more than 36 years of practice are used to exemplify function-based treatments to solve behavior problems of people with disabilities and the staff delivering those services with an emphasis on the different issues presented when the participant does and does not have language for both positive reinforcement (pride in work, positive self-concept) and negative reinforcement/punishment (escape/avoidance, suffering, elicited aggression) conditions. Problems people present are viewed as a normal result of learning experiences as opposed to a diagnosed condition. A value is placed on viewing behavior as something that is done (a verb) as opposed to traditional therapy models suggesting that behavior is something your client is (a diagnosed condition). Discussions are conducted to articulate automatic positive and automatic negative reinforcement contingencies, concerns with covert behavioral explanations, and how desirable behavior might be maintained without the constant need for a supervisor. Discussion of current clinical issues will include attempts to suggest behavior analytic functions and possible treatments for meltdowns, "going postal," PTSD, psychosis, depression, etc. and when to refer to another clinician.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Categorize treatments related to functions for positive and negative reinforcement, and positive and negative punishment; for social, tangible, and automatic contingencies; and for when the most salient stimulus is outside or inside the body

Identify the difference between behavior reduction that occurs from presenting a larger punisher (something bigger to worry about), replacement behavior (something better to do), or extinction (absence of the historic reinforcer)

Identify the biological precedence aversive control takes over positive control

Describe covert contingencies—that is, although not completely worked out, consider the utility of covert (internal) control for the organization of information (i.e., derived behavior such as stimulus equivalence and relational framing) and the maintenance of behavior occurring in prescribed programs (typically with positive control) and without any prescribed program (typically with aversive control)

Take data—without a count of the behavior you have nothing to consider

Describe and always consider multiple control as the potential explanation for a response

Describe the importance of holding information lightly and supporting an appreciation for how much more there is to know about influencing behavior with a constant (inductive) readiness to change our understanding of past data when new information suggests what we believe is incorrect

Describe the considerations that go into knowing when to refer by understanding potential controls, the danger of the behavior, and one's own skills

Activities: In this workshop, participants will do the following:

Use a table to help relate form and function of a target response to determine treatment.

Participate in discussions of recognized events (e.g., melt-down, "going postal," assimilation/accommodation, self-concept, pride, depression, etc.) to offer behavior analytic explanations for these potential functions.

Rank order a list of positive and aversive experiences for their potential relevance in a program, and practice how the list changes when one of the upper items is removed.

Read a scenario that offers a condition such as showing a problem behavior occurring whenever a caretaker walks by and asking for a potential behavior analysis (i.e., social attention). Add information that the participant has had a bowel accident to see if the assessment changes (i.e., social need).

Complete a brief outline to place a response within a function, level of danger, and your own skills to determine if referral is required.

Audience: This workshop is appropriate for practitioners who are concerned that their clients receive effective treatments that are derived from relevant functions, and that the behavior of the individuals who conduct these treatments maintain the integrity of those programs.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): behavior analysis, covert contingencies, practice
 
Workshop #W83
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Applying the Concepts of Error Prevention and Root Cause Analysis to Events Related to Crisis Behaviors
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
2A (Convention Center)
Area: PRA/TPC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Merrill Winston, Ph.D.
LARAINE WINSTON (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.), MERRILL WINSTON (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.)
Description: Unlike professionals in medical fields and the allied therapies, behavior analysts and other human services professionals are not routinely trained in medical error (i.e., treatment error) prevention and management, and are rarely given the training and tools needed to conduct a thorough root cause analysis when adverse events related to crisis behaviors and responses to them do occur. This presentation covers important principles and practices borrowed from the medical error prevention movement that will help non-medical human services organizations increase the safety of their consumers and staff and reduce the risk to their organizations related to serving persons with behavioral challenges. A tool to use proactively as a risk assessment and for conducting a thorough root cause analysis will be presented and provided to participants.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

State significant events in the history of the error prevention movement and root cause analysis

Identify three methods used for conducting root cause analyses

Define sentinel events and behavioral sentinel events

Apply root cause analysis methods to a real life case study.

Demonstrate the use of the BCIRA tool

Activities: Workshop participants will learn about current issues in crisis management and safety of consumers who engage in aggressive behavior, significant events in the history of the error prevention movement, and root cause analysis and how all of these issues apply to the work performed by behavior analysts. Methods for preventing, and conducting root cause analyses in response to, sentinel events will be presented, demonstrated, and practiced using real life case scenarios. The BCIRA risk assessment tool will be presented and reviewed.
Audience: The target audience of this workshop is behavior analysts and other behavioral professionals who work hands on with consumers who exhibit aggressive behavior and who are subject to physical crisis management strategies (physical restraint).
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
 
Workshop #W84
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
CANCELED: Bridging the Gap Between Applied Behavior Analysis and a Health and Fitness Practice
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
309 (Convention Center)
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Megan M. Coatley, M.A.
MEGAN M. COATLEY (SPARK Behavior Solutions, LLC), RAUL MENDOZA (Walden University)
Description: As behavior analysts we are armed with the capability to increase healthy behaviors and the obligation to tackle issues of social significance. Obesity, high blood pressure, diabetes, and other degenerative diseases currently plaguing our society are, in many cases, the byproduct of disordered patterns of behavior. Health practitioners are constantly dealing with a revolving door of preventable health problems. No matter our career focus, it is increasingly clear that, to "save the world with behavior analysis," we need to utilize our skill set to promote healthy lifestyle habits for our clients, our employees, and ourselves. Participants will learn to use behavior analysis to assess and improve nutrition, physical fitness, and health-related lifestyle habits, as well as how to incorporate health and fitness goals within their current practice (e.g., family services, developmental disabilities, organizational management, etc.). The speakers will describe unique marketing and PR techniques for reaching out to potential clients and teaming with traditional and integrative health practitioners to increase the reach of behavior analysis and to access a larger client base. The workshop will cover identification of health-related goals, data-based decision making, and disseminating the strategies of behavior analysis to promote ongoing healthy changes.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Assess current health and fitness related behaviors using industry standard metrics and functional behavioral assessment

Identify personalized health and wellness goals and break these down into achievable benchmarks via task analysis

Through preference assessments, identify preferred activities, possible reinforcers, and incentives for and environmental barriers to participating in healthy behaviors

Employ specific behavioral strategies such as self-monitoring, behavioral contracting, performance management, and public posting to achieve health and fitness goals

Use unique methods of data collection, charting, and graphing (including Internet gaming, mobile phone applications, and social media) to improve health and fitness related behaviors

Build a collaborative network of health and wellness practitioners and disseminate behavior analytic health and fitness programming through targeted marketing and public relations strategies

Activities: Participants will a) be guided though presented information with PowerPoint slides, worksheets, demonstrations, and lecture handouts that will provide the information necessary to develop effective programs for improving healthy lifestyle behaviors; b)have the opportunity to sample unique and innovative activities, technologies, and equipment designed to promote physical fitness; c) engage in discussion regarding the use of behavior analysis strategies for health and fitness in their current line of work, and brainstorm applications and how to locate potential clientele within their community; and d) demonstrate new skills acquired by developing a program to facilitate health-related behavior change.
Audience: The target audience is BCBAs, BCaBAs, psychologists, personal trainers, and other professionals in the field of behavioral medicine who are looking to broaden their practice or learn more about behavior analytic principles as they relate to health and wellness.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavioral Wellness, Eating Habits, Health Coaching, Prescriptive Exercise
 
Workshop #W85
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
CANCELED: Ethical Considerations for Applied Behavior Analysts
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
603 (Convention Center)
Area: PRA/TPC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Tyra P. Sellers, Ph.D.
TYRA P. SELLERS (STE Consultants), MATTHEW T. BRODHEAD (Utah State University), KRISTEN KELLEY (Utah State University), JOY S. POLLARD (Utah State University), THOMAS S. HIGBEE (Utah State University)
Description: This workshop is designed to advance the understanding of ethical standards of the behavior analyst. We will review the ethical guidelines of the BACB and discuss scenarios related to common ethical dilemmas in a clinical practice. We will provide tools to develop supervisory systems for monitoring and maintaining ethical conduct. We will address training direct-line staff on maintaining the ethical standards of your organization. Finally we will cover the limits of scope of practice as well as address requests to integrate non-empirically based practices and procedures.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Identify a situation in which an individual has violated the BACB code of ethics and discuss various situations in dealing with that violation

Outline a simple ethics supervisory system to apply to their organization

Identify the six steps of behavioral systems analysis and how they can be applied to developing an ethics management system

Describe the three steps of performance-based instruction and how they can be applied to teaching ethical behavior

Develop strategies for dealing with ethical concerns when they arise during consultation or clinical services, such as addressing concerns with non-empirically based practices and procedure

Activities: The workshop will begin by reviewing the BACB code of ethics and having participants answer via response cards whether or not a specific code has been violated. Strategies for dealing with that violation will be discussed. Then, the basic principles of behavioral systems will be reviewed and applied to developing a system of ethics management in an organization. The basic foundation of performance-based instruction will be covered, and participants will practice developing strategies for teaching ethical behavior in their organization using performance-based instruction. Finally, we will cover ethical issues that often arise during clinical practice. The group will share common concerns and stories of their own experiences, and together, we will develop possible solutions to those problems.
Audience: The target audience includes MA or Ph.D. behavior analysts who work in clinical settings. Behavior analysts who run applied research settings may also be interested in this workshop.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral systems, clinical practice, ethics, service providers
 
Workshop #W86
CE Offered: BACB
CANCELED: Using Excel for Analyzing Treatment Outcomes in Applied Settings
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
307 (Convention Center)
Area: PRA; Domain: Basic Research
CE Instructor: Christina Barosky, M.A.
CHRISTINA BAROSKY (The BISTA Center), REBECCA RENEE WISKIRCHEN (ACCEL), LISA M. STEWART (The BISTA Center), LYDIA MACKAY (The BISTA Center)
Description: Participants are required to bring a laptop with the Excel application. Visual display of data is imperative when communicating functional relationships and intervention outcomes with consumers and fellow practitioners. BCBAs are expected to be skillful in using graphs to convey results. However, simply possessing knowledge of graphical displays may not transfer to effective or efficient software use. Excel is an efficient way for behavior analysts to create graphs. Excel graphs convey effect across multiple-baseline, alternating treatment, and reversal designs. In addition, Standard Celeration Charts and cumulative review graphs are often used to display client progress. These graph types are often used to display interview results (e.g., FAST, MAS), preference assessment, structural and functional analyses, treatment (i.e., DRA, DRNO, FCT, etc.), and discrete trial program outcomes. While Microsoft Excel 2003 and 2007 can be difficult to use, this workshop will provide participants with hands on training promoting effective use. At the completion of the workshop attendees will be able to create spreadsheets and data sets, as well as graphs (e.g., alternating treatment designs, reversal designs, cumulative record), and manipulate graph components (e.g., axes, phase change lines). Instructors will provide several models, followed by opportunities for participants to practice with feedback.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Set up specific spreadsheets and input and manipulate data within an Excel 2003 and 2007 spreadsheet

Create graphs for alternating treatment, reversal, multiple-baseline designs, standard celeration, and cumulative records

Use the chart wizard, construct graphs of all data or select data sets within a spreadsheet, and update databases and graphs as data collection continues

Manipulate graph components (e.g., axes, data points, data paths, secondary axis) and use drawing tools to insert additional components (e.g., arrows, data labels, phase change lines, boxes)

Activities: Participants will be provided concise instruction and several models, followed by two case examples completed with instructor support to ensure skill acquisition. Finally, participants will complete a case example that provides opportunities to solve challenges inherent in the Excel 2003 and 2007 and Mac 2011 applications. The case examples will consolidate and increase fluency of the skills taught during the instructional phase of the workshop.
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for behavior analysts, practitioners, students, researchers, educational service providers, and others interested in visual displays of data in single-subject research and program progress.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Excel, graphing
 
Workshop #W87
CE Offered: BACB
CANCELED: iPad/iPhone/iPod Touch Applications for Behavioral Assessment and Intervention
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
204 (Convention Center)
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Paul Chrustowski, Ph.D.
PAUL CHRUSTOWSKI (Future Help Designs), CHRISTIAN MARCILLO (Future Help Designs), GLEN KONOPASKIE (Future Help Designs)
Description: Attendees will be introduced to two applications for the iPad/iPhone/iPod Touch platforms that will maximize efficiency in conducting behavioral assessments and interventions. iBAA (Behavioral Assessment Application) is an application for comprehensive behavioral assessment including qualitative assessment, cumulative frequencies, interval recording with peer referencing, and functional behavioral assessment (FBA). Features also allow for the assessment of the training or teaching environment and of trainer/teacher behavior. iBAA allows for discreet use and easy entry of behavioral data and generates meaningful reports, graphs, and tables, which can easily be exported and integrated into a psychological report. Keep In Mind is a companion application for assisting in implementation of behavior intervention plans. The application delivers fully customizable prompts to clients or to behavior plan implementers. A required response to the prompt provides feedback to the plan administrator/behavior analyst, which can be used as treatment compliance and intervention fidelity data. Devices will be available so that attendees can obtain hands on training in the use of these applications. Other advances in technology in development that may be of interest to behavior analysts will also be discussed.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Access the applications and available resources to successfully and independently use them for practice

Use iBAA for qualitative assessment, cumulative behavioral frequencies, interval recording with and without peer referencing, functional behavioral assessment, and assessment of the learning environment

Generate and export reports of behavioral data

Use Keep In Mind to develop and deliver fully customizable prompts as part of a behavior intervention plan and access feedback data to assess treatment compliance and/or fidelity of implementation

Activities: Workshop trainers will demonstrate all aspects of the applications through didactic methods. Comparisons will be drawn to other existing behavioral assessment and intervention tools, highlighting how these applications maximize cost effectiveness and efficiency. Attendees will be able to practice with the devices under the tutelage of the trainers.
Audience: The target audience is behavioral practitioners with an interest in the use of technology to enhance their practice.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavior Intervention, Behavioral Assessment, FBA, Technology
 
Workshop #W88
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
From Stabilization to Generalization: The Role and Importance of Behavior Analysis in All Levels of Post Acute Interdisciplinary Treatment Planning With Survivors of Traumatic Brain Injury
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
214 (Convention Center)
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Chris M. Schaub, M.Ed.
CHRIS M. SCHAUB (ReMed), CHRISTINA M. PETERS (ReMed)
Description: The workshop will include an overview of behavior analytic philosophy, principles, and procedures toward developing effective interventions for specific target behaviors as well as more broadly developing and implementing comprehensive, interdisciplinary treatment programs for individuals with intensive neurobehavioral needs, including aggression, elopement, resistance, dual diagnosis, etc. The primary focus is to present information that will help clinicians and others identify and prioritize treatment plan elements that are essential to integrated, comprehensive neurobehavioral rehabilitation.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Demonstrate beginning knowledge of the complex medical, behavioral, and cognitive sequelae associated with survivors of TBI with co-occurring issues

Describe the phases of post acute TBI programming, from stabilization, evaluation, and treatment to discharge planning, preparation, and transition

Identify the ways in which the role of the behavior analyst can impact interdisciplinary treatment at all phases of planning and implementation

Describe how key behavior analytic concepts and principles can be incorporated into each phase of neurobehavioral programming

Demonstrate a beginning knowledge of the behavior analytic model established by the co-presenters to guide interdisciplinary team efforts to integrate, prioritize, and program for this challenging population

Activities: The presenters will provide an overview of ReMed's neurobehavioral population and services, followed by an in-depth discussion of the philosophy and programming that have been developed for this population. Attendees will participate in a hands on activity designed to review relevant behavior analytic concepts, principles, and procedures and learn how and when each is used within the model to guide the interdisciplinary treatment. Participants will practice implementing the model presented via analysis and discussion of specific case examples to demonstrate application of basic concepts, principles, and tools.
Audience: This workshop is intended for behavior analysts and/or interdisciplinary treatment team members currently working or interested in working with survivors of traumatic brain injury with complex neurobehavioral sequelae.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Brain Injury, Interdisciplinary team, Neurobehavioral, Rehabilitation
 
Workshop #W89
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
CANCELED: Data Collection and Measurement Strategies in Community Settings That Have Variability That Cannot Be Controlled
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
611 (Convention Center)
Area: PRA/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Mary Roberta Hoadley, M.Ed.
MARY ROBERTA HOADLEY (Parley Services Limited)
Description: In community settings, reporting data is increasingly recognized as necessary for the effective allocation of system resources. ABA offers a unique best practice in this regard. Adults who live in and participate in community settings receive variable supports from variable supporters, where valid and reliable data collection can be challenging. In this session we will consider the importance of good data collection to ensure that interventions are effective, and to provide feedback and outcomes measurement. We will look at effective methods for data collection and measurement reporting, to facilitate a contextual fit for measurement tools with nonprofessional observers and environments.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Operationalize objective, observable, measurable actions for the ongoing evaluation of interventions as outcomes for the purpose of measurement

Describe at least three single-case designs for systematically analyzing variables, and for demonstrating functional relationships, which include the basic essentials of establishing baselines and increasing inter-observer agreement in data-taking in community settings with nonprofessional observers

Identify behavioural and environmental contexts in which each type of data collection methodology would be appropriate, and identify how to ethically report the data

Activities: This presentation will enhance the ability of behaviour analysts to design and implement effective data collection for adults in community settings with high variability such that valid and reliable data collection can be challenging. We will consider the importance of good data collection to ensure that interventions are effective and to provide feedback and outcomes measurement. We will look at effective methods for data collection, to facilitate the contextual fit of measurement tools in nonprofessional environments. We will also explore the added benefits of incorporating data collection as a tool to improve fidelity in interventions through focusing staff attention or client attention on targeted behaviour and specific technologies. We will review how to use Excel for graphing reports, and digital copies of a variety of measurement strategies will beprovided.
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for ABA practitioners working with adults or working in community and facility settings.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Adults, Behavior Measurement, Community settings, Data collection
 
Workshop #W90
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
CANCELED: Interteaching: A Practical Pedagogy for Promoting Performance in Higher Education
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
206 (Convention Center)
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Michelle Turan, M.A.
CHRYSTAL E.R. JANSZ (Texas Tech University), BRYAN K. SAVILLE (James Madison University), MICHELLE TURAN (University of Windsor)
Description: The current emphasis on accountability within fields such as education, behavior analysis, rehabilitation, and psychology translates directly to higher education institutions' responsibility to demonstrate effective teaching to produce students who are able to perform effectively outside of the classroom. This workshop will define, describe, and demonstrate interteaching (Boyce & Hineline, 2002), an evidence-based method of classroom instruction. Interteaching is rooted in behavior analytic principles, incorporating components of personalized systems of instruction (Keller, 1968), Precision Teaching (Lindsley, 1896), and cooperative learning (Halpern, 2004) and has been shown to improve student learning more than traditional methods of instruction (e.g., Saville, Zinn, & Elliott, 2005; Saville, Zinn, Neef, Van Norman, & Ferreri, 2006). Participants will have the opportunity to work through an interteaching session and practice each of the individual components with instructors who use and conduct research on interteaching in their classes. This workshop will prepare participants to implement interteaching in their own classrooms.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Identify the conceptual basis of interteaching

Identify the literature demonstrating the effectiveness of interteaching

Demonstrate a solid foundation in each interteaching component (i.e., preparation guides, teaching records)

Write effective study guide questions and follow-up lectures

Implement interteaching in their own classrooms

Activities: Participants will have the opportunity to work through an interteaching session as students experience it in the classroom. Specifically, students will work in pairs to complete a preparation guide, complete a teaching record, and experience a brief follow-up lecture. Following this activity, instructors will work with participants as they practice formulating quality preparation guide questions, an integral part of interteaching. Instructors will also engage in problem solving with participants, discussing possible challenges instructors may face in their own institutions when incorporating interteaching into their classrooms. Examples of challenges to be presented include incorporating interteaching into longer and less frequent class periods, managing the "start-up" workload, engaging in discourse with colleagues about moving to novel methods of instruction, and sharing data with colleagues.
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for those engaged in classroom instruction (e.g., professors, instructors) as well as program and department chairs in higher education. It will also be beneficial to graduate students pursuing faculty positions.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): classroom instruction, higher education, student performance, teaching
 
Workshop #W91
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
CANCELED: The Historical Origins of B. F. Skinner's Theory of Operant Behavior
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
4C-4 (Convention Center)
Area: TPC/VBC; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Kristjan Gudmundsson, Ph.D.
KRISTJAN GUDMUNDSSON (Reykjavik College of Women)
Description: In this workshop will be an explanation and demonstration of the exact historical origins of B. F. Skinner's experimental research, with emphasis both on the beginnings of Skinner's operant research and his neglected and original research on human verbal behavior, which the present author has demonstrated to have begun as early as 1934. The course of Skinner's research from the time he began his studies at Harvard in 1928 all the way up to and including 1938, when he published his groundbreaking work, The Behavior of Organisms, will be covered.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:

Connect their own current research to the origins of operant research, whether it be basic experimental work or higher level work on, for example, verbal behavior

Examine and explain the exact historical beginnings of B. F. Skinner's work (it is well known that this work is experimental, but it is also interpretative, in the sense that Skinner was all along also interested in complex human—verbal—behavior)

Activities: This workshop will involve going through the papers and unpublished material of B. F. Skinner from the time he entered Harvard graduate school up to the time he published his groundbreaking work, The Behavior of Organisms. Topics will include the debate with Konorski and Miller, the early and original research on the verbal summator, and of course the very early experimental work with rats and other animals, in the attempt to find a pure unit of behavior and a way to measure it.
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for researchers in both basic animal research and also verbal behavior, as well as applied research, as Skinner very early on showed excellent ability to develop his own unique research interests. By way of example, the audience can benefit from Skinner's approach, whether it be basic, verbal, or applied.
Content Area: Theory
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): operant, origins, Skinner, verbal
 
Special Event #7
Closed Meeting: Special Interest Group Leadership Training
Saturday, May 26, 2012
9:00 AM–11:00 AM
Aspen (Sheraton)
Chair: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)

At the special interest group (SIG) leadership training, learn strategies for building and growing vibrant SIGs. Network and brainstorm with other leaders—from SIGs of all sizes, types, and locations. Christy Alligood, of the Applied Animal Behavior SIG, will make a presentation on “Legal and Financial Aspects of SIG Management,” describing the benefits of formally incorporating your SIG as a nonprofit organization, and will detail the steps and tools needed to establish your SIG legally and financially. Joshua K. Pritchard, of the Dissemination of Behavior Analysis SIG will present “Policies and Procedures for Ensuring Organized Succession Planning: Learning From Our Mistakes.” This presentation will provide some important techniques to ensure institutional memory, codify important aspects of your SIG and create the foundation for a successful organization gleaned from mis-steps, hiccoughs, and a few successes over the course of a SIG’s development.

Training will conclude with presenter/audience beakout sessions. Join Drs. Alligood or Pritchard in moderated discussions on the development strategies outlined in their presentations.
Although the training is free for up to three officers per SIG, advance registration is required.

This event is closed; attendance is by invitation only.

 
 
Special Event #8
Parents, Professionals, and Students: Welcome to the ABAI Annual Convention
Saturday, May 26, 2012
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
401 (Convention Center)
Chair: Jennifer Hieminga (New Haven Learning Centre)

Parents and other caregivers of individuals with special needs as well as professionals and students are attending the ABAI convention in increasing numbers but may have questions about how to make the most of the experience. Furthermore, an event as large as ABAI may seem overwhelming to newcomers. Parents, professionals and students who may be attending ABAI for the first time are encouraged to participate in this convention orientation and visit our

website. We will provide an overview of ABAI and its convention and highlight the types of events that parents, professionals and students will encounter.

Keyword(s): autism, orientation, parents, students
 
 
Special Event #9
Opening Event and Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Awards
Saturday, May 26, 2012
11:30 AM–12:50 PM
6BC (Convention Center)
Chair: Michael J. Dougher (University of New Mexico)
 

Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis: Maria E. Malott, Ph.D. (Association for Behavior Analysis International)

Abstract:

The Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) has been in existence for 39 years. In the last 20 years, the field has diversified its scientific undertakings and has experienced accelerated demand for behavior-analysis services across various domains, most notably autism treatment. ABAI has adjusted to these demands, while growing at a rapid rate: In the last 20 years, membership has grown from 2,412 to 6,411 (266%); registration at the annual convention, from 2,894 to 4,543 (157%); chapters, from 31 to 75 (245%); and special interest groups, from 20 to 34 (170%). While adjusting to external demands, ABAI has offered a variety of specialized events, increased the number of its publications, and offered diverse new services—all highly rated by our members. During this period, ABAI has also developed a solid infrastructure that grew from 2 to more than 20 regular employees and nearly 40 seasonal staff, developed an elaborate and effective technical and process infrastructure, and acquired its own headquarters. I will share an inside perspective on the major challenges we have faced and accomplishments we have achieved in ABAI’s recent evolution and also the opportunities that lie ahead for the association and the discipline.

 
MARIA E. MALOTT (ABAI)
 
Dr. Maria E. Malott is CEO of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI), which she has administered since 1993. During this time and within a few short years, ABAI has risen from near-bankruptcy to become a financially stable, growing scientific and professional organization. Her past experience includes serving as Vice President of Manufacturing at a midwestern injection molding company and president and founder of Malott and Associates, through which for 14 years she consulted for advertising agencies, restaurants, retail and manufacturing companies, hotels, banks, governmental organizations, and nonprofit institutions. Her clients have included Meijer, Inc.; Kellogg’s; Pharmacia & Upjohn; General Motors Corporation; and others. Throughout her career, Dr. Malott has combined the analysis of metacontigencies and behavioral contingencies in managing complex systems and, in the process, has taught dozens of corporate executives to appreciate the power of organizational behavior management technology. Dr. Malott has presented nearly 200 papers, taught 34 workshops, and lectured in 37 universities in 18 countries, and is an affiliated faculty in three universities. She has served on four editorial boards and is the author of the book Paradox of Organizational Change, published in Spanish and English and co-author of Elementary Principles of Behavior  2e. She is a Fellow of ABAI and was the recipient of the 2003 Award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis from the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis, the 2004 Award for Outstanding Contributions to Organizational Behavior Management, from the Organizational Behavior Management Network, and the 2002 Outstanding Alumni Award from the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University.
 

Award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis: Andy Bondy, Ph.D. (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc. )

Abstract:

The first conference presentations about the Picture Exchange Communication System--PECS--were presented in the late 1980s. The first publication about PECS described its initial use in a behaviorally oriented program in Peru. Since that time, hundreds of thousands people have attended workshops on PECS and the Pyramid Approach to Education around the world. The effective implementation of PECS requires the application of many strategies developed within the area of broad spectrum behavior analysis. The popularity of PECS has helped attract large numbers of professionals (and family members) outside of the field of behavior analysis and has offered them a functional perspective on language development and a host of teaching issues. Citations of key research and review articles support its appeal. The PECS Manual has a circulation of over 300,000 copies in ten languages supported by Pyramid consultant teams in a dozen countries. Workshops, consultation and products developed by Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc. have introduced the relevance of not only focusing on observable behavior but also on the issue of behavior under what conditions. In this way, the strategies required to teach functional communication has been promoted as not only relevant to picture-based systems but to all communication modalities, and indeed, to all types of lessons.

 
ANDY BONDY (Pyramid Educational Consultants)
 
Andy Bondy, Ph.D., has over 40 years experience working with children and adults with autism and related developmental disabilities. For more than a dozen years he served as the Director of a statewide public school program for students with autism. He and his wife, Lori Frost, pioneered the development of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS). He designed the Pyramid Approach to Education as a comprehensive combination of broad-spectrum behavior analysis and functional communication strategies. He is a co-founder of Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc., an internationally based team of specialists from many fields working together to promote integration of the principles of applied behavior analysis within functional activities and an emphasis on developing functional communication skills. He currently serves as Vice-Chair of the Board of Directors for the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies.
 

Award for Scientific Translation: Charles Fergus Lowe, Ph.D. and Pauline Horne, Ph.D. (Bangor University)

Abstract:

Behavior analysis could be much more successful than it has been in dealing with many of the most pressing issues that beset contemporary society. Governments across the globe are now seeking behavior change solutions to prevent costly health, social, financial, and environmental problems. This presents great opportunities for behavior analysts to demonstrate that they have the knowledge and skills to change society for the better. Our research can be seen as an attempt to do just that. We chose the biggest public health problem of our time—obesity—and set about devising an intervention that incorporated a range of behavioral principles. The resultant program is known as the Food Dudes, and it has been uniquely successful in bringing about large and long-lasting changes in the eating habits of 2–11-year-olds and their parents. It has been adopted by the Irish government for all primary schools, and more than 300,000 children and their families have participated so far. It is now being rolled out to regions in England, initially to 50,000 children. Successful pilots have also been conducted in the USA and Italy. Recognition has come from various quarters, including the World Health Organization, which gave us an award for combating obesity; we also recently won the Chief Medical Officer’s Gold Medal Award in the UK.

 
CHARLES FERGUS LOWE (Bangor University), PAULINE HORNE (Bangor University)
 
A graduate of Trinity College, Dublin, Fergus Lowe is Professor of Psychology at Bangor University, Wales. His early research was concerned with temporal control of responding on schedules of reinforcement, and later focussed on inter-species similarities and differences and, in particular, the transformative role of verbal behavior. This led in turn to research on the development of operant behavior in children and studies of adult human behavior in clinical and non-clinical populations. With Dr Pauline Horne, he has produced a new theoretical account of early language development, specifically 'naming', and its role in bringing about apparently emergent relations. In recent years he has developed, with Dr Horne, a programme that is very effective in bringing about large and long-lasting changes in children's diets.  This award-winning programme, The Food Dudes, is being introduced to all primary schools nationally by the Irish Government, to regions of the UK, and is attracting interest in several other countries. Professor Lowe led the Experimental Analysis of Behaviour Group in the UK for many years. As one passionate about the advancement of behavior analysis in Europe, he helped to initiate the first European-wide meetings of behavior analysts and was the first Chair of the European Association for Behaviour Analysis.
 
Her research in the areas of children’s learning and the psychology of food choice is published in leading international journals and books.  With her colleague, Professor Fergus Lowe, she has developed an intervention – known as The Food Dudes - that brings about large scale and long lasting increases in children’s consumption of fruit and vegetables.  Its success in combating obesity has been recognised by awards from the World Health Organisation and the Caroline Walker Trust.  The Programme is currently being introduced into all primary schools in Ireland and selected regions of England.  It is also being piloted in a number of other countries.
 

Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions to Behavior Analysis: University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis

Abstract:

The Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas has established a long tradition of leadership in teaching, service, and scholarship of behavior analysis. Its forerunner, the Center for Behavioral Studies, began in 1971 offering practicum training for UNT students through its Autism Treatment Center, its Behavior Contracting Service and its Behavior Exchange Clinic. It morphed into the Center for Behavior Analysis in 1983 when courses in behavior analysis were first introduced on the UNT campus. In 1993, it became the nation’s first stand-alone Department of Behavior Analysis, thereby initiating a long line of firsts: the first graduate program accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis, the first undergraduate degree in Applied Behavior Analysis, and the first online program to provide coursework required for professionals seeking certification by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. Along with these “firsts,” the department has enjoyed a longstanding reputation for excellence for its work in autism and related disabilities, basic human operant research, behavior and cultural analysis, applied behavior analysis with animals, and more. The department’s stellar Master of Science program has attracted students from all across the United States as well as the U.K., Iceland, Norway, Japan, Colombia, and Brazil, to name a few. Accreditation reviews of the program have deemed it to be “rigorous and broad, focusing equally on basic and applied aspects of behavior analysis”, and have concluded that “ students who complete this program have experienced a course of study more like one might expect in a doctoral program than in a master’s level program.” The faculty has been described as “world class” and its research and service efforts as “cutting edge.” Above all, the department values community, with professors who genuinely care about their students and the people (and nonhuman animals!) they serve, as well as doing all we can to promote the viability of our discipline and sustainability of our culture. We work hard, have fun, and try to do good, and we hope to continue to build on our history of enduring contributions to behavior analysis – as well as the larger culture – for a long, long time.

 
RICHARD G. SMITH (University of North Texas), SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas)
 
 
 
 
 
Paper Session #10
From Small n Research to NIH funding of a Randomized Control Trial
Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–1:20 PM
4C-3 (Convention Center)
Area: CBM
Chair: Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University)
 

A Programmatic Approach to Doing Applied Behavior Analysis in the Dental Clinic: From Small-N Research to NIH Funding of a Randomized Control Trial

Domain: Applied Research
KEITH D. ALLEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
 
Abstract:

In 1986, we began a program of applied research exploring how to manage the disruptive behavior of children undergoing restorative dental treatment. Over the next 25 years, In a series of small-N experiments, we demonstrated the effective application of contingent negative reinforcement in both analogue and natural dental settings, first by applied behavior analysts (JABA, 1987) and then by dentists themselves (JABA 1992). We then demonstrated more practical applications of negative reinforcement to manage disruptive behavior by using noncontingent reinforcement (JABA, 2006). Those studies became the foundation for an NIH funded grant that evaluated the NeuroCranial Restructuring (NCR) procedure in a large randomized controlled trial. In this paper we will review this program of research, including data from the completed NIH project, and show how applied behavior analysts can develop a program of research that meets the goals of our own science as well as those of the larger scientific community and their interests in generality and transportability.

 
 
 
Paper Session #11
Pricing 101: What rates should behavior analysts charge?
Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–1:20 PM
202 (TCC)
Area: PRA
Chair: Helen P. Mader (Behavior Frontiers, LLC)
 

Pricing 101: What Rates Should Behavior Analysts Charge? The Importance of Not Under-valuing Our Service

Domain: Service Delivery
HELEN P. MADER (Behavior Frontiers, LLC)
 
Abstract:

Although behavior analysts are faced with contracting with insurance companies and governmental agencies, pricing strategies are not commonly understood. Selecting a profitable price for behavior analytic services is crucial for each practitioner and for our industry as a whole. Ignorance with regard to pricing is not bliss. It is costly in both the short and long run. This presentation will review the basic strategies and principles of pricing, so that behavior analysts can succeed both as business people and as clinicians. First, we will review methods to determine price, such as the use of cost analyses, pricing surveys, interviews, and competitor analyses. Second, the importance of value-based pricing will be discussed. Value-based pricing involves behavior analysts identifying the value in their service, including qualities that distinguish them from others, and then quantifying that value. Finally, we will explain the importance of communicating the value of behavior analytic service to customers and/or funding sources in order to secure a profitable price/rate. Marketing efforts to communicate the financial and psychological value of behavioral services are essential in order to be compensated appropriately. Behavior analysts must become informed on appropriate pricing strategies in order to negotiate rates that allow for quality service delivery.

 
 
 
Special Event #12
SQAB Tutorial: An Invitation to Probability With Spreadsheet Simulations
Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
608 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Alliston K. Reid (Wofford College)
Presenting Authors: : ARMANDO MACHADO (Universidade do Minho)
Abstract:

In this tutorial I will review some fundamental ideas concerning the theory of probability. I will concentrate on the Poisson, Exponential, and Gamma random variables, review their properties, show how they are interrelated, illustrate their uses in modelling behaviour and learning, and simulate them in a spreadsheet. I will conclude with some notes concerning the Poisson Process and apply it to timing and concurrent choice.

 
ARMANDO MACHADO (Universidade do Minho)
Armando Machado was an undergraduate student in Portugal, studied for two years in Belgium, and then in 1993 obtained his Ph.D. with John Staddon at Duke University. His doctoral research on the conditions in which pigeons generate highly variable behavior received the Annual Dissertation Award from Division 25 of APA. From 1994 till 2000 Armando was a professor at Indiana University (first Assistant and then Associate with tenure). In 2001 he moved to the University of Minho in the North of Portugal where he continues to study a variety of issues pertaining to behavior and learning (e.g., time and number discrimination, choice). In most of his studies, Armando contrasts data with the predictions of simple mathematical models of behavior. His work has been published in various journals (e.g., JEAB, Psychological Review, Psychological Science, Behavior and Philosophy, etc) and funded by NIH and the Portuguese Science Foundation. He served as Associate Editor of Psychonomic Bulletin & Review and is currently a member of the editorial board of several journals. In collaboration with Francisco Silva from the University of Redlands, Armando has published a graphics-based workbook to be used in the teaching of learning. He is past Program Chair and past President of the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior.
 
 
Panel #13
Professional Development Series: Applying to Graduate School
Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
611 (Convention Center)
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Kirsten Aasen (Gonzaga University)
RICHARD G. SMITH (University of North Texas)
RUSSELL W. MAGUIRE (Simmons College)
KIMBERLY P. WEBER (Gonzaga University)
Abstract:

Panelists will discuss their programs, expectations, and requirements for their programs. They will give recommendations and advice to those looking to attend graduate schools in the field of behavior analysis. Panelists will also answer questions and help give insight into different program types.

Keyword(s): Application Process, Graduate School
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #14
CE Offered: PSY

Building Children's Emotional, Social and Academic Bank Accounts: Working in Schools

Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
6E (Convention Center)
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Carolyn Webster-Stratton, Ph.D.
Chair: Jennifer L. Austin (University of Glamorgan)
CAROLYN WEBSTER-STRATTON (University of Washington)
Dr. Carolyn Webster-Stratton is Professor Emeritus at the University of Washington. She is a licensed clinical psychologist and nurse-practitioner and over the past 30 years has conducted numerous randomized control group studies to evaluate the effectiveness of intervention programs for promoting social and emotional competence, school readiness skills and preventing conduct problems in high risk populations. She has also evaluated teacher, parent and child treatment programs for children diagnosed with Oppositional Defiant Disorder, Conduct Disorder, and ADHD. She has developed the Incredible Years Series which include separate training programs, intervention manuals, and DVDs for use by trained therapists, teachers and group leaders to promote children's social competence, emotional regulation and problem solving skills and reduce their behavior problems. The objectives of these interventions are to help parents and teachers provide young children (0-12 years) with a strong emotional, social, and academic foundation so as to achieve the longer term goal of reducing the development of depression, school drop out, violence, drug abuse, and delinquency in later years. She has published numerous scientific articles and chapters as well as a book for parents entitled, Incredible Babies, Incredible Toddlers and The Incredible Years: A trouble shooting guide for parents of children aged 2–8 years, a book for teachers entitled, How to promote children's social and emotional competence, a book for therapists entitled, Troubled Families-Problem Children, and four books for children concerning problem-solving, anger management and learning problems. These interventions have been translated in many languages and are being used in more than 15 countries and have received many awards including the 1997 National Mental Health Lela Rowland Prevention Award for best mental health prevention program, the Office of Juvenile Justice Delinquency Prevention "Blueprint" award and the Department of Health and Social Services, Center for Substance Abuse Prevention award for "exemplary" interventions. Dr Webster-Stratton has been the recipient of the prestigious National Mental Health Research Scientist Award. Please see www.incredibleyears.com for articles and more information. Note: Dr. Webster-Stratton provides training and supplemental instructional materials for these programs, and therefore stands to gain financially from a positive report. This financial interest has previously been disclosed to the University of Washington and research is being managed consistent with federal and university policy.
Abstract:

As many as eight percent of young children are highly aggressive, oppositional, impulsive, inattentive and difficult to parent or teach. Long-term studies show that such children are at high risk for developing conduct disorders that lead to school drop-out, delinquency, violence, and substance abuse. Because conduct disorders are the most expensive mental health disorder in this country, this is a problem of public health importance. Identifying these high risk children as early as possible in schools and helping teachers and parents work together to promote their social competence and self-regulation skills and reduce their aggression is key to preventing the development of conduct disorders. Dr. Carolyn Webster-Stratton will present an overview of her evidence-based prevention and treatment programs for teachers, parents and children including a review of research outcomes and video examples of the different programs.

Target Audience:

Psychologists

Learning Objectives: 1. To describe the benefits of early identification of children likely to develop conduct disorder 2. To describe the content of the Incredible Years classroom and parent training programs 3. To describe the evidence base of the Incredible Years classroom and parent training programs
 
 
Invited Paper Session #15
CE Offered: BACB

Birds ofa Feather: Applied Behavior Analysis and Quality Of Life

Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
303/304 (TCC)
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Eileen Gambrill, Ph.D.
Chair: Ronnie Detrich (Wing Institute)
EILEEN GAMBRILL (University of California, Berkeley)
Eileen Gambrill is the Hutto Patterson Professor of Child and Family Studies at the School of Social Welfare, University of California at Berkeley where she teaches both research and practice. Her research interests include professional decision-making; evidence-informed practice and the role of critical thinking within this; propaganda in the helping professions and its effects; and the ethics of helping. Recent publications include Propaganda in the helping professions (2012), Oxford; Critical thinking in clinical practice: Improving the quality of judgements and decisions (3rd Ed.) (2012); John Wiley & Sons; and Critical thinking for helping professionals: A skills-based workbook (with Len Gibbs) (3rd Ed.) (2009), Oxford.
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysts have been helping people to enhance the quality of their lives for decades. Its very characteristics as described by Baer, Wolf and Risley in 1968 continue to guide efforts to help clients and their significant others. Yet this knowledge often languishes unused and unappreciated. Distortions and misrepresentations of applied behavior analysis and radical behaviorism abound. Applied behavior analysis is deeply contextual and deeply concerned with social validity—with the views of clients and significant others in terms of what matters. These very characteristics make it radical in terms of shedding light on dysfunctional contingencies that some may wish to remain hidden. But given that ABA and quality of life are birds of a feather, we must become more adept at highlighting this close relationship. An agenda for accomplishing this is suggested. This agenda includes drawing on technologies such as the Internet including interactive opportunities to highlight avoidable ignorance and related harms and missed opportunities to help clients to enhance the quality of their lives. Related research in the areas of critical thinking, evidence-informed practice and social persuasion is drawn on in designing this agenda.

Keyword(s): critical thinking, evidence-informed, social persuasion
 
 
Invited Paper Session #16
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Why Skinner Considered Verbal Behavior His Most Important Work

Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
6BC (Convention Center)
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Julie S. Vargas, Ph.D.
Chair: Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
JULIE S. VARGAS (B. F. Skinner Foundation)
Dr. Julie S. Vargas is president of the B. F. Skinner Foundation and a former president of the Association for Behavior Analysis International.  Along with Dr. Scott Wood, she was a founder and senior editor of The Behavior Analyst. Dr. Vargas is on the editorial boards of several journals, including The Analysis of Verbal Behavior.  She is author of four books, including Behavior Analysis for Effective Teaching, published in 2009.  Her publications include two encyclopedia entries on B. F. Skinner as well as articles on instructional design, on Skinner’s life and work, and on verbal behavior.  Dr. Vargas is currently involved in archival work in conjunction with the B. F. Skinner Foundation and the Harvard University Archives. 
Abstract:

B. F. Skinner called Verbal Behaviorhis most important work. It is the only book entirely devoted to human behavior, a topic he had avoided in his 1938 book Behavior of Organisms. However, by 1938 Skinner had already begun work on the book that was to become Verbal Behavior. This paper traces Skinner’s comments in personal notes, correspondence, talks, and publications about verbal behavior and its importance for a science of behavior.

Target Audience:

#none#

Learning Objectives: 1.  List two features of the book Verbal Behavior that were responsible for Skinner saying the book was “his most important work.” 2.   Explain how the main characteristics of Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior extended his experimental laboratory work.  
 
 
Paper Session #17
Selected Topics in Theoretical, Philosophical and Conceptual Issues
Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
605 (Convention Center)
Area: TPC
Chair: Denis P. O'Hora (National University of Ireland, Galway)
 

Continuous Response Dynamics in the Experimental Analysis of Behavior

Domain: Basic Research
DENIS P. O'HORA (National University of Ireland, Galway), Rick Dale (University of Memphis)
 
Abstract:

In recent years, technological advances have allowed researchers to begin to investigate features of the dynamics of behavior during a response. Researchers have examined eye movements, computer mouse movement and other continuous indices of behavior. This work has primarily been done with human participants but it echoes previous work by behavior analysts on animals. The current paper reviews literature on continuous response dynamics in cognitive science in order to identify opportunities for basic behavioral research.

 

A Neural Network Analysis of Diversified Physiological and Behavioral Outcomes

Domain: Applied Research
CHRIS NINNESS (Stephen F. Austin State University), Robin Rumph (Stephen F. Austin State University), Logan Clary (Stephen F. Austin State University), Judy Lauter (Stephen F. Austin State University), Michael Coffee (Stephen F. Austin State University), Sharon Ninness (Angelina College), Elizabeth Kelly (Stephen F. Austin State University), Marilyn Rumph (Stephen F. Austin State University)
 
Abstract:

Over the past 20 years a new and infinitely more robust form of data analysis has been developed, and it is only now becoming an alternative methodology of choice among behavioral researchers who are familiar with the process. Neural networks finally have surfaced because of the escalating need to make sense of the barrage of new data and data types. One of the primary attributes of neural networks is, pattern recognition, the ability to aggregate, organize, and classify an astonishingly large number of diversified data types quickly, reliably, and accurately. At a time when the behavioral/scientific community is being inundated with an ever increasing highly diversified array of new data types, the data itself is quickly becoming part of the scientific problem. With the continual influx of new data and new data types, artificial neural networks are playing a critical role in disambiguating the influx of raw diversified behavioral and physiological data. The paramount feature of our newest version of the psyNet SOM artificial neural network is its ability to organize and find common behavioral patterns among extremely large, extraordinarily dissimilar, data types and datasets. We tested our version of the SOM neural network with three behavioral and neurophysiological datasets in an effort to obtain clear output patterns that would not be identifiable by way of visual inspection of the raw data or by employing any form of traditional statistical methodology. From our perspective, artificial neural networks are going to play a critical role in disambiguating the influx of raw diverse data being brought to the attention of behavioral researchers. We will provide evidence that behavior analysts will benefit from becoming more familiar with the growing possibilities provided by various types of artificial neural network procedures. Particular emphasis will be placed on the benefits of employing our version of the self-organizing map (SOM) neural network in a wide range of behavior analytic research endeavors.

 
 
 
Panel #18
Understanding the Stalking Behaviors by Individuals With ASD
Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
302 (TCC)
Area: AUT/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Linda K. Haymes (Touro University)
KEITH STOREY (Touro University)
MICHAL POST (Touro University)
TAMARA LOUGHREY (Loughrey & Associates)
V. MARK DURAND (University of South Florida St. Petersburg)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) may have trouble reading social cues and understanding the viewpoint of others, as well as combing fixations and obsessive compulsive behaviors. In addition, because individuals with ASD have problems with theory of mind, they may engage in inappropriate romantic and/or sexual behavior (sometimes identified as intimacy seekers or incompetent suitors in the stalking literature) and have charges of stalking brought against them. Though the prevalence of stalking behaviors among individuals with ASD is not known, it could be increasing as individuals are increasingly served in inclusive school and work settings. The purpose of the panel presentation is to provide an overview of stalking behavior in school and employment settings for individuals with ASD and to suggest possible intervention strategies. This panel will present current perspectives on what stalking is and how it applies to individuals with ASD, a general overview of legal implications for stalking in inclusive settings (schools and the workplace), and guidelines for using positive behavior supports to address stalking behaviors for individuals with ASD.

Keyword(s): autism, inclusive settings, PBS, stalking behavior
 
 
Symposium #19
CE Offered: BACB
Assessment and Treatment of Restricted and Repetitive Behavior
Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
305 (TCC)
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Stacie Bancroft, Ph.D.
Abstract: Abstracts for talks submitted individually
 
Increasing Variability During Play for Children With Autism
STACIE BANCROFT (New England Center for Children), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England Universtiy), Nate Rodriguez (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Invariable or repetitive behavior is a defining feature of autism and can often emerge during the play time of children with this diagnosis. In some situations invariable play may limit learning opportunities and delay developmental growth. Results of basic and applied research suggest that reinforcement of variable responding may be a viable intervention strategy for use with individuals diagnosed with autism. Three children diagnosed with autism participated in the current study. Each of the children demonstrated a type of invariable selection of play materials during play time activities. We implemented lag schedules of reinforcement to increase variability and added additional procedures (e.g., blocking, added discriminative stimuli, intensive training sessions) when necessary. Although variable responding was achieved for all three participants, varying levels of intervention were required for each participant. Generalization of effects across activities was found for one participant, whereas effects did not generalize for the remaining participants. The results of the current study support previous findings in which variable responding was shown to be sensitive to reinforcement. Additionally, we demonstrated practical solutions for increasing variability in play item selection when lag schedules alone are or are not effective.
 

Functional Analysis and Treatment of Perseverative Behavior

DAVID E. KUHN (Westchester Institute for Human Development), Stephanie A. Contrucci Kuhn (Westchester Institute for Human Devleopment), Patricia A. Moss-Lourenco (Westchester Institute for Human Development), Nicole Pearson (Westchester Institute for Human Development)
Abstract:

Stereotypic and/or restricted patterns of behavior are defining characteristics of autism spectrum disorders. Within this cluster is a group of behavior referred to as perseverative speech referring to the repetition of the same word, phrase or topic when it is no longer appropriate to continue speaking (about that topic). The demonstration of these behaviors can significantly interfere with the development of appropriate social and communication skills. In the current study, two participants (ages 9yrs and 21yrs) diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders were referred for the assessment and treatment of persistent perseverative speech. Initially, functional analyses were conducted with each participant. It is often assumed that these behaviors persist independent of social consequences. For one participant the results of the functional analysis confirmed this assumption; however, results with the second participant demonstrated that contingent delivery of social attention maintained the perseverative speech. For each participant function-based treatments were developed where-in perseverative speech was reduced and appropriate speech increased. Results of this study support the utility of conducting functional analyses regardless of prior assumptions based on response topography, and add to existing research on the effectiveness of function-based interventions on behaviors identified as symptoms of autism spectrum disorders.

 

Evaluating the Use of a Multiple Schedule for Identifying Treatment Effects and Motivational Effects

DELNA H. BHARUCHA (New England Center for Children), Julie Elizabeth McKendry (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Many traditional treatment evaluations, such as withdrawal designs, are time and labor intensive. One purpose of this study was to evaluate the multiple schedule as a method to rapidly identify treatment effects when implementing response interruption for stereotypic behavior. Additionally, given that it has been suggested that response blocking can function as an establishing operation for stereotypy (Rapp, 2006), this study also examined whether consistent motivative effects were obtained in baseline components following components in which response interruption was implemented. Participants were males diagnosed with autism whose stereotypy was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Multiple schedules were arranged in which BL and response interruption components were alternated. Two types of response interruption were used for each participant. The multiple schedule analyses were then compared to the results of a withdrawal design comparison of the same conditions (i.e., ABABACAC). IOA was collected for 33% of sessions and was always above 90%. Treatment effects were detected via a proportional analysis of the treatment relative to the baseline conditions for the multiple schedule analysis. More profound treatment effects were obtained during the ABABACAC comparisons. Abolishing operations were seen in the RIRDm and RIRDv components, while establishing operation effects were seen with the RI component.

 
 
Symposium #20
CE Offered: BACB
Contemporary Research in the Acquisition of Complex Social Skills
Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
LL02 (TCC)
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno)
CE Instructor: Marianne L. Jackson, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium presents a range of presentations on the development of complex skills considered necessary for effective social interactions. The first study analyzed the effects of deictic frame training, thought to be necessary for perspective taking, on performance on traditional Theory of Mind tests. Participants were all children with a diagnosis of autism. Data suggest that training on deictic frames is not sufficient to impact performance on Theory of Mind tests. The second study examined one type of deictic frame (I-YOU) by training multiple exemplars and testing for generalization across all levels of complexity. Data suggest that responses to the relations of I-YOU show the property of generalization only after multiple exemplar training has occurred within that level of complexity. These data add weight to the suggestion that deictic relations form a generalized operant. The third study evaluated the use of multiple exemplar training to teach children with autism to understand and respond to metaphorical questions. Result show that this methodology was effective in teaching appropriate responses to metaphorical statements. In addition, all participants showed generalization to untrained metaphors. The final presentation discusses the evolution of a data-driven behavioral social skills program. Issues discussed include the difficulty of obtaining rigorous and comprehensive data on all relevant target behaviors while preserving some elements of a natural social situation, methods of obtaining direct and indirect data on generalization of these skills, and the selection of an appropriate unit for data collection given the interdependent nature of responses. All presentations discuss their topic in relation to advancing the social skills of individuals with a diagnosis of autism or Asperger's Syndrome.
Keyword(s): Asperger's Syndrome, Autism, Perspective taking, Social skills
 

An Examination of the Relation Between Basic Deictic Frames and Performance of Traditional Theory of Mind Tasks

DENA MENDOZA (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

Social skills are a core deficit in children with all forms of autism. Klin, Volkmar, and Sparrow (1992) have attributed the lack of social skills to a deficit in perspective-taking abilities, or the ability to think about other peoples thinking. Developmental research on perspective-taking has utilized the concept known as Theory of Mind, an understanding of other peoples mental states. A relatively recent approach to language and cognition has emerged from the field of behavior analysis called Relational Frame Theory (RFT). McHugh, Barnes-Holmes, and Barnes-Holmes (2004) developed a perspective-taking protocol named the Barnes-Holmes protocol. The protocol consists of 62 trials assessing the relational frames of I-You, Here-There, and Now-Then across three deictic relations (Simple, Reversed, & Double-Reversed). Although research has not been published regarding the effects of the Barnes-Holmes protocol on Theory of Mind tasks, there appears to be an underlying assumption that acquiring these skills will increase Theory of Mind abilities. The current study attempts to teach deictic frames to three children diagnosed with autism using multiple exemplar training and positive reinforcement. In addition, it will evaluate the effects of this training on traditional Theory of Mind tasks.

 

Programming for Generalization of Perspective-Taking Abilities Using Deictic Relational Responding in Children With Autism

AMBER MARIE CANDIDO (University of Nevada, Reno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

The development of perspective-taking has attracted interest from educators and psychologists due in part to its role in developmental disabilities such as autism. The current study is using a behavior analytic approach to train perspective-taking skills using a perspective-taking protocol. In addition, the training has also incorporated a multiple exemplar design in attempt to program for generalization of the skills. In doing so, children acquired the skills by introducing one question and perspective at a time. As acquisition of the material furthers, questions and perspectives being taught will increase in level of difficulty. It is believed that through the use of the selected protocol and training design that participants will acquire both the perspective taking skills and the ability to generalize these skills to novel settings.

 

Establishing Metaphorical Reasoning in Children With Autism

Angela M. Persicke (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), JENNIFER RANICK (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract:

Research has shown that children with autism have difficulty with non-literal language, such as irony, sarcasm, deception, humor, and metaphors. To date, few studies have attempted to remediate these deficits and no studies, of which we are aware, have attempted to teach children with autism to understand metaphors. Metaphorical reasoning consists of complex verbal behavior, involving relations of reflexivity, hierarchy, and distinction, at a minimum. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate multiple exemplar training for teaching children with autism to attend to relevant features of the context in which a metaphor is used, and to engage in the required relational responding, in order to respond correctly to metaphorical questions. Participants included 3 children, ages 5-7. Results suggest that multiple exemplar training is effective for teaching children with autism to understand metaphors. Furthermore, generalization to untrained metaphors was found.

 

Issues in the Development and Evaluation of a Data-Driven Social Skills Program for Individuals With Asperger's Syndrome

LAURA BARCELOS (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno), Allie Baldwin (California State University, Fresno), Jovonnie E-Leal (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

This presentation discusses the evolution of a data-driven behavioral social skills program. One of the major difficulties encountered in the development of a social skills program involves the collection of relevant data in ways that minimize reactivity and intrusiveness into the social interactions. An additional difficulty concerns the evaluation of such a program's effectivness outside of the training situation. Although indirect data involving data reported by parents or the individuals themselves are easier to collect, direct observations and data prove to be more difficult. Data suggest that the organization of activities and outings involving typical peers present one potential solution to this issue. A further difficulty encountered centers around the interdependence of measures both within and across participants. For example, procedures targeted at increasing question asking often deceased question answering and / or commenting and vice-versa. In addition, large increases in the responses of one individual, often correlate with decreases in responses from some other participants. Data suggest that interventions targeting a dependent variable that includes the whole interaction, in conjunction with goal setting, self-monitoring, may help to alleviate some of these difficulties. Future directions are also discussed.

 
 
Symposium #21
CE Offered: BACB
Video Modeling: Evidence-based Practice for Teaching Students and Educators a Variety of Skills
Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
301 (TCC)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Laura J. Hall (San Diego State University)
CE Instructor: Hillary Whiteside, M.S.
Abstract:

The extensive research on video modeling has established this tool as an evidence-based practice due to its effectiveness in teaching learners to acquire a variety of new skills as well as reducing problem behaviors (LeBlanc et al., 2003; Nikopoulos & Keenan, 2004). Video modeling allows teachers to emphasize critical features and reduce extraneous stimuli and it also provides a consistent model for learners so that each viewing of the model is exactly the same, every time. Video modeling is a cost-effective intervention that is easy to use and easy to individualize to your learner. The following four studies were conducted at a non-public school with a range of learners. The researchers will provide supporting evidence for using video models to teach students essential social communication skills, including manding for assistance, offering help to others in need of assistance, and reciprocal play interactions between peers. Additionally, one study will show that video modeling is also effective in teaching paraprofessional teachers to implement complex instructional practices, specifically the use of most-to-least prompting procedures

Keyword(s): Communication Skills, Social Interactions, Teacher Training, Video Modeling
 

Video Modeling and Video Feedback in Training Paraprofessionals to Teach Daily Living Skills to Children With Autism

SHERRY LACSON (The Institute for Effective Education), Yasemin Turan (San Diego State University)
Abstract:

This study was designed to evaluate effectiveness of video modeling and video feedback for training 3 paraprofessionals on use of most to least prompting procedures. A multiple-baseline design across participants was utilized to determine the effects of the intervention on paraprofessionals correct use of most to least prompting procedures to teach daily living tasks to students with autism. Following baseline, each participant was required to watch a 3-minute video of a teacher demonstrating a most-to-least prompting procedure to teach a typical daily living task. Video feedback was delivered as a secondary intervention to the paraprofessional when skill acquisition was not immediately observed after the video-modeling phase. Results indicated an improvement in most-to-least prompting skills for all paraprofessionals as well as quicker acquisition of skills for the corresponding students. These findings address the need for paraprofessional training in non-public schools and have similar implications for promoting staff development in public schools.

 

The Use of Video Modeling to Teach Children With Autism to Offer Assistance to Others

ALICIA RITTER (The Institute for Effective Education), Hillary Whiteside (The Institute for Effective Education)
Abstract:

The effectiveness of video modeling to teach social skills to students with autism has been well documented. The purpose of this study is to further this research and demonstrate that video modeling is an effective method to teach students with autism to offer help. In preliminary studies, the researchers used a multiple baseline design in which a video model with multiple exemplars was shown to 6 students across two different school settings (3 in each setting). The video models varied by people, environments and materials in order to facilitate generalization. After viewing the model, similar situations were directly presented. Offering help was measured on a per opportunity basis. Four of the participants acquired the skill by watching the video model alone. Two of the participants required either direct or indirect prompts to acquire the skill. Based on this research video modeling was then adopted into the school curriculum to teach helping behaviors. The researchers determined a follow up study expanding the video models to new helping scenarios would be valuable. Additionally the definition of the target behavior will be broadened (e.g., helping topography, latency of responding).

 

Teaching Social Reciprocity Between Peers With Autism Using Video Modeling

HILLARY WHITESIDE (The Institute for Effective Education), Laura Hoge (The Institute for Effective Education)
Abstract:

Individuals diagnosed with autism have difficulty developing and sustaining relationships with others due to qualitative impairments in social interaction and communication (American Psychiatric Association, DSM-IV-TR, 2000). In the area of social interaction, persons with autism have problems responding to, sustaining and initiating reciprocal social interactions. In the area of communication, it is estimated that 50% of persons with autism may not develop spoken language or may have severely limited speech and language skills (Wing & Atwood, 1987), thereby increasing the difficulty for participating in meaningful social interactions. In a preliminary study, a video model was designed to teach a 9 yr. old, non-vocal child with autism to engage in basic conversation with a peer by utilizing an augmentative communication device (ACD). The peer tutor in the study, a 10 yr. old child with autism, communicated using vocalizations. The video model showed communicative initiations on the part of the peer tutor, as well as the participants responses from a point of view perspective. During the course of the intervention, two different prompting strategies were introduced (i.e., video prompting, gestures) to highlight each response for the participant, as video modeling alone was minimally effective. Ultimately, video modeling was reintroduced and mastery criteria was achieved and maintained. The authors of this subsequent study intend to expand upon these findings by conducting a multiple baseline design across 3 peer dyads with varying communication topographies. The effectiveness of a video model demonstrating reciprocal social interactions during play will be evaluated and the treatment effects on both the initiations of the peer tutor and the responses of the peer learner will be measured.

 
Video Modeling to Teach Manding for Assistance
MATTHEW WILBAT (The Institute for Effective Education), Hillary Whiteside (The Institute for Effective Education), Laura J. Hall (San Diego State University)
Abstract: This study will evaluate the effectiveness of video modeling on teaching young adolescents with autism to mand for assistance when encountering difficult steps within daily living tasks that require adult assistance (e.g., setting the time on a microwave, tying shoelaces, opening containers). A multiple baseline design across 3 subjects will be conducted. Data collected during baseline data revealed that the participants either skipped the difficult step, altering the outcome of the task, or gave up on completing the task all together after persisting without success. A point of view video model depicting 3 different scenarios in which help is requested will be shown to the participants. After viewing the video model, the participants will encounter one of the situations displayed on the video and helping responses will be recorded. By capitalizing on multiple exemplar training, the researchers hope to enhance the participant’s generalization of this skill across various situations and settings.
 
 
Symposium #22
Behavioral Pharmacology of Complex Behavior
Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
615 (Convention Center)
Area: BPH/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Vanessa Minervini (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Behavioral pharmacology as a discipline was founded in large part by examining drug effects on basic schedules of reinforcement. Although this remains an important part of the field, the empirical validation of complex behavioral procedures using increasingly sophisticated technology, and the availability of improved agonists and antagonists across drug classes has greatly enlarged the scope of behavioral pharmacology. The purpose of the present symposium is to highlight several recent efforts exploring the effects of drugs on complex behavior. The first speaker will describe the ability of dopamine agonists to induce compulsive-type behavior in rhesus monkeys, and the complex environmental variables maintaining such effects. The second speaker will evaluate potential cognitive-enhancing effects of a5GABAA inverse agonists in rhesus monkeys using delayed matching-to-sample and self-ordered spatial search tasks. The third speaker will discuss drug effects on complex olfactory stimulus control in rats using an olfactory incrementing nonmatch-to-sample procedure in a custom-designed multiscented chamber. The final speaker will discuss the empirical validation of a novel isolated touch-sensitive chamber with squirrel monkeys, and initial studies with cannabinoids.

Keyword(s): Behavioral Pharmacology, Complex Behavior, Drug Effects
 

Environmental Variables Influencing the Response-Maintaining Effects of Dopamine Agonists in Rhesus Monkeys

CARLA H. LAGORIO (University of Michigan), Gail Winger (University of Michigan), James H. Woods (University of Michigan)
Abstract:

There is evidence of D2-like dopamine receptor involvement in drug addiction and compulsive behavior. Clinical reports link increases in compulsive behavior (such as pathological gambling) to D3-preferring agonists and, in nonhumans, D2/D3 agonists increase responding for cues previously paired with cocaine or water reinforcement. The current study further explored this finding in rhesus macaques with a history of responding on a PR schedule for food paired with distinct token light stimuli. Four subjects were exposed to an acute drug dosing regimen, and 4 to a chronic regimen of D3-preferring agonist pramipexole administered as a pretreatment. Pramipexole induced high levels of responding when lever presses resulted in token (CS) presentations and no primary reinforcement. When conditioned stimuli were removed from the context, responding was markedly reduced as compared to when tokens were present. Further manipulations have assessed other contextual or behavioral influences by presenting neutral discriminative stimuli, altering the reinforcement schedule, and diminishing the value of the primary reinforcer through both prefeeding and by extending the number of extinction sessions prior to drug pretreatments. Continued research is aimed at assessing whether pramipexole is indeed increasing the value of CSs or perhaps altering typical extinction processes.

 

Evaluation of Potential Cognitive-Enhancing Effects of a5GABAA Inverse Agonists in Rhesus Monkeys

PAUL L. SOTO (Johns Hopkins University), Sundari Rallapalli (Johns Hopkins University), James M. Cook (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Nancy A. Ator (Johns Hopkins University), Michael R. Weed (Johns Hopkins University)
Abstract:

It has been suggested that a5GABAA receptor (a5GABAAR) inverse agonists might serve as cognitive enhancers and potential therapeutics for cognitive impairment produced by neurological deterioration. We evaluated the effects of a5GABAAR inverse agonists and comparison drugs on delayed matching-to-sample (DMTS) and self-ordered spatial search (SOSS) performances in rhesus monkeys. In the DMTS procedure, accuracy decreased as the delay between sample and choice stimuli increased. In the SOSS procedure, accuracy decreased as the number of stimuli requiring sequential nonrepeat touches increased. The nonselective benzodiazepine agonist triazolam, the cholinergic antagonist scopolamine, and the a1-preferential GABAAR agonist zolpidem reduced DMTS and SOSS accuracy. Triazolam and scopolamine, but not zolpidem, decreased trials completed. The low and medium efficacy inverse agonists PWZ-029 and RY-23 were without effect, whereas the high efficacy inverse agonist RY-24 decreased trials completed without affecting accuracy. The putative cognitive enhancers methylphenidate, a dopamine uptake inhibitor, and nicotine, a cholinergic agonist, did not improve accuracy in either procedure. Methylphenidate, but not nicotine, reduced trials completed. Future research should determine the pharmacokinetic profile of a5GABAAR inverse agonists in monkeys and also their effects in animals with neurological deterioration to clarify the therapeutic potential of a5GABAAR inverse agonists.

 

Drug Effects on Complex Olfactory Stimulus Control in Rats

MARK GALIZIO (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
Abstract:

Complex forms of stimulus control in rodents are readily studied using olfactory stimuli. These permit the development of preparations useful for the analysis of drug effects on complex behavior. The olfactory incrementing non-match-to-sample (INMTS) procedure is designed to provide a within-session analysis of stimulus control by an increasing number of sample stimuli and is thought by some to be analogous to the digit span task in humans. Our lab is exploring this procedure as a baseline for behavioral pharmacology in rats. In the initial trial of each session, 1 stimulus cup marked with a distinct olfactory stimulus was present and responding to it was reinforced. Each subsequent trial added a new olfactory stimulus and responding to the new stimulus was always reinforced (nonmatching). A performance task was included to control for any nonmnemonic drug effects. I will present data from a series of studies of several different drugs, but only the noncompetitive NMDAr antagonist, dizocilpine (MK 801) has produced selective impairment on the INMTS task.

 

Empirical Validation of a Novel Touch-Sensitive Apparatus to Test Drug Effects in Squirrel Monkeys

BRIAN D. KANGAS (Harvard Medical School), Jack Bergman (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract:

Despite the increasing sophistication and affordability of touch-sensitive technology, its use in the behavioral and pharmacological sciences has been limited. The present talk will describe the design and empirical validation of a novel isolated touch-sensitive operant conditioning chamber for use with squirrel monkeys. In addition, an overview of studies assessing the effects of cannabinoids on repeated acquisition and discrimination reversal will be presented, and the virtues and limits of this approach to evaluating drugs will be discussed. Results from ongoing studies show that response rates approximate those obtained using conventional manipulanda (lever or key) and provide evidence of the reliability and sensitivity of the screen as a response transducer. Results also indicate the touchscreen can be used to seamlessly transition across experimental protocols within the same session. Data from studies with cannabinoid agonists reveal dose-related effects on performance that agree with previous reports using conventional approaches, assuring the reliability of this approach. The ability to program (1) near-limitless variety of complex stimuli, and (2) variability in spatial location define 2 major advantages of the touch-sensitive operant apparatus.

 
 
Symposium #23
CE Offered: BACB
Establishing Clinical Integrity Within Residential Services for Individuals With Challenging Behaviors
Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
602 (Convention Center)
Area: CSE/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: John C. Randall (Amego, Inc.)
Discussant: Paul A. Dores (Psychologist in Private Practice)
CE Instructor: Lisa A. Studer, M.S.
Abstract:

Serving children with severe behavior challenges within a residential delivery system requires extensive clinical supports and resources. The direct care personnel within these homes are critical to the eventual success of these children and it is imperative that the clinical systems provide the necessary training and oversight by qualified on-site clinicians. This symposium will present three papers which focus on residential services and will emphasize programming that addresses the importance of personal welfare, on-going assessment, functionasl skill development, function based interventions and the presence of working BCBA clinicians within the group homes. Data will be presented that will demonstrate positive long-term outcomes in regards to both behavior reduction and adaptive skill development. The Discussant will generate a discussion among attendees regarding the integrity of services within residential programs, the need to ensure clinical resources are made available to the needs of our most vulnerable consumers, the role of a BCBA in providing direct supervision and training for direct staff, and the need to make sure the residential environment has been behaviorally prepared.

Keyword(s): Applied, Behavior Challenges, Residential
 

Clinical Systems and Support Within Residential Services

LISA A. STUDER (Melmark New England), Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England)
Abstract:

This paper will discuss the implementation of behavioral programming and clinical oversight within a residential service delivery system. The paper will discuss the importance of assessing the 'Rights to Effective Treatment" (Van Houten, et al., 1985), including, establishing behavior support plans, implementing a clinical operating system which emphasizes ongoing assessment and review, and the critical feature of staff training and development. The authors will discuss some of the premises of "Lessons Learned: Thirty Years of Applied Behavior Analysis in Trerating Problem Behaviors (Foxx, 2001) as it relates to residential servives including making sure the environment is proactive in its design, that behavioral expertise must be present within the setting and be an active contributor to program design and implementation, using a hypothesis-driven treatment model, employing skill building interventions, and maintaining treatment effects. A case study highlighting the critical features of the clinical model will be demonstrated by reviewing a case study that exhibits significant behavior reduction over an extended period of time and the simultaneous increase of adaptive and functional skills.

 

Transitioning to a Residential Program with Comprehensive Clinical Supports

JULIE HAYES (Amego, Inc.), Annie K. Barlow (Amego, Inc.)
Abstract:

Making transitions from children's services to adult services is an area that is far too often left open for errors. There is no standard way that has found to be successful; often a transition can vary depending on the situation surrounding the need to transition. In many cases a provider has a base vacancy that needs to be filled and an individual in need will be placed within that vacancy. Ensuring effective system supports for individuals transitioning into residential programming can be a challenge for providers. System supports include family involvement, staff training, medical and clinical over site as well as funding source involvement. The following case study outlines how continuity in care is essential in creating a seamless transition from children services to adult services at the age of 22. This individual was supported within a 24 hour residential educational setting. Active transition planning and preparation for the transition to adult services begansixmonths in advance of her 22nd birthday. Although transition planning initiated six months prior to entering adult services, providers and options had been explored by family members and stakeholders prior to this time. Lead staff were identified to assist and be part of the transition. Through an overlap with service delivery, essential staff familiar with the individual's history would likewise make the conversion from working within children's services to adult services. The primary focus of the training included transferring stimulus control from familiar staff to new staff who would be supporting the individual in adult programming. Prior to the transition this individual's target behaviors were at a stable rate of responding. Initially after the transition there was a slight increase with one target behavior while the other two showed a significant decrease in rates. Through effective system management, clinical supports remained consistent across both settings. System supports that were put in place were proven to be effective in creating a flawless transition into adult services.

 

Evaluating the Effects of Long-Term Implementation of Behavioral Strategies Within a Residential Setting

KIMBERLY L. MAYER (Melmark New England), Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England), Kathy Crane (Melmark New England)
Abstract:

One case study will be presented that will demonstrate positive long-term effects of behavior intervention within a group home setting. This individual attended a nonprofit private school for children and young adults with severe behavior challenges. The young adult with autism exhibited high rates of aggression and self-injury and required 1:1 services throughout the day in the residence. A comprehensive multicomponent intervention plan was developed emphasizing functional communication training, progressive relaxation training, reinforcement contingencies and a functionally-based consequence for problem behaviors. Data exhibiting the reduction of targeted behaviors and the development of prosocial behaviors will be shown. The paper will discuss generalization and maintenance effects over a 9 year period and this individual's transition from a group home into an apartment setting with faded results. The success of this individual resulted from a comprehansive model of clinical supports within the residence emphasizing direct care training, feedback, and the presence of a skilled BCBA clinician during programming hours.

 
 
Symposium #24
CE Offered: BACB
Identifying Empirically Supported Treatments for Individuals Diagnosed With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
LL04 (TCC)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: Griffin Rooker, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Recent American Psychological Association guidelines on empirically supported treatments (EST) suggest that treatments can be designated as "well established," "probably efficacious," or "experimental" based on the number of studies that have a good experimental design and demonstrate an effective outcome. Treatments with the most empirical support are designated as "well established." Although a multitude of reviews of behavior analytic procedures as effective treatment exist in the literature, few treatments have been examined using the EST criteria. The purpose of these studies was to apply the standard of empirically supported to several treatment areas. These areas included behavior associated with specific disabilities (e.g., autism and acquired brain injury) and specific behaviors (e.g., pica) across disorders. Results of these studies suggest that behavior analytic treatments are "well established" in the treatment of a number of behaviors. These results are discussed in reference to the larger field of psychology and the dissemination of behavior analytic treatments therein.

Keyword(s): Developmental Disability, Empirically Supported, Intellectual Disability, Treatment
 

A Meta-Analysis of Single-Case Design Research in the Area of Acquired Brain Injury

MEGAN RAE HEINICKE (Auburn University), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract:

The scope of this meta-analysis was to complete a systematic evidence-based review of published behavioral treatment studies employing single-case designs with both children and adults with acquired brain injury. Peer-reviewed journals were searched using PsycINFO, Medline, and ERIC database search engines with combinations of terms such as brain injury, behavior disorder, behavior therapy, behavior modification, behavior analysis, and verbal behavior. A total of 115 acquisition and reduction studies met established inclusion criteria. The data extracted from each study included specific details about the participants, target behaviors, intervention characteristics, use of functional assessment, and outcome characteristics. A data extraction software program was also used to extract data from graphs to calculate multiple nonoverlap effect sizes such as the percentage of nonoverlapping data and Taunovlap. The studies were evaluated along several dimensions such as APA Division 12 guidelines, special education guidelines, and experimental control. A variety of methodological concerns and areas for future research are also discussed.

 

Behavior Analysis as an Empirically Supported Treatment for Problem Behavior Associated With Autism

JOSHUA JESSEL (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

For a treatment to meet criteria as well-established and empirically validated (as defined by APA divisions 12 and 16) a large number of single-subject design studies displaying experimental control with baseline or other treatment comparisons must be examined. The current study critically reviewed 29 research articles examining the effects of applied behavior analytic treatment techniques for the severe problem behavior (e.g., aggression, self-injury, disruption) of those diagnosed with autism since 2005. The treatments included were either reinforcement based (e.g., differential reinforcement of an alternative response, noncontingent reinforcement) or included both reinforcement and punishment (e.g., time-out). Twenty-six of those studies conducted experimentally sound designs and 23 reduced problem behavior by at least 80%. Additionally, 15 of those 23 studies displayed reductions of 90% or higher. The results suggest the designation of applied behavior analytic techniques as well-established and empirically validated treatment for the severe problem behavior of those diagnosed with autism.

 

Identifying Empirically Supported Treatments for Pica in Individuals With Intellectual Disabilities

NATALIE ROLIDER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Pica as problem behavior is of particular concern because even one instance of the behavior may cause tremendous harm. A number of reviews have examined the effectiveness of behavior analytic treatments; however, none have done so using the American Psychological Association (APA) guidelines on empirically supported treatments. The purpose of the current study was to critically examine the existing literature on the treatment of pica displayed by individuals with intellectual disabilities. Criteria for empirically supported treatments as described by Divisions 12 and 16 of APA, and adapted for studies employing single-case designs were used to review this body of literature. A total of 34 treatment studies were identified, 25 of which were well-designed and reported at least an 80% reduction in pica (21 studies reported 90% or greater reduction in pica). Results indicated that behavioral treatments in general, and treatments involving the combination of reinforcement and response reduction procedures in particular, can be designated as well-established treatments for pica exhibited by individuals with intellectual disabilities.

 
 
Symposium #25
CE Offered: BACB
Using Technology to Increase Academic and Leisure Skills for Students With Learning Difficulties
Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
LL05 (TCC)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College)
Discussant: Paul Argott (Educational Partnership for Instructing Children)
CE Instructor: Sharon A. Reeve, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The use of technology for interventions involving skill acquisition has been demonstrated to be promising for students across a wide range of learning difficulties. As technology advances, it is important to investigate effective applications to teach a variety of skills to students in more efficient ways. This symposium will review three different applications of technology to increase academic and leisure skills. In the first study described, interactive, computer-based practice was used to increase sight words, color words, and number identification (11-20) in two students with moderate intensive educational needs. In the second presentation, a specific computer program, Headsprout Comprehension, was used to increase comprehension skills of six students diagnosed with mild to moderate disabilities. In the third study, an iPod touch was used to teach four children with autism to follow an activity schedule composed of leisure activities. Collectively, these three studies showed effective uses of technology in teaching a variety of skills.

Keyword(s): Academic Skills, Leisure Skills, Technology
 

The Effects of Computer Based Practice on Basic Skills for Children With Moderate to Intensive Disabilities

ELIZABETH SPOTTS (The Ohio State University), Julie Everhart (Westerville City Schools), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to determine whether interactive, computer-based practice would increase the acquisition and maintenance of basic academic skills for students with moderate to intensive educational needs. The academic skills selected for this study were based on the each participant's Individualized Education Program (IEP) goals. Specifically, the skills selected were: sight words, color words, and number identification (11-20). The intervention consisted of interactive computer games using discrete trials and immediate feedback. Acquisition of basic skills was assessed using flash cards 1 day following each computer practice session. Results showed a substantial increase in all skills for one participant. These skills were also maintained over a period of time. The results also showed a slow, but steady increase in the skills from the second individual. Data were also collected throughout the study on the amount of times each participant became off task during the computer games. Results showed that both students remained on task during the majority of the sessions. Overall, the computer game intervention was an effective means to increasing the academic acquisition of the participants.

 

The Effects of Headsprout Comprehension on the Reading Skills of Urban Elementary Students With Disabilities

JENNIFER MARIE CULLEN (The Ohio State University), Joe Wheaton (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

Urban students with learning disabilities and behavior problems typically struggle with reading comprehension. Using technology for academic interventions has been demonstrated to be promising for children with a wide range of learning difficulties. This study investigated the effects of Headsprout Comprehension, a computer program designed to increase reading achievement. The experimenters used Headsprout Comprehension to improve the reading skills of 5 fifth-grade students diagnosed with mild to moderate disabilities and 1 third-grade student diagnosed with an emotional/behavioral disorder. A multiple probe across participants design was used to examine the effects of Headsprout Comprehension on the number of correct responses on AIMSWEB maze passages and the number of comprehension questions answered correctly on state reading achievement practice passages. All 6 students showed improvement in the number correct of correct responses on state achievement comprehension passages, and 5 out of 6 students showed improvement in the number correct on AIMSWEB Maze.

 

Teaching Leisure Skills With an iPod touch Activity Schedule

KELLY CARLILE (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College)
Abstract:

Traditionally, activity schedules are presented to learners in book form. However, this format may be cumbersome and socially stigmatizing to a child with autism. Conversely, presenting an activity schedule on an iPod touch may provide a more socially acceptable format, in that it would be more discrete and allow for easy portability, especially if supports, such as prompts, and an adult's presence, are eventually removed. The present study investigated the use of an iPod touch to teach students to follow an activity schedule composed of leisure activities to 4 children with autism. Manual prompts, time delay and reinforcement procedures were also used. To further promote independence, experimenter proximity to the participants was faded until she was no longer present. A multiple-probe-across-participants design was used. Prior to intervention, none of the participants followed the schedule and they rarely engaged in on-task behavior. Following intervention, all participants learned to independently follow a 47-step leisure activity schedule presented on the iPod touch and increased their on-task behavior. In addition, these skills generalized to novel settings and novel schedules, and maintained over time. The implications of incorporating technology to increase independence in children with autism is discussed.

 
 
Symposium #26
CE Offered: BACB
Measuring Behavior Using Scaling: A Behavioral Developmental Approach
Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
4C-1 (Convention Center)
Area: DEV/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Patrice Marie Miller (Harvard Medical School)
CE Instructor: Michael Lamport Commons, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In psychophysics and perception, sensitivity to differences in magnitude comes in two forms, discrimination and scaling. Animal behavioral methods show how animals scale various stimulus properties. Since there are procedures that work well with animals for obtaining scales, scaling cannot be mentalistic. Scales are important because they are useful in predicting behavior. Quantitative analysis of behavior is largely built around how animals respond relative to the rate of reinforcement, a stimulus property of reinforcement. The rate of responding is a way of scaling the perceived value of various reinforcement contingencies. Here, task difficulty may be viewed as another stimulus or contingency dimension. How difficult a discrimination is, has most often been found by varying the closeness of stimuli along some dimension. These are all flat forms of difficulty, meaning that, these are direct properties of the stimulus or the response. Here we are going to consider the order of hierarchical complexity of the task requirements, a property of the overall contingency, which is a different form of difficulty. We are also going to look separately at the dimension of the time between the reinforcer and the response. Finally, a model is presented that integrates the two. The models discussed here will be shown to have a number of applications.

Keyword(s): Discounting Value, Hierarchical Complexity, Predicting Action, Scaling
 

Measuring the A Priori Difficulty of a Task Contingency Using Order of Hierarchical Complexity

ANDREW M. RICHARDSON (Dare Association, Inc.)
Abstract:

The Model of Hierarchical Complexity is a quantitative behavioral-developmental theory that suggests an objective way of determining the a priori difficulty of a tasks contingencies. The model explains why stage-like performances are observed. The model proposes that stages result from the hierarchical structure of tasks. A task is defined as hierarchically more complex when it organizes, in a non-arbitrary fashion, two or more less complex tasks. Using this model, sixteen orders of hierarchical complexity have been generated. In this study, the model is used to generate stimuli in the form of either problems or stories. The stimuli within a domain consist of an ordered series of tasks, from order 1, reflexes and conditioned reflexes, up to order 12, the discrimination of efficient market. Tasks were generated in several domains, including reinforcement contingencies (economic), mathematical, scientific, moral, political, and social domains. 280 people were recruited through online groups. A Rasch analysis of the responses showed that, within each domain, items were well scaled on a single dimension reflecting the predicted difficulty of the item. Participants performances were shown to conform to the predictions of the model, with very high amounts of variance accounted for (from .73% and up).

 
Systematic Dimensional Behavioral Approach to Diagnoses
EVA YUJIA LI (Mount Holyoke College)
Abstract: Traditionally, stimuli have a few physical dimensions. These include color, brightness, shape, and they sometimes represent objects. Functionally, these may be conditioned respondently, or operantly discriminated. Some models of discrimination have also considered the detectability of various stimulus properties, including density, numerosity, and time between. A dimension is the time between the reinforcer and the response. One method for scaling value is to titrate preference for a standard relative to a delayed reinforcer. The other method is to determine the discriminability of reinforcers as a function of how far they occur before choice. For eight pigeons, the detectability of how much reinforcement had been previously delivered as a function of time between a reinforcer and a choice was found. In applied behavior analysis, there has been an emphasis on discrimination of various kinds of stimuli and responses showing whether or not such relations exist. Here, we are going to look at a property of stimuli that is embodied in task demands called the order of hierarchical complexity. Secondly we are going to look at perceived value as a function of the type of reinforcer, its delay, its change in delay, and theoretically, the change in the change of delay.
 

An Integrative Account of Stage and Value as Determinants of Action

MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract:

Accounts of stage and moral action have not integrated behavioral, developmental and quantitative paradigms. This presentation integrates the three by using a mathematical model of value obtained from developmental action and from stage, as in the Model of Hierarchical Complexity. The result is a behavioral-developmental account of stage and action, rather than a mentalistic one. Both value and stage are necessary for determining actions. Each consists of a matrix. The Value matrix has a number of vectors. For humans, there are 6 Holland Code variables in the value vector. The second vector is discounting-difference ratio between change in the overall value vector and change in time. The third vector is the change in differences in value over time, or risk. The second matrix is Stage, which measures performance in meeting difficulties produced by the order of hierarchical complexity of particular tasks, as discussed in the earlier talks. A mathematical account of the value and the stage matrices and their interaction terms are used to predict moral behavior.

 
Herrnstein's Behavioral Scaling Notions of Trait and Attitudes
NICHOLAS HEWLETT KEEN COMMONS-MILLER (Tufts University)
Abstract: Attitudes and traits are often considered to be outside of behavior analysis because they are considered to be mentalistic. They are obtained by presenting a stimulus question, whose properties are unknown and then recording responses. What might be mentalistic are interpretations given to the results obtained from such procedures. Herrnstein considered attitudes as simply response tendencies to such stimulus sentences. Usually, the scales that derive from such responses are obtained by using factor analysis and scaling programs. Behavior analysts prefer psychophysicistical scales in being able to describe the stimulus properties without resorting to the response properties alone. But Herrnstein thought that the degree to which these stimulus questions grouped together and could be scaled as to degree of endorsement by participants was more psychophysical. Traits on the other hand were such properties obtained over longer periods of time. If response strength is acceptable in behavior analysis, then degree of endorsement should also be acceptable. So, using things like Rasch scales to determine the difficulty of items, or bias in favor or not in favor, is an intermediate step between being able to figure out the difficulty of an item a priori or the value of a reinforcement contingency a priori.
 
 
Paper Session #27
Schedule Effects I
Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
609 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB
Chair: Ian Tyndall (University of Chichester)
 
Common Elements Enhance Negative Patterning Discrimination Learning in Humans
Domain: Basic Research
EDWARD REDHEAD (University of Southampton)
 
Abstract: Human contingency learning studies were used to compare the predictions of configural and elemental theories. Participants were required to learn which indicators were associated with an increase in core temperature of a fictitious nuclear plant. Experiments investigated the rate at which a simple Negative Patterning discrimination (A+ B+ ABo) was learned compared to one containing a common cue (CA+ CB+ CABo). When stimuli were drawn from a single modality (Visual) the common element disrupted learning, consistent with Pearce’s (1994) configural model. When the three elements were from separate modalities (Visual, Auditory and Haptic) the common element enhanced the rate at which the discrimination was learned, consistent with the Rescorla Wagner (1972) elemental model and Wagner and Brandon’s (2001) Replaced Elements Model. With a salient context Pearce (1994) could predict feature negative discrimination could be solved more easily with a common element. Taken together only the Pearce (1994) configural model can successfully predict the findings.
 

Fluency: Effects of Fast Practice on Learning Outcomes

Domain: Basic Research
JOSHUA A. LEVINE (University of Waikato), Toby Gwynne Campbell (University of Waikato), James McEwan (University of Waikato), Therese Mary Foster (University of Waikato)
 
Abstract:

Dozens of studies support Precision Teachings claim that fluent behavior ensures retention of what is learned, shows resistance to fatigue, is unaffected by distraction, and can easily be developed into a more complex task. A critical feature of acquiring fluent behaviour is fast practice, however, methods used to understand the significance of fast practice have been hampered by experimental confounds as a result of using human participants (Dougherty et al., 2004). A repeated acquisition procedure, first described by Sidman and Rosenberger (1967) to study teaching methods, has shown some promise in resolving these confounds (Porritt et al., 2009). Using hens as an animal analogue of human responding, our goal is to utilize this procedure to remove these confounds in studying the effects of fast practice and clarify the relationship between practice speeds and learning outcomes.

 

Using Action Dynamics to Assess Competing Stimulus Control During Stimulus Equivalence Testing

Domain: Basic Research
Denis P. O'Hora (National University of Ireland, Galway), Mairead McMorrow (National University of Ireland, Galway), IAN TYNDALL (University of Chichester), Rick Dale (University of Memphis)
 
Abstract:

Previous studies have identified potential sources of competing stimulus control in tests for stimulus equivalence. The current experiment employed the Nintendo Wii remote as a response device to investigate whether competition between comparison stimuli would affect suboperant action dynamics. Following one-to-many training on conditional discriminations sufficient to establish three three-member equivalence classes, participants were presented with a test for equivalence responding that included five trial types. These included, (1) traditional equivalence trial in which the incorrect stimulus had been previously presented as a correct comparison stimulus and (2), trials, in which a novel unrelated word was provided as the incorrect comparison. In the remaining three trialtypes, the incorrect stimulus was either orthographically similar (3) to the sample stimulus, phonologically similar (4) or both (5). Results suggested that the previous history of reinforcement for the incorrect stimulus in the traditional equivalence trial gave rise to greater competition than phonological or orthographic similarity between the sample and incorrect comparisons.

 

Resurgence Under Contexts of Behavioral Variation

Domain: Basic Research
THAISSA PONTES (Universidade de Brasilia), Josele Abreu-Rodrigues (Universidade de Brasilia)
 
Abstract:

The present study aimed to evaluate whether differential levels of resurgence would be observed under a context of reinforcer-controlled variation and a context of extinction-induced variation. College students were required to emit sequences of 5 presses on keys F and J of a keyboard. Reinforcers were produced only by the target sequence 1 (JFJJF) in Phase 1 (Reinforcement), and by the target sequence 2 (JJFJJ) in Phase 2 (Elimination). Extinction was in effect for all other sequences in both phases. In Phase 3, the participants were assigned to 2 groups: Variation and Extinction. For the Variation Group, a variation requirement was in effect, such that infrequent and remote sequences had greater chance to be reinforced than frequent and recent ones (the target sequence 1 never produced reinforcers); and for the Extinction Group, none of the emitted sequences produced reinforcers. Resurgence of the target sequence 1 occurred mainly for the Extinction Group. Also, the level of sequence variation (U value) was higher in the last phase than in the previous ones for the Extinction Group, and it was unsystematic for the Variation Group. It was concluded that reinforcer-controlled variation may weaken resurgence due to the concurrent reinforcement of other behaviors.

 
 
 
Paper Session #28
Human Choice
Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
607 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB
Chair: Laurilyn Dianne Jones (The Mechner Foundation)
 
The Changeover Delay (COD) Decreases Behavioral Variability in Humans and in the Virtual Organism Animated by the Evolutionary Theory of Behavior Dynamics (ETBD)
Domain: Basic Research
ANDREI POPA (Emory University), Jack J. McDowell (Emory University)
 
Abstract: Popa and McDowell (2010) showed that the Hamming Distance, a particular mathematical feature of McDowell’s Evolutionary Theory of Behavior Dynamics (ETBD; McDowell, 2004, 2010) is computationally equivalent to the changeover delay (COD; Findley, 1954) used in experiments with live organisms. Popa and McDowell (2011) suggested that increasing the computational COD requirement reduces behavioral variability in a virtual organism animated by the ETBD. The present paper further investigated a wide range of computational COD values and used the results to formulate predictions about the effects of COD requirements on the behavioral variability of humans in concurrent-schedules environments. As predicted by ETBD, the rate of switching between alternatives was systematically decreased by increased COD requirements. These results provide further support for the ETBD as a valid account of behavior dynamics, showing that it is not only able to produce outcomes congruent with known behavior statics (the Matching Law; McDowell & Popa, 2010), but it can also formulate predictions about the behavior of live organisms. Moreover, these findings suggest that high behavioral variability may be a natural outcome of the selection pressure exerted by unstructured environments. The implications for ADHD-symptoms are discussed within the framework provided by previous research (Neuringer, 2010; Taylor et al, 2010).
 
Systematic Operant Bias Observed in Human Participants During Research on Choice
Domain: Basic Research
LAURILYN DIANNE JONES (The Mechner Foundation), Francis Mechner (The Mechner Foundation)
 
Abstract: In any research involving choice among multiple operant behaviors, the operants must be equivalent and neutral for the participants prior to the experiment, otherwise the uncontaminated effect of the independent variables cannot be determined. During a series of studies looking at the effect of number of repetitions of an operant on later choice, persistent systematic biases were observed; these could not be eradicated by varying the form of the operant. The operants used in these experiments required human participants to draw lines on a computer graphics tablet; the biases that emerged were associated with the hand motions involved in executing each operant. There were a number of learning sessions, during which participants practiced these operants different numbers of times, followed by a final “test session” in which they were required to choose between them. During the experiments the angle and length of lines drawn, spacing between lines, number of lines per operant, and the hand with which participants drew were all varied, all without elimination of operant bias; there remained persistent preferences for certain lines over others. This type of detailed quantitative analysis of bias is potentially significant for any research or applied behavior analysis that needs to assume equivalence among operant behaviors.
 

A Concurrent Choice Analysis of Amount-Dependent Temporal Discounting

Domain: Basic Research
JENNIFER M. KINLOCH (University of Otago), Geoff White (University of Otago)
 
Abstract:

Amount-dependent temporal discounting refers to the differential rates at which the values of large and small reinforcers are discounted over time. Most studies of temporal discounting involve the calculation of indifference points; the average point at which the choice between2 options switches, indicating indifference between the options. The present set of experiments aimed to measure strength of preference more directly. Participants were asked to indicate their strength of preference between hypothetical alternatives that differed in their monetary value, and in the delay at which they were available. Experiment 1 demonstrated temporal discounting and a magnitude effect using a direct measure of strength of preference that did not rely on the calculation of indifference points. Further analysis, using the matching law, confirmed greater sensitivity to changes in the delay when magnitudes were small than when they were large, consistent with the magnitude effect. In Experiment 2, the range of the delays were expanded to allow additional analysis and demonstrated that a hyperbolic temporal discounting curve could be fit to the data; demonstrating hyperbolic temporal discounting without the calculation of indifference points.

 
 
 
Symposium #29
Advanced Topics in the Application of Behavior Analysis to Organizational Behavior
Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
604 (Convention Center)
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Bart M. Sevin (Aubrey Daniels International)
Abstract: The present symposium will discuss advanced topics in the application of behavior analysis to the behavior of individuals in organizations. All presentations will focus on real-world examples and practical suggestions for effectively applying behavioral principles to improve critical behavior that drives organizational results. The first presentation will discuss the concept of the motivating operation (MO) in OBM, specifically the role of relationship development and its impact on the effectiveness of social reinforcement in the work place. The second talk will explore the role of punishment in safety management, discussing how the negative side effects of punishment typically manifest in in organizations that use excessive punishment to address at-risk behavior. The third talk will describe a process for coaching in organizations that leads to rapid, sustainable change in performance that drives business results. Finally, the last presentation will focus on understanding desired and undesired organizational behavior from a behavior analytic perspective, why this matters, and how it differentially leads to development of more sustainable performance solutions.
 
Relationship Development as a Motivating Operation in Safety
JUDY L. AGNEW (Aubrey Daniels International)
Abstract: The use of negative reinforcement (and punishment), while prevalent in organizational safety, is limited in terms of its effectiveness and has the extremely problematic side effect of under-reporting of accidents. Thus, positive reinforcement is essential for creating true and lasting improvements. Social reinforcement is heavily used in OBM, largely because it is most easily manipulated. An MO that influences the effectiveness of social reinforcement is the relationship that exists between the deliverer and receiver of reinforcement. A positive statement such as “I appreciate your input on this” or “I was impressed by how you handled that meeting” will have greater or lesser reinforcing value depending on that relationship. This talk will review the concept of the MO in OBM and provide field examples and strategies used by clients to improve relationships and thus increase the reinforcing value of the reinforcers they attempt to use
 

Is There a Role for Punishment in Safety Management?

CLOYD HYTEN (Aubrey Daniels International)
Abstract:

Many companies rely on punishment for managing safety violations and injuries. Behavioral approaches to safety emphasize utilizing positive reinforcement strategies focused on safe behavior, instead of punishment for bad outcomes, because of the harmful side effects of punishment. What actually happens in a company that uses excessive punishment to manage safety? This talk will describe case instances of the effects of over relying on punishment. But does that mean that punishment is never used, even for willful violations of life-critical procedures? Are there any positive effects of punishment in managing safety? The roles of causal analysis and forward accountability in safety management will be discussed.

 
Coaching for Measurable and Sustainable Improvements
DON NIELSEN (Aubrey Daniels International)
Abstract: Managers and supervisors often spend much of their time putting out fires, leaving very little time to coach improved performance among their employees. Often when supervisors do engage in coaching they attempt to address vague concepts such as attitudes, responsibility, and being a better team player. Employees (and often the supervisors themselves) are unclear about the expectations for improvement and have difficulty knowing if improvements have been achieved. This talk will identify methods to pinpoint measurable results and the behaviors necessary to reach the results. The process of coaching for small incremental improvements in behavior will be discussed along with a Rapid Change process designed to sustain daily coaching efforts and to improve supervisor coaching skills.
 

Why Would Anyone Do That?: Understanding Organizational Behavior From a Scientific Standpoint

BART M. SEVIN (Aubrey Daniels International)
Abstract:

Managers and supervisors often puzzle at the persistence of undesired behavior and the absence of desired behavior, in some cases despite the behavior analytic foundations of some of their existing business processes (e.g., behavior-based safety or behavior-based coaching systems). It is not uncommon following undesired behavior that leads to an injury or some other business impact for leaders to identify as the root cause that there was some type of human error, often resulting in the worker being blamed for the resulting incident or impact. Too frequently, why there was human error goes unexplored. This talk will describe a practical assessment tool based on the A-B-C model, its application in the work place, and its role in developing sustainable behavior-based performance solutions and in improving the culture of an organization. Opportunities for enhancing the existing tool will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #30
CE Offered: BACB
A Critical Examination of Graphical Presentation Practices in Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
204 (TCC)
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Kerri L. Milyko (Precision Teaching Learning Center)
Discussant: Douglas E. Kostewicz (University of Pittsburgh)
CE Instructor: Richard M. Kubina Jr., Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts analyze and interpret data as well as construct, communicate, and defend claims of knowledge with data graphics. While behavior analysts do use other inscription devices, such as tables, visual analysis of data serves as the linchpin of the science of behavior. From Skinner to contemporary behavior analysts, researchers and practitioners mostly rely on time series data graphics such as the line graph. With so much analytical and communicative power invested in line graphs behavior analysts must consider how to construct and use different types of line graphs that effect their verbal behavior. This symposium examines different aspects of presenting time series data and suggests behavior analysis pay greater attention to for the most critical practices behavior analysts engage in.

 
An Initial Survey of Fractional Graph and Table Area in Behavioral Journals
DOUGLAS E. KOSTEWICZ (University of Pittsburgh), Richard M. Kubina Jr. (The Pennsylvania State University)
Abstract: This study examined the fractional graph area (FGA), the proportion of page space used to display statistical graphics, in 11 behavioral journals and places behavior analysis on a continuum with other natural, mathematical, and social science disciplines. The composite FGA of all 11 journals puts behavior analysis within the range of the social sciences, whereas the composite FGA of the most established and preeminent behavioral journals positions behavior analysis within the range of the natural sciences. In addition, fractional table area (FTA), the proportion of page space used to display tables, generally is higher in behavioral journals with lower degrees of FGA, a result that replicates previous research.
 

A Critical Review of Time-Series Graphics in Behavior Analytic Journals

DOUGLAS E. KOSTEWICZ (University of Pittsburgh), Richard M. Kubina Jr. (The Pennsylvania State University)
Abstract:

One may argue that the genesis and continued practice of all forms of behavior analysis (e.g., applied, basic, philosophical) rest upon the foundation of the careful examination of data graphics, mainly time series graphics. Time series graphics derive their name from their construction; a time series scale on the horizontal axis expresses a unit of time and some type of quantitative scale on the vertical axis shows time progressing from left to right. A quick survey of important books on behavioral research show that prominent experimental designs use time series graphics, mainly the simple line chart (e.g., Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2007; Hersen & Barlow, 1976; Kazdin, 2011; Kennedy, 2005; Kratochwill, 1978; Kratochwill & Levin, 1992; Poling & Fuqua, 1986; Sidman, 1960). However, the guidelines for constructing line charts appear in very few publications. Furthermore, the field of behavior analysis does not have agreed-upon standards for line chart construction. As a result of number of systematic errors occur in published line charts. This presentation shares the results of survey examining 11 prominent behavioral journals and their graphical practices in regards to line chart usage.

 

Arithmetic and Semilogarithmic or Ratio Line Charts: A Comparison of Visual Displays

RICHARD M. KUBINA JR. (The Pennsylvania State University)
Abstract:

Line graphs or charts have two forms, arithmetically and semilogarithmically scaled. Behavior analysts make scant use of semilogarithmic charts and use, almost exclusively, arithmetically scaled charts. As a scientific discipline Behavior Analysis would benefit from an informed explication of each data graphic. Other sources do exist which describe different types of graphics, including line charts, and explain how behavior analysts can use them (e.g., Cooper, Heron & Heward, 2007; Parsonson & Baer, 1978). Comparing and contrasting the structure, hallmark characteristics and limitations of arithmetically and semilogarithmically scaled line charts, however, has yet to occur. Therefore, the present paper asks the following questions. What design attributes guide the construction of arithmetically and semilogarithmically scaled line chart? What purpose does the arithmetically and semilogarithmically scaled line chart serve? How do the technical features and purposes of line charts serve a science of behavior and the behavior analysts who use them? The research questions will not only provide a detailed comparison of the purposes of arithmetic and semilogarithmic line charts but will also offer advantages or disadvantages for behavior analysts conducting visual analysis with time series data.

 
 
Panel #31
Developing Behavior Analytic Curricula for Undergraduates
Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
613/614 (Convention Center)
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University)
TOM BYRNE (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts)
JAMES W. DILLER (Eastern Connecticut State University)
JESSICA B. EVERLY (University of Pittsburgh at Greensburg)
CHRISTINE L. RATCLIFF (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract:

An important component in the dissemination of behavior analysis is its promotion at the Bachelors level. The purpose of the present discussion is to share information and advice on the challenges commonly faced while developing behavior analytic curricula for undergraduates. Emphasis will be given to programs at small colleges and universities that lack accompanying graduate programs in behavior analysis. Panelists will discuss their experiences creating and overseeing behavior analytic coursework for undergraduates. Specific topics will include student and faculty recruitment, student involvement in research, curriculum design, internships, service delivery, and the creation of Behavior Analyst Certification Board-approved coursework and supervised experiences. The panel will consist of behavior analysts and faculty from small, liberal arts colleges and universities who were trained in basic and applied research, as well as members of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. Recent trends and future directions for undergraduate behavior analytic programs and board-approved coursework will also be discussed.

Keyword(s): BACB-approved coursework, curriculum design, undergraduate research
 
 
Symposium #32
CE Offered: BACB
Improving the Efficiency and Efficacy of Staff and Parent Training of Assessment and Treatment Procedures With Children Diagnosed With Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
612 (Convention Center)
Area: TBA/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michael E. Kelley (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Michael E. Kelley, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The application of the basic principles of behavior analysis has been remarkably valuable in guiding researchers and practitioners to develop effective assessments and treatments. One area that warrants further development is the systematic improvement of efficiency and efficacy of those procedures. In the current series of studies, we show how typical assessment or training procedures may be systematically replicated and extended in several important ways. First, Higgins et al. show how individuals may be trained to conduct preference assessments using web-based technology. The trainees include individuals who do not otherwise have training available in vivo. Next, Kunnavatana et al. report on teaching teachers to conduct efficient, trial-based functional analyses, which may relieve teachers of the burden of finding trained professionals to conduct the assessments. Third, Kowcheck et al. show data suggesting the necessary components of a staff-training package. Finally, Vladescu et al. demonstrate the utility of video modeling for conducting procedurally correct discrete-trial training. In combination, these studies extend the literature on how to improve the efficiency and efficacy of training and have the potential to expand practitioners skills in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior and skill deficits.

Keyword(s): Improving training, Training
 

Evaluating Web-based Technologies to Teach Staff to Conduct a Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement Preference Assessment

WILLIAM J. HIGGINS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Regina A. Carroll (Munroe-Meyer Institute University of Nebraska Medical Center), Oliver C. Mudford (University of Auckland)
Abstract:

The ubiquity of personal computers and the development of secure Internet technologies have led to the increased use of Web-based training in fields such as medicine and education (Ritterband & Tate, 2009). Roscoe and Fisher (2008) demonstrated the effectiveness and efficiency of a training package that included delayed feedback on performance and immediate feedback during scripted role-play sessions to teach direct-care staff how to implement two common preference assessments with children diagnosed with intellectual disabilities. The current study extends this line of research by evaluating whether delivering these same teaching procedures, as well as an information-based multimedia presentation, via Web-based technologies produces similar results on staff members' implementation of a multiple-stimulus-without-replacement assessment.Thirteen component skills were targeted, and the effects of the teaching package on skill acquisition were evaluated using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across participants. Robust and immediate improvements in the component skills were observed across participants and their performance maintained during a 1-month follow-up observation. In addition, the Web-based delivery of the teaching components was reported as highly acceptable. The benefits of Web-based technologies and other Web-based applications will be discussed.

 
Training Educators to Conduct Trial-Based Functional Analyses
SORAYA SHANUN KUNNAVATANA (Utah State University), Sarah E. Bloom (Utah State University), Andrew Samaha (Utah State University), Elizabeth Dayton (Utah State University)
Abstract: Functional analyses are commonly used to identify the maintaining variables of problem behaviors and direct treatment. Although research has demonstrated the utility of the standard functional analysis, they are not always feasible in educational settings. The trial-based functional analysis was developed as an alternative when resources do not permit a standard functional analysis. The current study sought to evaluate the effectiveness of a modified pyramidal training procedure in which special education programming coordinators were trained to conduct trial-based functional analyses and then subsequently trained primary and secondary grade level teachers. Results showed that teachers implemented the trial-based functional analysis with good integrity after training and during in situ probes; however, modest improvements were observed in accuracy of calculating and graphing data, and analyzing graphs to identify a function.
 

A Component Analysis of a Staff Training Package

KEEGAN C. KOWCHECK (West Virginia University), Aimee Giles (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Instructional time for children with autism may be maximized by training classroom staff to implement discrete-trial training (DTT) programs. The purpose of this study was to conduct a component analysis of an existing training package. The training package had previously been shown to be effective in teaching paraprofessionals to implement DTT programs. The training package consisted of video modeling and didactic instruction, and performance feedback. Twelve special education teachers were divided into 2 groups, and taught to implement DTT during an optional professional development session over the summer. A multiple-baseline-across-participants design was used. Using a performance checklist, data were collected on the accuracy with which the teachers implemented DTT programs in trainer-trainee dyads. For 11 of 12 participants, mastery criteria were met following at least one session of performance feedback. On average, correct implementation of DTT procedures increased by 20.53% following the video phase, and by 30.5% following one feedback session.

 

The Effects of Video Modeling on Accurate Implementation of Discrete Trial Instruction

JASON C. VLADESCU (Caldwell College), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

Discrete trial instruction (DTI) is a common and effective approach to teaching children with autism and related disorders. Thus, it is important to identify effective procedures to train staff to implement DTI accurately. One training alternative, video modeling (VM) involves showing a video that exhibits behaviors a viewer should imitate and demonstrate in an appropriate context. The present study evaluated VM to train three new staff members in an early intervention (EI) clinic to implement DTI. We evaluated implementation accuracy using a multiple-baseline across participants design. All participants reached the mastery criterion for accurate implementation of DTI with a confederate following the introduction of VM, and performance remained high while implementing novel teaching protocols. Following training with VM, participants used DTI to teach a child in an EI clinic. The results showed that the participants accurate implementation of DTI remained high, and both children acquired the targeted skills. Additionally, we conducted a post-hoc analysis that showed that the number of individual DTI components implemented at or above the mastery criterion increased following VM and maintained during child training. Together, these findings provide additional support that VM may be an effective method to train staff members to implement DTI.

 
 
Symposium #33
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advancements in Evaluating Teaching Procedures for Increasing Verbal Behavior
Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
101 (TCC)
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amy S. Polick (Florida State University at Panama City)
CE Instructor: Amy S. Polick, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Because language underlies most learning in the typical child and is a core deficit in children with autism, developing language skills is often a major goal of behavioral treatment (Sundberg & Michael, 2001). Additionally, research has shown that traditional operant behavioral procedures have been effective in enhancing language performance with children (Eikeseth, 2009). One behavioral approach to teaching language pays particular attention to targeting verbal operants for intervention, which upon acquisition, provide a foundation for building more advanced verbal behavior (Sundberg & Michael). The purpose of the symposium is to discuss recent advancements in evaluating teaching procedures for increasing verbal behavior of children with and without autism spectrum disorders. The first paper compared the effects of presenting the discriminative stimulus once versus re-presenting it when using least-to-most prompting to teach intraverbal behavior. The second study compared successive and simultaneous tact training on the emergence of listener skills. The third paper compared the efficiency of play-based learning and discrete-trial instruction on the acquisition of receptive discriminations. Finally, the fourth paper evaluated the effects of programmed treatment integrity errors on the acquisition of tacts and auditory-visual conditional discriminations during discrete trial instruction.

Keyword(s): Autism, Discrete-trial Instruction, Treatment Evaluations, Verbal Behavior
 

An Investigation of the Presentation of the Discriminative Stimulus When Using Least-to-Most Prompting to Teach Intraverbal Behavior

TIFFANY HUMPHREYS (Florida State University at Panama City), Amy S. Polick (Florida State University at Panama City), Laura Reisdorf (Florida State University at Panama City), Alison Parker Ivancic (Florida State University at Panama City), Jackie Thaxton (Florida State University at Panama City)
Abstract:

A common procedure used in skill acquisition with individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) is least-to-most prompting (MacDuff, Krantz, & McClannahan, 2001). While a common recommendation is to re-present the discriminative stimulus (SD) when providing prompts (Cooper, Herron, & Heward, 2007; Lovass, 2003), few studies have evaluated the effectiveness of this recommendation in teaching language to children with ASDs. Westand Billingsley (2005) evaluated the traditional (SD was repeated) vs. revised (SD given once) least-to-most prompting and found that both methods were successful in teaching a chained response. The purpose of the present study was to further assess the effects of re-presenting the SD when using least-to-most prompting to teach intraverbal behaviors to children with autism. Results showed no reliable and consistent benefit of re-presenting the SD. Out of 6 comparisons that produced acquisition, 33% produced faster learning with the SD repeat condition, 33% faster with the SD once condition, and 33% showed no difference between the two conditions. Follow-up data also showed no difference in strength of maintenance across conditions. The presentation will further discuss these data and the implications for implementing language intervention strategies with children diagnosed with ASDs.

 

The Effects of Successive and Simultaneous Tact Training on Listener Behavior

Daniela M. Ribeiro (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), KATHRYN LEE (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Danielle LaFrance (B.E.S.T. Consulting, Inc.)
Abstract:

Besides being of theoretical interest, research on functional independence among speaker and listener behaviors could aid in the development of efficient procedures to teach verbal behavior to children with and without language delay. The current study compared two procedures to teach tacts, namely successive and simultaneous training using a multiple treatment design. During the successive tact training,1 set of 3 stimuli was taught with1 picture presented in each trial. During the simultaneous tact training, another set was trained with all3 pictures presented in each trial. Four typically developing children were exposed to both teaching conditions and sets were counterbalanced across participants. After training, listener relations' tests were conducted. Results show that the4 participants reached criterion in4 to8 sessions with each set. Corresponding listener relations emerged for both sets. In summary, there was no difference between the2 procedures in terms of trials to criterion, and emergence of untrained listener relations. Future studies should replicate the procedures with children with language delays to determine if differences during tact training and listener testing are observed

 

A Comparison of Structured versus Play-Based Interventions to Teach Receptive Discriminations to Children With Autism

KANEEN B. GEIGER (Auburn University), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Linda A. LeBlanc (Auburn University), Nicole M. Hanney (Auburn University), Amy S. Polick (Florida State University at Panama City), Megan Rae Heinicke (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Research has shown that discrete trial teaching (DTT), has been effective in teaching language to children with autism. Discrete trial teaching uses a highly structured, fast-paced, format with skills that are selected by the teacher are taught in a one-to-one situation at a desk or table. Play-based instruction (PBI) embeds DTT procedures in the context of a game, such that language skills are targeted in a more naturalistic, play-type environment. However, all of the other characteristics of DTT (e.g., fast-paced, targets selected by the teacher) are still in place during PBI. The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of DTT to PBI. Additionally, measures were collected on affect to determine if PBI was perceived as "more fun" than DTT by the participants. Finally, a concurrent-chains evaluation of preference was used to determine which teaching procedure was more preferred. Two 4-year-old boys with autism, participated in this study. Receptive discriminations were taught in either DTT or PBI. Results showed that for both boys, PBI and DTT were equally effective. For one boy, the2 procedures produced similar affect and were equally preferred. For the other boy, PBI produced more positive affect and was more preferred.

 

An Evaluation of Programmed Treatment Integrity Errors During Discrete Trial Instruction

REGINA A. CARROLL (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

In the present study, we evaluated the effects of programmed treatment integrity errors on skill acquisition, for children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD), during discrete trial instruction (DTI). In Study 1, we observed5 children with ASD during academic instructions in the school to identify teaching practices that may influence skill acquisition. The results of Study 1 showed that teachers working with children with ASD do not consistently implement all components of academic instruction with a high degree of integrity. In Study 2, we simultaneously manipulated the3 most common integrity errors observed in Study 1 during DTI. Specifically, we compared skill acquisition during a high-integrity condition and a low-integrity condition, with3 programmed integrity errors, for5 children with an ASD. All participants in Study 2 showed either delayed acquisition or did not acquire target stimuli when DTI was implemented with low integrity. In Study 3, we evaluated the extent to which one or more specific integrity errors influenced skill acquisition for2 participants from Study 2. We will describe important areas of feature research related to teaching children with an ASD in an academic setting.

 
 
Symposium #34
Reinforcer Preference Assessment and Manipulation With Pet Dogs
Saturday, May 26, 2012
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
620 (Convention Center)
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Carmen Buitrago (Cascade Pet Camp)
Discussant: Terri M. Bright (Simmons College)
Abstract:

Reinforcer preference assessment procedures have been developed for use with humans, and have been shown to improve subsequent treatment efficacy. Little research has been conducted, however, on the use of such procedures in determining reinforcer preference among pet dogs. A variety of edible and nonedible reinforcers are used commonly in the training of dogs and treatment of dog behavior problems, yet such reinforcers often are selected without explicit testing of their efficacy prior to treatment implementation. In the first presentation of this symposium, the use of a paired-stimulus preference assessment with pet dogs is examined. In the second presentation, dogs are exposed to both single-stimulus and paired-stimulus preference assessments, followed by reinforcement assessments. In the third presentation, the use of a variety of reinforcers with pet dogs is examined and the role that reinforcer preference may play in the treatment of pet behavior problems is discussed.

Keyword(s): dogs, preference assessment, reinforcer assessment
 

Suckers for Beef Sticks: Use of a Paired Stimulus Preference Assessment With Dogs

LINDSAY PARENTI (Pet Behavior Change, LLC), Megan E. Maxwell (Pet Behavior Change, LLC)
Abstract:

Reinforcement status is often assumed in behavioral treatment plans with pets. As has been demonstrated in the treatment of behavior problems in humans, treatment of behavior problems in dogs could be improved with use of a highly preferred reinforcer, the potency of which is established prior to treatment implementation. In this study, seven dogs (Canis familiaris) were exposed to a paired-stimulus preference assessment that compared three edible items. A stable preference emerged within 16 sessions for all subjects, and all subjects demonstrated preference for the same food item (beef stick dog treats). This food item subsequently was used in a response acquisition procedure, and all subjects acquired the response on which food delivery was contingent.

 

Testing the Paired Stimulus Preference Assessment as a Predictor of Reinforcer Efficacy in Dogs

SARA M. VICARS (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

Previous research has shown that the paired-stimulus (PS) preference assessment is effective in yielding a hierarchy of preference with animal participants; however, reinforcer assessments have not typically been conducted. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the use of the single-stimulus (SS) and Paired Stimulus (PS) preference assessments as predictors of reinforcer effectiveness with dogs (canis lupus familiaris). The preference assessments were followed by single, concurrent, and basis 2 progressive- ratio (B2PR1) reinforcement assessments to evaluate absolute and relative reinforcer efficacy with eight dogs. Results indicated that the PS preference assessment was able to predict preference and reinforcer efficacy across all participants. Various features of each assessment are discussed.

 

Reinforcement Variety in Shaping and Maintaining Behavior in Pet Dogs

Jennifer L. Sobie (University of Illinois), CARMEN BUITRAGO (Cascade Pet Camp)
Abstract:

Use of a wide variety of reinforcing stimuli has been suggested as important because reinforcer variety may help to prevent satiation (Bowman, Piazza, Fisher, Hagopian, & Kogan, 1997). Although it is difficult to identify two stimuli that have equal reinforcing capabilities in any specific operant relationship, Taravella, Lerman, Contrucci and Roane (2000) found that stimuli identified through supplementary assessments of low-ranked items preference assessments were found to increase behavior, indicating that less preferred stimuli can function as reinforcers. However, preliminary data generated in applied settings with pet dogs suggested that delivery of a less-preferred reinforcer in a context that has previously delivered highly-preferred reinforcers can act as a punisher and can increase latency to respond, reduce response frequency and affect response topography. In consideration of these findings, a series of studies were done evaluating the effects of using a variety of reinforcers in applied settings with the purpose of identifying relevant variables. This presentation discusses the findings and offers suggestions for best use of reinforcement variety.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #35
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Spousonomics: Using Economics to Master Love, Marriage, and Dirty Dishes

Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
4C-2 (Convention Center)
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Thomas J. Waltz, Ph.D.
Chair: Thomas J. Waltz (Center for Mental Healthcare and Outcomes Research)
JENNY ANDERSON (The New York Times), Paula Szuchman (The Wall Street Journal)
Jenny Anderson is a New York Times reporter who spent years covering Wall Street and won a Gerald Loeb Award for her coverage of Merrill Lynch. She currently writes about education and lives with her husband and two daughters in Manhattan.
Abstract:

Every marriage is its own little economy, a business of two with a finite number of resources that need to be allocated efficiently. In their book, Spousonomics, authors Paula Szuchman and Jenny Anderson apply bedrock economic principles to some of the most common conflicts in domestic life. Some examples include: Division of Labor (Or, Why You Should Do the Dishes): Exposing the fallacy of the 50/50 marriage split. Some people are better at, say, making school lunches, while others panic at the sight of a vacuum cleaner. Here’s a tip: Do what you’re “relatively” good at and “trade” the rest. Incentives (Or, Getting Your Spouse to Do What You Want): How getting your spouse to finally pay the bills on time is simply a matter of finding the right incentive. Trade-offs (Or, The Art of Getting Over It): The simple beauty of the cost-benefit analysis. Let’s break down that four-day trip to Cabo with your friends. Costs: A grumpy wife, $700 airfare, kids that miss you. Benefits: a savage tan, enough Don Julio to inflict permanent damage, uninterrupted sleep. Verdict? Supply and Demand (Or, How to Have More Sex): Talking your sex life to death, waiting until the kids are asleep and you’re both catatonic, not admitting that lingerie turns you on—all bad habits that raise costs and lower demand. The key to keeping your sex life hot is keeping it affordable.

Target Audience:

The lecture will target a general audience and will specifically focus on translating concepts from behavior economics to areas of concern for everyday living and clinical practice. Specifically, clinicians will become familiar with the relevance of behavior economic concepts to interpersonal and family relationships. This introduction will provide an empirically based conceptual framework for clinicians to expand their practice.

Learning Objectives:   At the conclusion of this session, participants should be able to:
  • Recognize the relevance of behavior economic concepts to interpersonal and family relationships.
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, clinical, family, marriage
 
 
Invited Paper Session #36
CE Offered: BACB

"Please Take a Bite!" What Behavior Analysis Has to Offer the Field of Childhood Feeding Problems

Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
303/304 (TCC)
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Keith E. Williams, Ph.D.
Chair: Jennifer M. Asmus (University of Wisconsin-Madison)
KEITH E. WILLIAMS (Penn State Hershey Medical Center)
Keith Williams received his Ph.D. in Applied Developmental Psychology from the University of Maryland, Baltimore County. He has been the Director of the Feeding Program at the Penn State Hershey Medical Center since 1997, where he supervises multidisciplinary clinics and a day treatment program. Prior to this, he worked with the Kennedy Krieger Institute's Feeding Program. He has over 40 publications in the area of childhood feeding problems including the book, Treating eating problems in children with autism spectrum disorders and developmental disabilities with Richard Foxx. An Associate Professor of Pediatrics at the Penn State College of Medicine, he also teaches in Penn State Harrisburg's graduate program in Applied Behavior Analysis. Dr. Williams provides training in the area of feeding throughout Pennsylvania, nationally, and abroad.
Abstract:

Up to 25% of the pediatric population experiences a feeding problem at some point across the span of childhood and this percentage has been found to be even higher among children with special needs and/or chronic health problems. While behavior analysts have been working with children with feeding problems for decades, the number of behavior analysts who work in this area of practice is still limited. There are two main goals of this talk. The first is to review the role behavior analysts have played in the treatment of childhood feeding problems and discuss need for behavior analysts to expand their presence in this area of clinical need. The second is to advocate for the spread of our methodology and interventions to the other disciplines toserve children with feeding problems. While there may now be over 5,000 certified behavior analysts, there over 100,000 occupational therapists and 120,000 speech pathologists in the United States. Providing behavior analytic tools to our colleagues in other allied health disciplines will allow for a larger number of children with feeding problems to receive effective treatment.

 
 
Special Event #37
SQAB Tutorial: Behavioral Models of Conditional Discrimination: Detection and Matching to Sample
Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
608 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Presenting Authors: : JOHN A. NEVIN (University of New Hampshire)
Abstract:

Quantitative models of conditional discrimination performance, based on well-established behavioral processes such as matching to relative reinforcement, effects of reinforcement on resistance to change, and stimulus generalization, can account for many findings of studies with nonhuman animals in signal-detection and matching-to-sample paradigms. This tutorial will provide a guided tour of these models as they have developed since 1978, explain their quantitative structures, and discuss their strengths and limitations in their confrontation with systematic data sets. The models to be discussed will be available as spreadsheets so that students and researchers can explore their properties and apply them to their own data.

 
JOHN A. NEVIN (University of New Hampshire)
After completing undergraduate studies in mechanical engineering at Yale University in 1954 and serving in the Coast Guard for 5 years, John A. (Tony) Nevin went to Columbia University for graduate work in experimental psychology.  He studied color vision with C. H. Graham and signal detection with W. J. McGill, and participated in research with W. W. Cumming and R. Berryman on matching to sample in pigeons.  His doctoral dissertation, directed by W. N. Schoenfeld, was concerned with schedules of conditioned reinforcement.  After receiving his Ph.D. in 1963, he taught at Swarthmore College until 1968.  He returned to Columbia from 1968 until 1972, where he served two years as department chair.  He then moved to the University of New Hampshire, where he taught until retiring in 1995.  The models discussed in this tutorial reflect the convergence of his interests in psychophysical and behavioral approaches to the effects of reinforcement on discrimination and resistance to change.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #38
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Some Determinants of Behavioral Variability During Learning

Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
6BC (Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Aaron P. Blaisdell, Ph.D.
Chair: Matthew C. Bell (Santa Clara University)
AARON P. BLAISDELL (University of California, Los Angeles)
After receiving his BA and MA in Biological Anthropology (at SUNY Stony Brook and Kent State University, respectively), Dr. Blaisdell realized that animal cognition was even more interesting than studying dead humans. So he trekked on over to SUNY Binghamton for his Ph.D. in Experimental Psychology with Dr. Ralph Miller, where he studied learning, memory, and temporal cognition in the rat. This was followed by a brief stint as an NRSA Postdoctoral Fellow with Dr. Robert Cook, an expert on Avian Visual Cognition at Tufts University, where he learned how pigeons perceive and think about the world. Since 2001, Dr. Blaisdell has emigrated to the climatological and cultural paradise of sunny LA as Associate Professor in Learning & Behavior and Behavioral Neuroscience in the UCLA Psychology Department. He presides over a comparative cognition lab, studying cognitive processes in rats, pigeons, hermit crabs, and humans. Aaron is currently president of the International Society for Comparative Psychology and the Ancestral Health Society. His interest in Ancestral Health reunites his fascination with anthropology with his interest in comparative approaches to evolution and health. His lab website is http://pigeonrat.psych.ucla.edu.
Abstract:

Behavior typically becomes more variable in the face of a drop in the value of a motivating outcome, such as food. Dr. Blaisdell will review converging lines of evidence for this relationship from studies in his lab. He will describe the negative relationship between found between the signaled probability of food and variability in behavior. This relationship is quite general: Observed in both temporal and spatial behavioral dimensions, in both rats and pigeons, and in both the operant chamber and in open-field settings. Behavioral variability is also greater under conditions involving smaller or delayed food rewards compared to larger or immediate rewards. Dr. Blaisdell will describe some manipulations of the response-outcome contingency that reveal interesting relationships between Pavlovian and instrumental processes. These data support a general conclusion that signaled outcome value is an important determinant of behavioral variability in a wide variety of conditioned behaviors.

Target Audience:

basic researchers

Learning Objectives: #none#
Keyword(s): behavioral variability
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #39
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Functional Neuroimaging Studies of Reward Processing in the Human Brain

Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
6E (Convention Center)
Area: TBA; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Advanced
CE Instructor: Jessica Singer-Dudek, Ph.D.
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
MAURICIO DELGADO (Rutgers University)
Mauricio Delgado is an assistant professor of Psychology and Neuroscience at Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey. He is the director of the Social and Affective Neuroscience Lab and the associate director of the Rutgers University Brain Imaging Center. Dr. Delgado completed his graduate studies at the University of Pittsburgh under the direction of Dr. Julie Fiez in 2002. His research included one of the first studies to use functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) to investigate the neural correlates of reward processing in humans. Dr. Delgado then moved to New York University for a postdoctoral fellowship with Dr. Elizabeth Phelps, where he continued studying human reward processing but also extended his research to understand aversive influences on brain and behavior. His research program at Rutgers University currently investigates how the human brain learns from rewards and punishments, how it uses this information to guide behavior during both simple decisions (e.g., learning actions which lead to desired outcomes) and complex social interactions (e.g., learning to trust another person), and how it controls or regulates our emotions to avoid maladaptive decision-making. Dr. Delgado was the recipient of the 2009 Presidential Early Career Award for Scientists and Engineers and his research is funded by grants from the National Institute on Drug Abuse, the National Institute of Mental Health and the National Science Foundation.
Abstract:

Our understanding of the neural structures involved in processing reward-related information has its foundations on a rich animal literature and classical theories of learning. More recently, advances in methodological approaches, particularly neuroimaging techniques such as functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI), have allowed for the extension of these investigations to the human brain and helped delineate a basic reward circuit in humans. Central to this circuit is the role of cortico-striatum loops connecting regions involved in cognitive control (prefrontal cortex) and motivational processes (striatum). In this talk, we will discuss how the human brain learns about rewards and creates reward representations, via conditioned reinforcers, that can influence behavior. Additionally, we will highlight how cognitive strategies can effectively control neural responses to reward elicited by conditioned reinforcers (e.g., cue paired with a drug reinforcer), and its potential application of helping attenuate maladaptive decision-making (e.g., drug seeking behaviors).

Target Audience:

Practitioners and researchers who are interested in mechanisms controlling behavior; those interested in brain and behavior relations

Learning Objectives:    At the conclusion of this session, participants should be able to:
  • Recognize what fMRI findings have to offer the science of ABA.
  • Idenitfy how the human brain learns about rewards and creates reward representations, via conditioned reinforcers, and how that can influence behavior
 
 
Symposium #40
CE Offered: BACB
The Road Less Traveled: Case Histories in the Extension of Behavioral Interventions to New Domains
Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
4C-3 (Convention Center)
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Anthony DeFulio (Johns Hopkins University)
Discussant: Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Anthony DeFulio, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysis has broad applicability, but the lions share of our collective effort targets a relatively narrow range of social problems. The purpose of this symposium is to highlight efforts to expand the scope of behavior analytic interventions by addressing social problems that are outside the mainstream of modern behavior analysis. This symposium features three areas of inquiry that behavior analysts have been quietly tackling for decades, and it has become clear that behavior analytic interventions have the potential for massive impact in each of these domains. Attendees will receive updates on drug abuse intervention, behavioral gerontology, and the treatment of sexual offending as examples of research and practice outside the mainstream of behavior analysis. Each of these domains has benefited from the solid scientific foundation provided by mainstream applied behavior analysis. Importantly, the work in each of these unique contexts may provide useful lessons of general interest to all applied researchers and practitioners in behavior analysis. In addition, the presentations will feature brief descriptions of the opportunities for future research and service delivery in the featured domains. The ensuing discussion will include additional examples of novel applications and extensions of behavior analytic interventions.

Keyword(s): Behavioral gerontology, Behavioral intervention, Drug Addiction, Sex Offenders
 

Building and Disseminating a Long-Term Intervention for Drug Addiction and Poverty.

ANTHONY DEFULIO (Johns Hopkins University)
Abstract:

Contingency management for drug abuse is an application of operant principles and procedures that has been developing in the context of medical science for over30 years. Early work in this area proceeded much like any other area of behavior analytic inquiry. But for the last several decades, much of the work of researchers in this field has been dedicated to demonstrating the effectiveness of the behavioral approach using research strategies that are more valued and better understood in the medical community. This practice has brought worldwide attention to contingency management interventions for drug abuse, and placed behavior analysts in a position to take part in an even broader movement to produce positive behavior change by the careful deployment of money as a reinforcer. The therapeutic workplace is an employment-based contingency management intervention for drug addiction born of operant research that dovetails with the current pay-for-performance movement. Details of intervention, evidence for its effectiveness, and ongoing attempts to disseminate it will be discussed.

 
Using Behavior Analysis to Improve the Lives of Older Adults
LINDA A. LEBLANC (Auburn University)
Abstract: The increase in the number and proportion of adults over the age of 60 in the United States has been referred to as the “graying of America.” In particular, recent decades have seen a substantial increase in the number of individuals who live into their 80s and 90s. With increased age comes increased risk of health and cognitive concerns that can result in decreases in quality of life and functional independence. Behavior analysts are in a position to improve the lives of older adults by using our principles and procedures to create environments that foster independence and active engagement, prevent unnecessary disability, and minimize problem behaviors that impact social relationships. In addition, behavior analysts who understand the functional determinants of important health behaviors can individualize supports for older adults to maintain health and wellness. Recent research will be presented to illustrate contributions of behavior analysis in designing aspects of nursing home care, using functional assessment to understand factors that contribute to dehydration, and management of problem behaviors that arise during the progression of dementia. Potential future research ideas will be discussed as well as strategies for entering into the field of aging from other areas of applied behavior analysis.
 
A Behavior Analytic Approach to the Assessment and Treatment of Sexual Offending
JORGE RAFAEL REYES (Westfield State University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: The problem of sexual offending has obvious social importance and carries traumatic consequences for children and their families. Behavioral assessment and treatment techniques were once at the forefront of approaches for sexual offending. However, early behavioral research in the field of sex offender assessment and treatment was narrowly focused. This led to the rise of the view within and outside the field that behavior analytic principles and procedures are incapable of adequately addressing the problem. In addition, many features of sexual offending present a substantial challenge to traditional behavioral methodology. Recent research (e.g., Reyes et al., 2006; Reyes, et al., 2011) designed to address these challenges has demonstrated that a behavior analytic approach to sexual offending is not only feasible, it may offer new assessment and treatment directions not previously possible. The purpose of the current presentation will be to discuss how traditional behavioral methodology has been adapted to address the problem of sexual offending, and to highlight some ways in which the field of behavior analysis benefits when its constituents address problems not typically considered to be amenable to a behavioral approach.
 
 
Panel #41
CE Offered: BACB
Exploring the Frontiers of Behavior Analysis and Technology
Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
618/619 (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/TPC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Janet S. Twyman, Ph.D.
Chair: April Heimlich Stretz (DYMO| Mimio Interactive Teaching Technologies)
T. V. JOE LAYNG (DYMO|Mimio Interactive Teaching Technologies)
JANET S. TWYMAN (University of Massachusetts E.K. Shriver Center)
KAREN L. MAHON (Disrupt Learning)
ZACHARY LAYNG (DYMO| Mimio Interactive Teaching Technologies)
Abstract:

We live in a mobile, digital age. Exciting new technologies (e.g., software development, social networking, smart phones, interactive whiteboards, tablet computers, remote controllers) are used in education, medicine, organizational behavior, self-management, personal improvement, and numerous other domains, but rarely with the benefit of a thoroughgoing behavior analytic model. The panelists have successful history of using behavioral contingencies to build and support products, and will offer perspectives on the current and future interaction between behavioral technology (based on a thoroughgoing contingency analysis and rooted in solid instructional design) and emerging hardware and software technologies made possible through advances in computer science, robotics, engineering, neurology, and many other fields. Opportunities and options for advancing both behavioral science and the applications of new technologies will be discussed.

Keyword(s): emerging technology, instructional design, interactive devices, interlocking contingencies
 
 
Symposium #42
The Business, Science, and Practice of Effective Program Implementation: Behavior Analysis in Education
Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
611 (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: David Reitman (Nova Southeastern University)
Discussant: Pamela G. Osnes (Headsprout, Inc.)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis has had many successes in education and some notable difficulties sustaining lasting impact on educational practice. One the foremost challenges to broader success has been poor fidelity or low levels of treatment integrity. Our first presentation describes challenges associated with the adoption of a behavioral consultation model and its positive impact (reduction of costs and improved academic instruction), while the second describes some challenges and successes associated with the adoption of computerized reading assistance (i.e., Headsprout) in urban afterschool programs. The unifying theme in this presentation concerns the importance of maximizing implementation fidelity and the many challenges associated with achieving levels of fidelity sufficient to meet program benchmarks. The third presentation suggests that the adoption of Industrial Organization Standardization (ISO)-- a science-based technology of implementation-- could result in significant improvements in education outcomes but has yet to be widely adopted. The presentation concludes with an examination of the contingencies that might support adoption of ISO as well as those that might oppose it.

Keyword(s): Education, Implementation fidelity
 
Can We (BCBA's) Have Your (Public School Leaders) Attention Please!
JOEL VIDOVIC (San Ramon Valley Unified School District), Eric Oden Burkholder (Dublin Unified School District), Julia H. Fiebig (San Ramon Valley Unified School District), Rebecca A. Watson (San Ramon Valley Unified School District), Heather E. Finn (Cabrillo Unified School District)
Abstract: Recent cuts in the California state budget have begun to have a significant impact on the budgets of many school districts in the San Francisco Bay Area. Many districts are now finding themselves in a position to re-examine their programs and reduce costs while attempting to maintain a high quality of service delivery. As the saying goes, 'When the going gets tough, the tough get going'. In the midst of budget cuts, some districts in the Bay Area are creating positions to be specifically filled by Behavior Analysts. The question arises; in these tough times can we help save our educational system and the rising costs of special education services with behavior analysis? This presentation will examine this trend with respect to a shift in models of consultation accompanying the creation of these positions, the financial implications, and the potential impact the creation of these positions may have on the overall quality of the behavioral services being delivered as evidenced by an examination of critical staff behaviors. Data from three different school districts will be presented.
 
Implementation Fidelity and the Impact of the Headsprout Early Reading Curriculum on Oral Reading Fluency Outcomes in an After School Setting
DAVID REITMAN (Nova Southeastern University), Samira Kaskel (Nova Southeastern University)
Abstract: Headsprout Early Reading is a research-based supplemental literacy program that is rooted in phonics and designed for the non-reader or beginning reader. Three after-school sites in South Florida were given free access to Headsprout Early Reading. Ongoing support and fidelity checks varied across the three sites. Sites 1, 2 and 3 received “minimal”, “moderate” and “continuous” program support, respectively. A total of 36 children across 3 sites participated, with just 6 completing the program. The minimal support program achieved the poorest outcomes with none of the 9 children participating having completed the program and an average of only 7 episodes completed. The moderate and continuous support programs were more successful in accomplishing program objectives with an average of 55 of the 80 episodes completed (moderate) and 61 completed among the continuous group (the average was 31 for all 7 children at the site). Gains in oral reading fluency were noted, but due to the participants’ ongoing exposure to instruction during the school day, it was not possible to isolate the unique contribution of Headsprout participation to these performances. Nevertheless, clear differences in benefit appeared to be associated with higher levels of intervention fidelity. Efforts to improve fidelity will be discussed.
 
A Self-Sustaining Implementation Engine: What ISO Industrial Standards Can Teach Education
JENNIFER D. CLAYTON (Dymo Mimio Headsprout)
Abstract: The 2011 Global Implementation Conference (GIC) brought together over 750 scientists, policy makers, practitioners, and community and organizational leaders from around the world for an unprecedented focus on how evidence-based practices can be implemented effectively to improve outcomes for people and organizations (http://www.implementationconference.org/). Many education and social services organizations, however, are slow to adopt the science-based technology of implementation to improve their services and student/client outcomes. The business sector, on the other hand, spends lavishly on money, time, and effort to adopt a technology of implementation. The Industrial Organization for Standardization (ISO) publishes over 18,500 standards for anything from the size of nuts and bolts, to quality management, and social and environmental responsibility (http://www.iso.org/iso/home.htm). There is no governing authority that enforces adoption or implementation of the standards, yet still, the ISO standards have become the standard in most business and government industries. So what are we missing in education? This presentation provides an analysis of the contingencies that make ISO a self-sustaining implementation engine, and identifies parallel contingencies that are present, or absent, in the education sector.
 
 
Symposium #43
Efficacy and Fidelity of Functional Based-Assessments Within Public School Settings
Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
616/617 (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Alyssa Byers (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project)
Abstract:

The current status of IDEA (2004) mandates the use of functional behavioral assessment for students whose behaviors impede their learning or the learning of others. Unfortunately, this current mandate lacks clarity on the actual implementation of an effective functional behavioral assessment within our schools (Asmus, Vollmer, & Borrero, 2002). This lack of clarity in conjunction with inadequate teacher training frequently poses a research-to-practice disconnect within our public schools (Sasso, Conroy, Stichter & Fox, 2001). Operating under negative constraints, educators are often left to select methodologies that may or may not mirror best practices within the field of functional behavioral assessment research. Treatment integrity remains a critical concern for researchers and teachers, and is often considered the confounding variable in treatment effectiveness within public schools. This symposium will focuses on the implementation and assessment of functional behavioral methodology in three public school settings. Treatment effects for all fifteen participants in the three schools were assessed with single-subject ABAB methodology. These database presentations selected for this symposium will discuss the results of the school-based studies, the fidelity of treatment and reliability measures that were employed by classroom teachers to ensure research to practice implementation of functional behavioral assessment methodology. Attached are graphic representations of the data for all three presentations.

Keyword(s): Behavioral Assessments, Functional, School Settings
 

The Efficacy of Functional Behavior Assessment With Escape and Attention Maintained Behavior

TERRI BAUER (Republic School District), Linda Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to examine the efficacy of functional behavior assessment to identify the function of off-task behaviors exhibited by middle school students receiving special education services. Upon determining the functions of the observed behavior(s), a researchbased intervention, self-monitoring was selected to treat the problematic behavior and replaced it with functionally equivalent socially appropriate behaviors. An ABAB single-subject design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the self-monitoring intervention with each participant. The results indicated that the self-monitoring intervention was associated with increased levels of on-task behavior and decreased levels of off-task behavior for all five participants. The mean percentage of on-task behavior across all five participants was as follows: 75.6% during baseline (A1), 94.5% during first phase of treatment (B1), 64.5% during return to baseline (A2), and 95.2% during return to treatment (B2). These results demonstrated a functional relationship was established between the implementation of the self-monitoring intervention and the mean level of on-task behavior for the five participants. Data was obtained from direct and indirect functional behavioral methodologies to determine the function of problem behavior as well as an experimental analysis conducted within the classroom environment.

 

Teaching On-task Behaviors via Functional Behavioral Assessment in an Elementary Resource Room

MICHAEL GOERINGER (Republic School District), Linda Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to examine the efficacy of a teacher directed functional behavioral assessment to identify the functions of undesirable behaviors in elementary students receiving special education services in a public school. The participants in this study consisted of two males in fifth grade, two males in fourth grade and one female in second grade. All the students in this study were receiving special education services and displaying problematic behaviors in their learning environment. The results of the direct and indirect observations as well as the formal functional analysis indicated that the maintaining variable for disruptive and off-task behavior for all five participants was maintained by teacher and/or peer attention and escape. To address both, escape and attention functions with each participant, a function-based treatment consisting of DRA of specific-praise (Sutherland et al., 2000) on continual reinforcement schedule, self-monitoring (Lloyd et al., 1989), and a FI schedule of Premack reinforcement of free time (Azrin et al., 2007), was employed. A single-subject multi-element reversal design was employed with each participant to assess the hypothesis and treatment effects of the intervention. All five participants increased their on-task behaviors to over 90% during both treatment phases.

 

The Effectiveness of Functional Behavior Assessment for Identifying the Function of Off-Task Behavior of Students Diagnosed With Autism and Intellectual Disabilities in a High School

AMY BULLARD (Springfield Public Schools), Linda Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

This teacher directed functional behavioral assessment study was conducted in a high school self-contained special education classroom in a public school. The population of the study included five students diagnosed with disability categories of Other Health Impaired (OHI), Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and Intellectual Disability (ID). A series of single-subject ABAB design was employed with each participant. The Intervention implemented was a multi-element treatment designed to meet the needs of each participant based upon their results from a comprehensive functional behavioral assessment (direct observations, indirect assessments and functional analysis) conducted within their classrooms. The function-based intervention phases utilized Functional Communication Training (FCT) as well as, Self-monitoring components to teach to function of attention and escape-motivated behaviors. During the FCT phase, the students were given a break card and an I need help card and were taught how to use these cards appropriately. The second element of the treatment required the students to self monitor their on-task and off-task behavior on a fixed interval (FI) schedule of reinforcement. The data illustrated a functional relationship between participants on-task behaviors and the functionally based intervention of FCT and self-monitoring. Increases in on-tasks behaviors averaged 90% and above for all five participants.

 
 
Symposium #44
CE Offered: BACB
Conceptual and Clinical Issues Related to the Study and Treatment of Anxiety
Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
202 (TCC)
Area: PRA/TPC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Patrick C. Friman (Father Flanagan's Girls and Boys Town)
CE Instructor: Louis P. Hagopian, Ph.D.
Abstract: Avoidance and escape behavior associated with apparent or tacted anxiety represents one of the most common reasons children are referred to treatment. Although early behavioral research on fear conditioning led to the development of highly effective behavioral interventions, behavior analysts rarely use this term. The current symposium will begin by reviewing a conceptual framework for defining anxiety as functional response class occasioned by stimuli that signal intense punishment. Next, specific behavioral assessment and treatment strategies will be discussed, including the potential use of measures of physiological responding and affect in addition to traditional behavioral measures. The next presenter will discuss the prevalence of anxiety in children with autism and differences relative to typically developing children. Concordance of differing assessment procedures will be discussed with regard to the problems and complexity of assessment of emotional and private events with individuals with limited language skills. The discussant, who has previously advocated for the study of anxiety by behavior analysts, will comment on these conceptual and clinical issues.
 
Anxiety: A Functional Response Class Occasioned by Stimuli that Signal Intense Punishment
LOUIS P. HAGOPIAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Heather K. Jennett (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Other than a few exceptions (e.g., Friman, Hayes, & Wilson, 1998), the field of behavior analysis has generally avoided the use of the term “anxiety.” Perhaps this is related to the common use of the term as an explanatory hypothetical construct, or its use to describe private events, which are inherently difficult to precisely define and measure. However, early conceptualizations of fear conditioning from the animal learning relied solely on the analysis of observable behavior. Although some may consider a behavioral account of anxiety as incomplete, behavioral treatments for anxiety derived from this body of research have been shown to be highly effective and are universally accepted as representing best practices. This talk will discuss a behavioral conceptualization of anxiety, defining it as a functional response class occasioned by stimuli that signal intense punishment. As noted by Friman et al., for verbal humans, derived relational processes can also play a role in broadening the range of stimuli that can occasion the anxiety response. Adopting this framework has the potential to provide behavior analysts a means to objectively study, understand, and talk about this phenomenon; and thus enabling behavior analysts to better communicate with other disciplines, and access reimbursement for services for this ubiquitous problem.
 
The Contribution of Physiological Measurement to the Assessment of Anxiety in Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities
HEATHER K. JENNETT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: In the anxiety literature, anxiety has been defined as a multi-component response (Davis & Ollendick, 2005; Lang, 1968), which includes behavioral, cognitive, affective, and physiological responding. For individuals with intellectual disabilities and communication deficits, assessment of cognitive responding or private events is not always possible and may not be reliable. In contrast, the assessment of behavioral, affective, and physiological responding is possible through direct observation. It is proposed that a combination of these three observable components may indicate that an anxiety response is present in individuals with intellectual disabilities. Use of physiological measurement, along with observation of behavioral and affective changes, will be discussed with implications for behavior analysts. Future research for validating this proposed model will also be discussed.
 

Anxiety, Fear, and Phobias in Young Children with Autism: Prevalence, Assessment, and Intervention

RAYMOND G. ROMANCZYK (State University of New York at Binghamton), Laura B. Turner (Binghamton University)
Abstract:

Recent research has indicated much higher prevalence of anxiety/fear for children with autism compared to typically developing children. The presentation will briefly review the prevalence, differences with typically developing children, and implications for social and emotional development in children with autism. The relationship between anxiety, fear, and phobias will be discussed in the context of atypical development and conceptualization of assessment and intervention practices. Specifically, concordance of differing assessment procedures will be discussed with regard to the problems and complexity of assessment of emotional and private events with individuals with limited language skills. Finally, examples of specific outcome data will be presented with discussion of cost-benefit analysis and the challenges of providing services to this substantial sub-group of children with autism.

 
 
Symposium #45
CE Offered: BACB
Re-conceptualizing Our Philosophical Core: One Behavior Science or Many?
Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
605 (Convention Center)
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Shea Fisher (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Discussant: Sam Leigland (Gonzaga University)
CE Instructor: Thomas G. Szabo, M.A.
Abstract:

Much has been written during the last half of the twentieth century concerning the philosophical foundations of behavior science. Some maintain that contemporary behaviorism is best conceived as a mechanistic scientific enterprise. Others argue that our science is rooted in the pragmatic approaches of Pierce, Dewey, and James. Still others suggest that different strains in behavior science have different philosophical cores and that this is not a bad thing provided we are careful to articulate our assumptions to avoid unnecessary and counterproductive wrangling. In this symposium, we will reconsider the categorical constructs designed by Steven C. Pepper (1942) that organize contemporary philosophies into 4 relatively adequate world hypotheses. Presenters will advance 3 distinct approaches, each of which aims to resolve philosophical misunderstandings that currently divide our field.

Keyword(s): contextualism, interbehaviorism, mechanism, radical behaviorism
 

Contextualism and Mechanism: A Philosophical Review

SHEA FISHER (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Matthieu Villatte (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

Contextualism and mechanism have both been posited as philosophical foundations underlying behavior analysis. The distinctions between these positions have gained considerable attention over the last couple of decades, with both sides claiming their view as the proper foundation for research in the field. This paper will review the various aspects of each perspective and how these competing visions have resulted in distinct programs of research. The discussion will conclude with a nuanced pathway through the conceptual thicket, resolving contradiction between the 2 views and providing a space for coexistence and possible synergy.

 

Revisiting the Distinction between Functional and Descriptive Contextualism

JONATHAN J. TARBOX (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

A distinction has been proposed between 2 types of contextualism: functional and descriptive. This distinction is generally made on the basis that the 2 forms of contextualism exist side-by-side. We will argue that the primary distinction between the 2 forms of contextualism is that scholars of functional contextualism believe in cause-and-effect relations (erroneously referred to as functional relations) between events in nature, whereas scholars of descriptive contextualism do not. Further, we will argue that interbehaviorism, the prototypical example of descriptive contextualism, is a more basic philosophical system within which investigational systems, such as functional contextualism, operate. For this reason, it is not valid to criticize descriptive contextualism as not being useful for experimentation-that is not its purpose nor is it the purpose of any philosophy of science. Descriptive contextualism, and interbehaviorism in particular, provides the basic foundation upon which investigational constructs, such as the notion that changes in behavior are caused by contact with environmental events, can be contrived and used to aid in basic and applied research. In this light, functional contextualism is probably not properly called a philosophical system. It is a set of constructs created to aid in experimental investigation.

 

Philosophy Across the Battle Lines: Contextualism and Fieldism

THOMAS G. SZABO (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

It has been nearly 2 decades since the terms descriptive and functional contextualism were coined as extensions of Pepper's (1942) contextualist world hypothesis to denote interbehaviorism and radical behaviorism, respectively. Although these terms may have once been useful, philosophy of science is not a static discipline, and recent discourse has led to a reevaluation of the positioning of interbehaviorism as the philosophical system most characteristic of the descriptive contextualist construct. We suggest that the intellectual forbears of interbehaviorism are not the same as those of radical behaviorism, nor are its foundational assumptions about scientific enterprise, and therefore interbehaviorism cannot adequately be characterized as a contextualist philosophy. Further, we posit that Pepper's model of 4 world hypotheses can be extended to include a fifth approach, Fieldism, of which interbehaviorism is the prototypical philosophical system. In this talk, we will discuss the unique dispersive, synthetic, and integrative qualities of field philosophies as well as the difference between field and contextualist research agendas. It is our view that understanding our points of intersect and departure will help us to communicate more effectively and build bridges within the field of behavior science where currently there are barricades.

 
 
Symposium #46
A Smörgåsbord of Behavioral Delights!
Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
610 (Convention Center)
Area: TPC/TBA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Patrick E. McGreevy (Patrick McGreevy, Ph.D., P.A.)
Discussant: Patrick E. McGreevy (Patrick McGreevy, Ph.D., P.A.)
Abstract: This symposium comprises a unique series of high energy, rapid-paced presentations which cover a broad range of behavioral topics. The goal of this symposium is to provide a sampling of the diversity that is our field. Ranging from reviews of classic books to examinations of terminological and philosophical issues, the content of this symposium brims with information on such an array of topics that most any behaviorist will likely learn something new. While no single presentation will cover its topic exhaustively, our goal is to provide a sampling of what we believe every student of behavior should become familiar with. Whether a formal student enrolled in a behavior analytic program, or a student of behavior for life, we believe the issues explored in this symposium will whet your appetite for more. A good restaurant suggests that you may come in deprived of food, and leave satiated. Even though we will provide plenty of intellectual fodder, we expect the opposite outcome: Come hungry, leave famished.
Keyword(s): Book Reviews, On Terms, Theory
 

On Terms: Feedbackand Reinforcement

DANIEL B. SUNDBERG (Florida Institute of Technology), Scott A. Miller (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

As behavior analysts, we pride ourselves on the precision of our language. Unfortunately, it takes only a cursory examination of the extant literature to identify terms that are used haphazardly. For instance, the use of feedback in the behavioral world typically implies something such as providing information to individuals or groups about the quantity or quality of their performance (Prue & Fairbank, 1981). Though this definition often provides a good general view of the procedures involved in an intervention, all too often the description stops there. Peterson (1982) emphasized just how insufficient the term feedback is in identifying functional variables affecting behavior. Now, 30 years after this publication, the term feedback is still being utilized in an imprecise manner. Even worse it is often in place of a more accurate description with operant principles. This talk will focus on the various ways in which feedback can be misused, and the implications this can have. Further parallels will be drawn between this and other commonly misused terms such as manding and reinforcement (in which we will revisit the debate on the utility of the positive/negative distinction).

 
Book Review Bonanza: From a Functional Analytic Approach, Performance Management, to Standard Celeration Charting!
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (Florida Institute of Technology), Mark Malady (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Many practitioners of behavior analysis complain about the difficulty in keeping abreast of the literature. They find it even more difficult to get started reading books in new areas. This presentation provides a review of three books in an energetic method that should help the audience plan the next additions to their reading list. This series of book reviews covers topics from methods of teaching, to a comprehensive understanding of behavior, and a method of performance-based pay. The diversity should insure at least one book of interest for all audience members, and includes The Blue Books: Goldiamond & Thompson’s Functional Analysis of Behavior (Andronis, 2004); The Sin of Wages (Abernathy, 1996); & Standard Celeration Charting (Graf & Lindsley, 2002).
 
What Every Student Should Know About Behavior Analysis
MARK MALADY (Florida Institute of Technology), Scott A. Miller (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Graduate students in behavior analysis are often recruited by the impact of ABA-based treatment on autism spectrum disorders (ASD). However, once in the field, a student of behavior analysis should quickly recognize it as a much more sophisticated and complex science than simply a treatment for ASDs. The current paper will take its audience on a tour of several treasures of behavior analysis that may have been missed, starting with Relational Frame Theory, an important approach to language and cognition that should be part of all behaviorist’s education! After this, a brief plunge into terminology will explore conjugate reinforcement schedules and contingency adduction and the scientist-practioner’s use of pairing. Our goal is to provide the audience with a rudimentary understanding of these diverse topics and tools that are not always covered in a graduate education. This talk will not leave one an expert on the topics, but we hope it serves to titillate the intellectually curious.
 
 
Panel #47
Professional Development Series: Partnering With and Mentoring Graduate Students in Learning Single Case Research
Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
606 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Erica Strickland (Texas A&M University)
TONYA NICHOLE DAVIS (Baylor University)
JENNIFER GANZ (Texas A&M University)
RUSSELL LANG (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Single case research design is frequently implemented in applied behavior analysis research. Implementation of this design requires the ability to collect data in a manner in which progress can be monitored effectively. Researchers must be capable of designing rigorous single case research. To do so, a researcher must be knowledgeable in single case design, data collection methodologies, and data analysis options. Mentoring is an important means of disseminating this knowledge. Single case design research mentorship with graduate students will afford them the opportunity to learn how to create rigorous research designs as well as assist them in developing skills to collaborate with schools, families, and other agencies for research opportunities. Through guided practice, graduate students will gain a better understanding of the multiple methods for conducting single case research as well as analyzing data. Partnering with graduate students will not only give them a thorough understanding of the criteria for single case research methodologies, design, and analysis options but will also establish invaluable connections and opportunities for future endeavors. This panel discussion will include 3 researchers who are experienced in working with graduate students in designing, implementing, and publishing single case research studies. Panel members will discuss how they have structured experiences for graduate students, pitfalls to avoid, best practices, and suggestions for graduates seeking mentorship in single case research. Audience members will have an opportunity to ask questions at the end of the session.

Keyword(s): Graduate Student, Mentoring, Partnering, SingleCase Research
 
 
Panel #48
CE Offered: BACB
Thanatology and Applied Behavior Analysis: Ethical and Clinical Preparation for the Inevitable
Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
204 (TCC)
Area: PRA/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Theodore A. Hoch, Ed.D.
Chair: Theodore A. Hoch (George Mason University)
REBECCA MORSE (George Mason University)
STEPHEN LEDOUX (State University of New York at Canton)
JOSE A. MARTINEZ-DIAZ (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts often work with medically fragile people, and these people sometimes die. Even seemingly healthy clients and students sometimes die. Family members of clients and students die, colleagues die, and each of us will die., Unique ethical and practical challenges are presented by the death of one's student or client, or of the family member with whom one has been working in the service of a client; or when one's colleague or colleague's loved one is terminally ill or dies; and certainly when a behavior analyst dies. This panel discussion will introduce some of these scenarios and issues, and will guide discussion such that participants will gain greater clarity as to ethical and practical actions to take with regard to death and the practice of applied behavior analysis.

Keyword(s): death, ethics, practice, thanatology
 
 
Symposium #49
CE Offered: BACB
Increasing Early Vocalizations of Nonverbal Children Diagnosed With Autism
Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
305 (TCC)
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Discussant: Tracie L. Lindblad (Four Points Intervention Strategies, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Anna I. Petursdottir, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In early behavioral intervention for young children diagnosed with autism, attempts are typically made to establish vocal communication before considering alternative or augmentative communication systems. However, efforts to establish functional vocal speech may be complicated by the absence of various prerequisites; for example, in the case of children who do not have an echoic repertoire and perhaps display a low frequency and limited variability of vocalizations. In this symposium, we will present2 empirical studies that evaluated procedures for expanding the phonemic repertoires of nonverbal children diagnosed with autism. In addition, a novel procedure for inducing early echoic responding will be introduced and illustrated with data and video recordings.

Keyword(s): echoic behavior, lag schedules, stimulus-stimulus pairing, vocalizations
 

A Comparison of Discrimination Training and Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing for Increasing Vocalizations of Children with Autism

TRACY L. LEPPER (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Abstract:

This study sought to compare the effects of a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure (SSP) and an operant discrimination training (ODT) procedure on target vocalizations of 3 preschool aged boys with autism, as well as to identify individual preference for each procedure. During SSP, auditory stimuli were presented in a manner that reliably predicted the delivery of a preferred stimulus. During ODT, auditory stimuli were presented in a manner that signaled the availability of reinforcement for engaging in an arbitrarily selected response. A control condition was also included that involved presenting auditory stimuli explicitly unpaired with the delivery of the preferred item. The procedure preference evaluation involved selecting color cards that were used as discrimination aids during the experimental procedures from a multiple stimulus array. Each selection led to 4 trials of the procedure associated with the color selected. Preliminary results indicate that both procedures were effective for increasing the target vocalizations in 3 out of 4 completed cases, and that for the only participant to complete the procedure to date, the preference evaluation suggested that ODT was preferred.

 

Effects of Variability Contingencies on the Phonemic Repertoire of Young Children with Autism

ALLISON SERRA TETREAULT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Steven Thompson (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Young children with autism sometimes do not use words to communicate, but do engage in vocal stereotypy. If vocal stereotypy is characterized by the use of a small set of phonemes (i.e., basic sound units), shaping words can be difficult. Several interventions, including stimulus-stimulus pairing and echoic training, have been evaluated to address this problem but with limited success. The current study investigates the effects of reinforcement for variability on the phonemic repertoires of young children with autism who engage in limited vocalizations. Five participants were exposed to lag reinforcement for producing varied vocalizations. Increases in number of phonemes occurred as the restrictiveness of the reinforcement schedule (i.e., the lag value) was manipulated. This expansion of the repertoire occurred even when the overall percentage of novel vocalizations per session did not increase. Smaller increases in repertoire size were noted for participants with larger baseline repertoires. The clinical utility of this procedure will be addressed.

 

Inducing Echoic Responses in Non-verbal Children: Echoic Extension, Another Strategy that May Work

GLADYS WILLIAMS (CIEL, Spain), Manuela Fernandez Vuelta (CIEL, Argentina), Belen Gomez Verdugo (CIEL, Mexico), Jose Julio Carnerero (Centro Al-Mudaris)
Abstract:

The foundation to emit vocal verbal operants is the presence of echoic repertoire. Without this ability one cannot acquire vocal verbal behavior. Some children with language delays may need to be taught this ability in a very specific manner and many of them learn it with procedures that have already been proven effective (e.g., behavioral momentum, automatic reinforcement). However, there are children who do not acquire the skill, even with these procedures. It is the purpose of this paper to present a new procedure, Echoic Extension, a procedure that has worked with some children who otherwise have not acquired echoic repertoire. We will analyze the components that may make it effective. We will also discuss how to develop the skill into true verbal operants and show data and video-tapes.

 
 
Symposium #50
CE Offered: BACB
The Science of Making and Maintaining Friendships: Teaching Children With Autism Needed Component Skills
Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
LL02 (TCC)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Anna Matchneva (I Step Ahead Services, Inc.)
Discussant: Grace Iarocci (Simon Fraser University)
CE Instructor: Anna Matchneva, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with High Functioning Autism or Aspergers Syndrome present with social skills deficits that include: difficulty shifting their attention to a social stimulus, inadequate eye contact, difficulty understanding emotions of others, problems with the initiation of social interactions in play and conversation, difficulty interpreting social cues, difficulty making inferences, poor problem solving skills, struggles to take anothers perspective, and lack of empathy skills. Long term outcomes for individuals with High Functioning Autism and Aspergers Syndrome who continue to struggle socially indicate they struggle to develop and maintain friendships, rarely marry, and there is increased prevelance of psychiatric disorders. Therefore, early intervention is called for to teach these pragmatic language skills. We evaluated the effects of Natural Environment Teaching, Precision Teaching, and Role Playing on Social initiations, social inferencing, identifying and solving problems in social situations, and teamwork skills. Data collection involved daily data collection for all skills taught. Data-based decisions were made weekly, and teaching strategies were modified as needed. Curriculum Based Measurement was designed and implemented to measure effects of intervention, and maintenance and generalization probes took place with untrained tasks.

Keyword(s): Social Skills
 

Tell Me About Your Friend: Teaching Peer's Interests and Social Initiations in an Inclusive Preschool Setting

ANNA MATCHNEVA (I Step Ahead Services, Inc.), Jolenta P. Urbaniak- Pazura (I Step Ahead Services, Inc.)
Abstract:

Many children with autism fail to establish and maintain meaningful friendships with their peers. Identifying a common interest, initiating social interaction, responding to initiations of other peers, making compliments, and taking perspective of others are just some of the component skills for developing relationships with peers and are among many that children with autism struggle with. Talking about their friends is something that typical peers do readily and frequently but can be a challenging task for a child with autism. This study evaluated a program for teaching children to identify interests or other peers and to initiate social interaction based on their interests. The intervention was implemented with 3 preschool age children diagnosed with autism and their typically developing peers in context of an inclusive early education classroom. Creative activities and naturalistic behavior strategies were used to facilitate teaching opportunities. Data was collected during each teaching session and generalization probes took place in novel social contexts.

 

Programming for Pragmatics: Teaching a Boy With Autism to Understand Emotions, Make Inferences, and Problem Solve in Social Situations

ALEXIA STACK (Alexia Stack Behavioural Consulting), Magdalena A. Markiewicz (Alexia Stack Behavioural Consulting)
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with high functioning autism or asperger's syndrome often present with social skills deficits that include: difficulty shifting their attention to a social stimulus, inadequate eye contact, difficulty understanding emotions of others, difficulty interpreting social cues, difficulty making inferences, poor problem solving skills, and struggles to take another's perspective. These are commonly referred to as pragmatic language skills. Within the field of applied behaviour analysis, we have limited curricula that sufficiently program for these language skills. However, speech and language pathology offers our field some reliable assessment measures, and programming tools for pragmatic language skills. In this study, we used the "Social Language Test: Elementary" as an assessment tool for a boy diagnosed with high functioning autism as a norm-referenced measure of pragmatic language. With the baseline measurement, we completed component analysis, and developed an individualized curriculum to teach him how to: understand emotions and respond appropriately to peer's emotions, make inferences in social situations; and how to identify problem situations and generate socially appropriate solutions. Precision teaching, Natural Environment Teaching and Incidental Teaching were used to teach component skills. Curriculum-based measurement was used to measure generalization across settings and stimuli.

 

Teamwork: Teaching Children With ASD to Complete Team Projects in Social Group Setting

MARECEL CLETO (I Step Ahead Services, Inc.), Anna Matchneva (I Step Ahead Services, Inc.)
Abstract:

Teaching social skills to students with autism has received increased attention but little research focused on teaching students to work together as a team. Completing team projects is a common practice in elementary and secondary classrooms and therefore teaching teamwork skills is critical for successful inclusion. Teamwork is the ability to work together with others as a member of a group. Accepting assigned role, engaging in assigned task, accepting ideas of others, negotiating, and problem solving are just some of the key component skills necessary for effective team work that many students with high functioning autism and Aspergers syndrome struggle with. This study evaluated an effect of prompting, reinforcement, peer and adult feedback on teaching teamwork to school age children diagnosed with autism. Intervention was implemented in the context of a social group taking place once a week after school. Teaching activities were carefully designed to facilitate opportunities to respond. Data was collected during each teaching session and percentage of component skills demonstrated was calculated. Maintenance and generalization probes were conducted at one month follow up with untrained task.

 
 
Symposium #51
CE Offered: BACB
Applied Behavior Analytic Interventions in School Settings for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
302 (TCC)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Gregory Lyons (University of Wisconsin-Madison)
Discussant: Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University)
CE Instructor: Gregory Lyons, M.A.
Abstract:

There is a growing body of intervention research to address the core symptoms of autism spectrum disorders, but the effectiveness of these interventions when implemented in natural settings (e.g., classrooms) by natural change agents (e.g., teaching staff) is less clear. In this symposium we present three comprehensive meta-analyses of the intervention research literature that advance our knowledge of the effectiveness of school-based intervention for children with autism. In the first paper, Greg Lyons will present the results of a meta-analysis of 91 single-case research design studies assessing the effects of school-based interventions aimed at addressing challenging behaviors. In the second paper, Jenna Lequia reviews 18 single-case research design studies assessing the variables contributing to the effectiveness of activity schedules to decrease challenging behavior. Sarah Kuriakose presents the results of a meta-analytic review (n = 15 studies) of intervention conducted during school recess. All papers analyze non-overlap of all-pairs scores to determine the effectiveness of interventions. Finally, the results of these three studies will be analyzed and discussed by Dr. Mandy Rispoli of Texas A&M University, a scholar whose research focuses on applied behavior analytic interventions for children with autism in natural settings.

Keyword(s): Activity Schedules, Challenging Behavior, Recess Interventions, School Interventions
 

A Meta-Analysis of Classroom-Based Interventions to Address Challenging Behaviors in Students With Autism Spectrum Disorders

GREGORY LYONS (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), Jenna LeQuia (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Sunyoung Kim (University of Wisconsin-Madison)
Abstract:

Within school settings, challenging behavior can negatively affect students with autism and their teachers, resulting in impeded learning and socialization, and teacher burnout. To assess the effects of interventions aimed at addressing these challenging behaviors, this paper employed a systematic meta-analysis of the research intervention literature. Reviewed studies employed single-case designs to assess challenging behavior interventions for students with autism, ages 3-21, in classroom settings. Systematic searches were conducted, resulting in the inclusion of 91 studies. Studies were coded in terms of design, participant, assessment, intervention, and contextual variables. Effectiveness of interventions was determined by, a) calculating non-overlap of all-pairs (NAP), b) rating the final-phase treatment levels, and c) calculating percent clinical change. Preliminary results indicate positive effects across intervention categories, with function-based, replacement skill packages resulting in the largest mean effect size. Additionally, research conducted in general education settings employs antecedent manipulations more frequently than research conducted in special education settings. Implications toward understanding the translation of evidence-based practices to natural settings are discussed.

 

Effects of Activity Schedules on Challenging Behavior Exhibited in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Systematic Review

JENNA LEQUIA (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University)
Abstract:

School recess is an opportunity to include students with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) with their typically developing peers and is a setting in which instruction can occur. However, the educational opportunities for children with ASD within recess are often overlooked and recess time is being reduced or eliminated in the United States. This review involved a systematic search and analysis of 15 studies that utilized recess to implement academic, social, or behavioral interventions for students with ASD. Each identified study that met pre-determined inclusion criteria was analyzed and summarized in terms of: (a) participant characteristics, (b) intervention procedures, (c) dependent variables, and (d) intervention outcomes. This review has three main aims: a) to evaluate and synthesize the evidence-base, b) to inform and guide teachers interested in utilizing recess time for educational purposes, and c) to stimulate and guide future research in this important area. Results demonstrate that recess time can indeed be used to teach target behaviors to students with ASD.

 

Use of School Recess Time in the Education and Treatment of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Systematic Review

SARAH KURIAKOSE (University of California, Santa Barbara), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos), Gregory Lyons (University of Wisconsin-Madison), E. Amanda Boutot (Texas State University)
Abstract:

School recess is an opportunity to include students with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) with their typically developing peers and is a setting in which instruction can occur. However, the educational opportunities for children with ASD within recess are often overlooked and recess time is being reduced or eliminated in the United States. This review involved a systematic search and analysis of 15 studies that utilized recess to implement academic, social, or behavioral interventions for students with ASD. Each identified study that met pre-determined inclusion criteria was analyzed and summarized in terms of: (a) participant characteristics, (b) intervention procedures, (c) dependent variables, and (d) intervention outcomes. This review has three main aims: a) to evaluate and synthesize the evidence-base, b) to inform and guide teachers interested in utilizing recess time for educational purposes, and c) to stimulate and guide future research in this important area. Results demonstrate that recess time can indeed be used to teach target behaviors to students with ASD.

 
 
Panel #52
Tobacco Use Prevention, Treatment and Other Addictions, Past, Present and Future
Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
602 (Convention Center)
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sherman Yen (Asian American Anti-Smoking Foundation)
ALLISON Y. LORD (Asian American Anti-Smoking Foundation)
C.J. CONRAD (Asian American Anti-Smoking Foundation)
HENRY BOUDIN (Addiction Consultant)
RICHARD M. FOXX (Penn State University)
Abstract:

The session reviews the progress of behavior modification dealing with tobacco use prevention, and treatment during past decades. In comparison and adjusted with other techniques, behavioral techniques become the main treatment methods. Additionally, how to include new information related to nicotine addiction to health issues, such as gambling addictions have an extremely high correlation with smoking behavior will be also highlighted. This session, in contrast with past sessions, focuses from the present to future prevention and treatment needs of behavioral treatment with nicotine addictions. Case studies will be presented in conjunct withthe general discussion. The relationships between other drug use and tobacco use will be discussed. It is our experience that other drug use and smoking is as high as 95%. This prevalence has been long ignored by state funding sources. The reasons of why other drug users refused tobacco use will be reported. These include being afraid of weight gain, etc. The spouses who also smoke tend to reinforce their smoking behavior.

Keyword(s): tobacco use
 
 
Symposium #53
Video-based Modeling: An Examination of the Evidence Based on Quality, Implementation, and Participant Outcomes
Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
LL05 (TCC)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rose A. Mason (Texas A&M University)
Discussant: Richard L. Simpson (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Video-based modeling offers a practical method for capitalizing on the principles of observational learning as the method allows for exposure to a variety of examples. Given this, video-based modeling has been a prevalent topic in peer reviewed research addressing interventions for individuals with disabilities and has been labeled as an evidence-based practice for individuals with autism. However, video-based modeling is an umbrella term used to identify a variety of intervention protocols targeting distinct outcomes for a heterogeneous group of participants. The purpose of this symposium is to provide clarity regarding the most effective treatment protocol as well as identify for whom and under what circumstances video-based modeling yields the greatest results. Meta-analytical methods were utilized to aggregate the results of peer-reviewed video-based modeling studies for participants with a variety of disabilities and to address an assortment of targeted outcomes. The included presentations will identify protocol, participant, and outcome variables that yield differential effects. Further, the quality of the video-based modeling research methodology will be evaluated.

Keyword(s): autism, developmental disabilities, evidence-based practice, video-modeling
 

Video Based Modeling: A Quality of Research Evaluation

HEATHER S. DAVIS (Texas A&M University), Siglia P. H. Camargo (Texas A&M University)
Abstract:

Evidence-based practice requires empirical studiesthat implement rigorous methodological standards in addition to achieving desired outcomes on targeted skills. Examination of the quality of research for a given intervention allows for more definitive statements regarding functional relationships between the intervention and targeted outcomes. Video-based modeling is an emerging treatment for individuals with disabilities warranting an evaluation of the quality of the existing literature base. This study evaluates peer-reviewed video-based modeling research utilizing a 4-point Likert scale based on seven indicators of quality single-case research. A total of 56 single-case studies implementing video-based modeling with individuals with disabilities were evaluated. Of those studies, only 18 studies met minimal criteria for quality research with an overall average rating of 3.70. Issues related to delivery of the independent variable, particularly measures of fidelity, was a common omission across the studies. Quality research standards will be discussed as they relate to video-based modeling, including an overview of the strengths and weaknesses. Additionally, implications regarding the efficacy of video-based modeling and areas of future research will be addressed.

 

Video-Based Modeling: The Model Does Matter

ROSE A. MASON (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University), Margot Boles (Texas A&M University), Leslie Neely (Texas A&M University), Heather S. Davis (Texas A&M University)
Abstract:

Transfer of research into practice requires explicit description of the intervention protocol to allow for replication in practical settings. However, video-modeling with other as model and self as model are2 distinct interventions frequently discussed in the literature without clear delineation of the differences. Additionally, specification of whether or not the video-based modeling intervention was delivered alone or as a component of an intervention package rarely occurs. Such grouping inhibits the transfer of research into practice and fails to identify differential effects that are likely to occur when delivery methods differ. Through a meta-analysis of improvement rate differences this study proposes to quantitatively analyze the video-based modeling literature base to provide further specificity regarding the implementation factors that yield the greatest magnitude of change. Preliminary results indicate a large overall effect size of .81 CI.834 [.80, .82] with a range from -.26 to .96. Statistically significant differences (p = .05) occurring based on type of model as moderator were obtained. Quantitative differences as it relates to implications for practice and future research will be discussed.

 

The Efficacy of Video-based Interventions for Secondary and Postsecondary Individuals With Dsabilities: A Meta-analysis

MARGOT BOLES (Texas A&M University), Rose A. Mason (Texas A&M University)
Abstract:

The differing needs and required skill sets of older populations, when compared to elementary populations, necessitates research explicitly designed for this population. However, a limited number of evidence-based practices have been identified for adolescents and adults with developmental disabilities. Video-based modeling interventions, consisting of other, self, and point of view, have shown promise across a variety of skills and for a broad array of participant characteristics. Additionally, many studies have been conducted implementing video-based modeling with older participants. The purpose of this presentation is to establish the efficacy of video-based modeling with secondary and postsecondary individuals with disabilities using meta-analysis of improvement rate differences across participants. Additionally, differential effects based on type of video-based modeling implemented are explored. Results indicate overall large effects (.71, CI.84 .69, .72). Effects based on type of video-based modeling indicate statistically significant discrepancies (p =.05) between type of video-based modeling with highest effects on targeted outcomes occurring with the implementation of video self-modeling (.86, CI.84 .82, .90).

 
 
Symposium #54
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Adolescents and Adults Multi-Component Skills Using Video Modeling and Video Prompting
Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
LL04 (TCC)
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University)
CE Instructor: Helen I. Cannella-Malone, Ph.D.
Abstract: The use of video modeling and video prompting has been demonstrated to be an effective method for teaching new skills to people with autism and other developmental disabilities. This symposium will present four applied studies that used video in innovative ways to teach adolescents and adults with developmental disabilities multi-step tasks. The studies used continuous video modeling—in which the video looped while the participant completed task—or taught students to self-prompt in which they prompted themselves through the steps of the tasks. All four studies were successful in using video to teach new skills, and the results from these studies provide new insights into how best to use video modeling and video prompting. The practical utility of using video in instruction will be discussed along with implications for practice and recommendations for future research.
Keyword(s): developmental disabilities, video modeling, Video prompting
 

Video Self-Prompting and Mobile Technology to Increase Daily Living and Vocational Independence for Students With Autism Spectrum Disorders

Sally Bereznak (The University of Georgia), KEVIN AYRES (University of Georgia), Linda Mechling (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Jennifer Alexander (The University of Georgia)
Abstract:

This study examines a video self-prompting strategy to teach 3 high school students daily living and vocational skills. Three students with autism were recruited for the study. Two of the students were able to learn to self-prompt with video on an iPhone while a third student required teacher assistance. Students then used these prompting procedures to learn new skills. The effects of the prompting systems were evaluated in the context of a multiple probe across behaviors, replicated across students. Results indicate that participants increased performance across all behaviors by increasing the percent of steps performed independently. This study introduces a novel approach to using instructional video, in that 2 of the students were able to learn how to self-prompt with the iPhone and ultimately teach themselves the target skills.

 
The Effects of Video Self-Prompting on the Acquisition of Vocational Skills for Deaf Students With Moderate Intellectual Disabilities
HELEN IRENE MALONE (The Ohio State University), Joe Wheaton (The Ohio State University), Pei-Fang Wu (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: This study taught three adolescents with developmental disabilities who were also deaf to use an iPod Touch application (inPromptu) to teach themselves new skills. Using multiple probe across participants designs, the students were first taught to clean lockers using traditional video prompting. Using that skill, they were then taught to use the iPod Touch app independently (i.e., self-prompt). Finally, their ability to self-prompt was tested with a new skill (making booklets). All three students learned to clean lockers with video prompting, as well as learn to make booklets using the iPod Touch independently. This study provides a clear methodology for teaching students to self-prompt.
 
The Effects of Video Prompting and Activity Schedules on The Acquisition of Independent Living Skills of Students Who Are Deaf and Have Developmental Disabilities
PEI-FANG WU (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Joe Wheaton (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: The current study investigated whether four Deaf students with developmental disabilities could learn a chain of independent living skills and follow activity schedules using a combination of the two iPod Touch applications (apps): inPromptu and First Then Visual Schedule. Using a multiple probe across participants design, the study examined the effects of the intervention on skill acquisition and generalization to untrained independent living skills and novel sequences of activity schedules after the students mastered the use of the two iPod apps. All participants successfully acquired a variety of independent living skills using video prompting. Three of the four participants were able to follow varied and novel activity schedules after they were trained to follow the fixed order activity schedule. Multiple exemplars were needed for one participant to master varied and novel activity schedules. In addition, all participants successfully followed activity schedules in an untrained setting (e.g., school dorm). This study extended the current literature on video prompting and activity schedules by incorporating both approaches and testing their generalization effects. As such, the study provided new practices that may increase functional independence for Deaf students with developmental disabilities.
 

Continuous Video Modeling to Prompt Completion of Multicomponent Tasks by Adults With Moderate Intellectual Disabilities

LINDA MECHLING (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia), Kimberly Purrazzella (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Kaitlin Purrazzella (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
Abstract:

This investigation examined the ability of four adults with moderate intellectual disabilities to complete multi-component tasks using continuous video modeling. Continuous video modeling, which is a newly researched application of video modeling, presents video in a looping format which automatically repeats playing of the video while the individual completes a task. Four adult males, ages 29 to 35 years, with a diagnosis of Down syndrome and a moderate intellectual disability, were participants in the study. A multiple probe design across three sets of multi-component tasks (folding multiple sizes of towels; sorting an assortment of recycling materials; preparing a buffet table with multiple serving stations) and replicated with four adults was used to evaluate the effectiveness of continuous video modeling. Overall results suggest that this newly explored method for presenting video models was an effective presentation mode for three of the four participants.

 
 
Paper Session #55
Schedule Effects II
Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
609 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB
Chair: Robert W. Allan (Lafayette College)
 

Parameter Variations in a Concomitant CFT VI Schedule

Domain: Basic Research
RUSTY NALL (Jacksonville State University), SuPhronia Guinn (Jacksonville State University), William L. Palya (Jacksonville State University)
 
Abstract:

Palyas bipolar model predicts both an initial negative gradient as well as a terminal positive gradient across a fixed temporal interval. The initial demonstration of the bipolar effect was on observing behavior to a fixed interfood clock (CFT) schedule with an added concomitant variable interval (VI) schedule (Palya, 1993). The present research used what was in effect a chronic summation test across 42 groups to assess the effect of 9 different VI/CFT ratios on the key-pecking directly maintained by the concomitant schedule itself. In general, across all ratios the clock stimuli modulated the response rate across the fixed interfood interval even though VI reinforcers occurred at an equal rate throughout the entire interfood clock and could occur during any clock stimulus. Experiment I consisted of 2 phases. Phase 1 implemented ratios from (1/8) to (2) across birds. Phase 2 changed the range to (1/4) to (4). Experiment II varied the ratios from (1/4) to (8) and subsequently from (1) to (32). Results showed a greater suppression of first half behavior at higher ratios and the highest second half response rate between ratios of (4) and (8).

 

Post- or Pre-Reinforcement Pausing? The PRP in Variable Ratio Schedules

Domain: Basic Research
ROBERT W. ALLAN (Lafayette College), Joshua L. Lipschultz (Lafayette College), Erin L. McIntyre (Lafayette College)
 
Abstract:

The state of the art in examining the post-reinforcement pause (PRP) has been the selection of 4 to 5 fixed ratio (FR) or fixed interval (FI) schedules with pigeons responding to stability. Pausing is then measured and plotted as a function of FR or FI value. The present work examined PRP in variable ratio schedules using a response counter in predictable or unpredictable conditions. The results suggest a new conceptualization of the PRP based on the predictability of the upcoming response demand. In addition, the study yielded new data regarded a breakpoint for the PRP.

 

Causal Attribution to Temporally Distant Events in Pigeons: Effects of Signal and Its Associated Variables

Domain: Basic Research
TOSHIKAZU KURODA (West Virginia University), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University)
 
Abstract:

We investigated the effects of signals on causal attribution to a temporally distant event, using pigeons exposed to a conditional discrimination procedure. During a sample component, a variable-interval schedule was assigned to 1 of 2 side keys, both transilluminated the same color. Completing the schedule requirement initiated a delay period, followed by a choice component in which reinforcement required that the pigeon selected the choice key corresponding to the side key on which a response started the delay. In Experiment 1, in different conditions, both side keys changed to a different color for the entire delay (full signal) or not at all (unsignaled). Discrimination accuracy was higher for the full signal and generally decreased as a function of delay value. In Experiment 2, the key-color change occurred for the entire delay or only for the first 1-s period (partial signal). The partial signal was either less or as effective as the full signal. The experiment currently is being extended by manipulating the location within delays that is signaled.

 

Error Reduction During Acquisition of Matching-to-Sample

Domain: Basic Research
JAMES S. MACDONALL (Fordham University), Jaime Tanner (Fordham University)
 
Abstract:

Humans, like pigeons, tend to make errors while learning simple and complex discriminations. Errors are particularly problematic for humans recovering from strokes and re-learning language. These errors cause frustration and aggressive behavior that disrupts rehabilitation. An aspect of language rehabilitation resembles a matching-to-sample procedure. Last year I reported on an experiment designed to reduce errors when learning matching-to-sample tasks. In a single-subjects design, pigeons pecked the sample, which presented the comparisons. Pecking the correct comparison was reinforced. Errors were reduced by presenting the incorrect comparison very briefly and gradually increased how long it was present. In that experiment, 10 pecks at the sample were required to produce the comparisons and there was a variable 30 sec intertrial interval. In control conditions pigeons made 53-208 errors during acquisition and in the experimental condition they made 3-50 errors during acquisition. Within-subject comparisons showed large differences in errors between conditions. The present experiment used procedures that are expected to increase the errors in the control condition: 1 peck to the sample produced the comparisons and the intertrial interval was 5 sec. In control conditions pigeons made 393-431 errors and in the experimental condition they made 0-6 errors. Additional data is being collected from these 4 pigeons.

 
 
 
Paper Session #56
Concurrent Schedules
Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
607 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB
Chair: Paula Magalhaes (University of Otago)
 

The Effect of Prior Investment on Choice in a Concurrent-Chains Procedure

Domain: Basic Research
PAULA MAGALHAES (University of Otago), Geoff White (University of Otago)
 
Abstract:

We investigated the effect of prior investment on choice in a concurrent-chains procedure with pigeons. Initial links were VI15–VI15 and terminal links were FR15–FR15. Two types of trials in each session, signalled by red and green, were identical except for one aspect. In red trials, the initial link was preceded by an initial investment of 20 pecks on the left key, whereas in the green trials the initial link was preceded by an initial investment of 20 pecks on the right key. If there is an effect of prior investment on choice in the direction predicted by the sunk cost error and the work-ethic effect, left should be preferred on red trials and right on green trials. Conversely, equal preference would result if there is no effect of prior investment on choice, as shown by studies that unsuccessfully tried to replicate the work-ethic effect. The results of several experiments in which we manipulated size of the initial investment, and the relative size of the terminal-link FR have a bearing on both the sunk cost error and the work-ethic effect.

 

Choice Between Varying and Repeating Behavior: Is Response Cost a Critical Variable?

Domain: Basic Research
JOSELE ABREU-RODRIGUES (Universidade de Brasilia), Déborah Lôbo (Universidade de Brasília)
 
Abstract:

When given a choice between varying and repeating response sequences, humans and nonhumans tend to choose the repeat alternative, mainly when the vary one is highly demanding. Considering that rigorous vary requirements generate sequences with several switches between operanda, the present study investigated the influence of the number of switches (response cost) upon choice. College students were required to choose between two alternatives. In Experiment 1, sequences had to differ from the previous five ones (VAR contingency) and include two (VAR 2 alternative) or five (VAR 5 alternative) switches. In Experiment 2, reinforcers were contingent to the emission of a unique sequence (REP contingency) with two (REP 2 alternative) or five (REP 5 alternative) switches. In Experiment 3, choice was between one vary (VAR 2 or VAR 5) and one repeat (REP 2 or REP 5) contingency. Participants preferred two to five switches under both the VAR and REP contingencies of experiments 1 and 2. Preference for the REP alternative in Experiment 3 increased as a direct function of the number of switches in the VAR alternative. These results suggest that response cost may ascribe aversive properties to vary contingencies, thus affecting choice between varying and repeating response sequences.

 

Concurrent RR-RR Schedules: Within Session Changes in Relative Probability of Food Delivery

Domain: Basic Research
Carlos F. Aparicio (Savannah State University), William M. Baum (University of California, Davis), ANGEL JIMENEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara)
 
Abstract:

Research has shown that choice adapts rapidly to dynamic changes in the relative rate of food delivery arranged by concurrent random interval schedules. Most theories of choice, however, would predict exclusive preference for one of two alternatives providing food according to concurrent random ratio schedules. We explored this possibility in a choice situation that arranged 7 pairs of probabilities in two levers (0.16-0.02, 0.16-0.04, 0.16-0.08, 0.16-0.16, 0.08-0.16, 0.04-0.16, & 0.02-0.16), defining 7 unsignaled components that occurred in random order within the session. Each component arranged ten-food deliveries and was followed by a 1-minute black out. Choice adapted rapidly to dynamic changes in the relative probability of food delivery that occurred in the levers. Although the rats showed a bias for the left lever, pressing on the right lever tracked the probability of food delivery in that lever. The generalized matching law provided of good fits to the logs of response ratio explaining more than 80 percent of the variability. An almost perfect match between obtained and arranged food ratio was observed. Overall preference favored with more responses the lever with the highest probability of food delivery. The implications of these results to theories of choice will be discussed.

 

The Effect of Sounds on Domestic Hens' Behaviour Under Concurrent and Concurrent-chain Schedules

Domain: Basic Research
AMY JONES (University of Waikato), Lewis A. Bizo (University of Waikato), Therese Mary Foster (University of Waikato)
 
Abstract:

The effect of various sounds on the behaviour of domestic hens was examined. The effect of white noise on hens' performance under multiple-concurrent schedules was compared with the effects of an alarm call, the sounds of hens feeding, and a food call. All sound biased hens' responding away from keys associated with them, and the magnitude of this bias was largest for white noise and the food call. White noise suppressed the responding of hens when it was present, however, the other sounds did not. Next, a concurrent-chains procedure was used to assess the same hens' preferences for the same sounds. In the equal initial-links (with no sounds played) hens chose between "sound" and "no sound" terminal-links. Initial-link response biases were away from the key associated with sound for the food call for all hens and the directions of the other biases varied over hens. Terminal-link entry pauses tended to be longer in terminal-links associated with sounds where the longest pauses were with white noise and the food call. Thus, the two procedures gave some similar and some conflicting results. The various measures of behaviour, including response biases, response rates, and terminal-link pauses, will be compared and discussed.

 
 
 
Symposium #57
Positioning OBM For The Future
Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
604 (Convention Center)
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Thomas Wade Brown (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada,Reno)
Abstract:

In an ever evolving business community, the need for behavior analysis in organizations continues to be great. Organizations continue to struggle with similar challenges that can often seem ongoing. In addition, new technologies continue to arise in the environment that can better enable organizations to be more effective, if applied correctly. Organizational behavior management (OBM) is well positioned to help leaders and organizations navigate these challenges to effectiveness. This symposium will explore three fronts where OBM can emerge as the leading philosophy for true organizational effectiveness.

Keyword(s): Leadership Effectiveness, OBM Environment, Organizational Value, Six Sigma
 

Addressing Trends Toward Ownership and Innovation

GERALD HANDFORD (Private Contributor), Judith A. Johnson (CLG, Inc.), Laura L. Methot (CLG, Inc.)
Abstract:

Increasingly, we are seeing many organizations challenged by a new set of pressures. These organizations find themselves in an uncertain business and social environment, where speed and nimbleness are keys to success. In this environment, leaders need ways to implement the traditional business levers in a much more rapid and effective fashion. Leaders in these organizations are looking for tools to help them manage within those environments. They are searching for ways to drive accountability, ownership, innovation, and collaboration. We will present our understanding of current and future business needs, solutions we have found effective, and the future opportunities that they suggest for the field of Organizational Behavior Management.

 

Adding Demonstrable Value to Organizations

TRAVIS G. MCNEAL (CLG, Inc.), Danielle Geissler (CLG, Inc.), Jenny Rodriguez (CLG, Inc.)
Abstract:

Over the years companies applying the principles of behavior analysis have consistently demonstrated an ability to change employee behavior. The use of feedback, for example, has been 1 element routinely leveraged to bring about significant behavior change. However, behavior change is sometimes achieved for behaviors that may not add value to an organization. As the economy continues to struggle and budgets continue to be scrutinized, it becomes more important for consulting firms to demonstrate the financial value they bring. This paper will discuss ways in which financial value can be demonstrated to clients. In addition, the authors will explore how a disciplined adherence to behavior data and results can help distinguish service providers who use the principles of behavior analysis from service providers who only claim to do so.

 

Behavioral Applications to Lean Six Sigma

KRYSTYNA RILEY (CLG, Inc.), Judith A. Johnson (CLG, Inc.)
Abstract:

The application of lean manufacturing, six sigma and lean sigma efforts have been increasing in the past few years and with that increase we have seen a steadily growing demand for a behavioral approach to the efforts. Over the course of several client projects, we have worked to marry an understanding of behavioral science with that of the various process improvement efforts. We will share an overview of the methodologies, as well as the importance of behavioral science in effectively executing them. Further, we will discuss the implications of our learning for the future of the field of Organizational Behavior Management.

 
 
Symposium #58
CE Offered: BACB
Improving College Instruction: Experimental Evaluations of Three Teaching Procedures
Saturday, May 26, 2012
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
613/614 (Convention Center)
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Neal Miller (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Neal Miller, M.Ed.
Abstract:

When teaching college students, professors use a variety of strategies, ranging from traditional lectures to hands-on experiences and demonstrations. Although much has been written about the general need for evidence-based practice in education, relatively little has been published regarding instruction on the college level. In order to determine how to best structure college courses, it may be useful to conduct experimental evaluations of common teaching methods. Three technologies that are often used in college settings, but have not been sufficiently studied are (1) the use of flashcards to teach concepts, (2) the use of vocabulary banks to teach a foreign language, and (3) the use of online study games for quiz preparation. In this symposium, we will present evidence on each of these educational practices, and discuss the implications of these findings for college teaching. Specific recommendations will be made regarding ways to improve the efficiency of each procedure, and how they can be combined with traditional teaching methods.

Keyword(s): college teaching, flashcards, online games, vocabulary
 
The Effects of a Study Activity on the Academic Performance of College Students
JESSICA GAMBA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Tracy L. Kettering (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Lorraine M. Bologna (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan K. Malmquist (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: This study assessed the effects of a behaviorally based study game on weekly quiz scores in a graduate level class. An alternating treatment design counterbalanced across two participating sections of the course was utilized in order to control for potential time- or curriculum-based effects. Specifically, the game was available each week to one of the two sections of the participating course. Students were required to use the game when it was available for a total of at least 30 min in the week prior to taking the quiz associated with the unit of study. Average quiz scores were higher for students who had interacted with the game compared to when the game was not available.
 

Teaching Behavioral Concepts to College Students: A Comparison of Flashcards Containing Examples Versus Definitions

Neal Miller (The Ohio State University), JAMES NICHOLSON MEINDL (University of Memphis), Jonathan W. Ivy (Mercyhurst College), Joshua Garner (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

Because college students often use flashcards as a tool for learning concepts, it may be useful to determine the most effective format. Fox and Ghezzi (2003) evaluated the effects of practicing with definitions versus examples. Although training with examples led to superior performance on a subsequent quiz, it was unclear whether examples were superior in general, or if the similarity between the formats of the quiz and flashcards produced this effect. A group of 19 college students enrolled in an introductory course on applied behavior analysis participated in this study. On the first day of classes, students were given a set of flashcards containing 10 key terms from the course. In each set of cards, 5 of the terms had definitions on the back, while the other 5 had examples. After practicing with the cards, students were tested on whether they could name the term when looking at the definition or example. Once they mastered this, the students were given a quiz in which they had to provide examples and definitions for all 10 terms. Students performed better on quiz items that were taught using examples, but were also more accurate on items that matched the format used in the flashcards (i.e. asked for a definition of a term they practiced with a definition).

 

A Comparison of Vocabulary Banks and Scripts on Native English Speaking Undergraduate Students' Acquisition of Italian Verbal Repertoires

BRITTANY L. DEAN (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Christopher J. Stephens (St. Louis Community College at Florissant Valley)
Abstract:

There is a paucity of behavior analytic research on second language acquisition, yet now more than ever there is a need for societies to become fluent in at least one additional language. The current study seeks to find efficient methods to teaching a foreign language by applying behavior analytic principles in a college classroom setting. The researchers compared two study methods and the effects on Italian language acquisition, retention, generalization, and conversational fluency. The first study method was vocabulary banks, which are frequently used but there is no empirical support for their utility. The second method was scripted conversations, based on observations from a cultural immersion program in which Italian and American students worked together to produce a play in both languages. Cihon and Stephens (2011) observed students using lines from the play to initiate conversations and overcome the language barrier. Preliminary results indicate that participants engaged in more Italian exchanges in vocabulary bank testing sessions than in script testing sessions; however participants emitted more Italian words during script testing sessions. This indicates that exchanges were more complex after studying scripts than after studying vocabulary banks. However, these patterns were different when we divided participants based on prior exposure to Italian language. Students who had no prior exposure to Italian engaged in more exchanges in script testing sessions and emitted more words during script testing sessions. Participants who had at least two classes in Italian prior to the study engaged in more exchanges and emitted more words during vocabulary bank testing sessions. This finding suggests further research is needed to determine efficient teaching methods and the role of prior experience in using these study methods.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #59
CE Offered: BACB
Using Animals to Modify Human Behaviour: Applied Behavior Analysis and Animal Facilitated Therapy
Saturday, May 26, 2012
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
6E (Convention Center)
Area: AAB/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: E. Anne McBride, Ph.D.
Chair: Lindsay Parenti (Pet Behavior Change, LLC)
Presenting Authors: : E. ANNE MCBRIDE (University of Southampton)
Abstract:

The science of behaviour analysis is applied in a wide range of contexts by those working with individuals, families or at the organisational level. A related area is Clinical Animal Behaviour, where the focus is the animal's behaviour within a human context, and where both animal and human behaviour change is addressed. This latter field is the author's background. Recently, there has been a growing trend to use animals as intervention tools in human therapeutic programmes. The benefits of horse riding for those with physical disabilities, for example, are accepted, and considered to have clear scientific foundations. This is not the case where animals are used in psychological intervention programmes. Indeed, many consider such animal facilitated therapy to have little or no scientific validity and simply to provide a "feel-good" factor. This paper will consider; a. how behaviour analysis may explain much of what happens in animal facilitated therapy; b. how animals can be a specific tool in the behaviour analyst's therapeutic armoury; c. the potential for further roles of animals in human-health provision; and d. some issues to consider when planning therapeutic programmes involving animals. The talk will draw on examples of practice and critical consideration of evidence of outcome.

 
E. ANNE MCBRIDE (University of Southampton)
Dr. Anne McBride has a degree in Psychology and a Doctorate in animal behaviour. Anne has been a practising clinical animal behaviourist since 1987 and is a senior lecturer in the School of Psychology at the University of Southampton. She is the Director of the Applied Animal Behaviour unit and is Director for the Masters in Human-Animal Interactions. She is a member of the Association of Pet Behaviour Counsellors and of the UK government advisory body The Companion Animal Welfare Council; she initiated the postgraduate Diploma / MSc in Companion Animal Behaviour Counselling which ran at the University of Southampton from 1994 � 2012, and lectured on applied behaviour analysis on that course, amongst other subjects. Her research interests cover both animal behaviour and the relationships people have with animals and how these are formed, both normal and abnormal relationships. She is particularly interested in how human interactions with animals affect animal and human welfare; be that how we talk to them, train them, feed them or allow them to behave. She has published on various aspects of human-animal interactions, and has written and lectured on this area both nationally and internationally. Her loves are cooking, walking, bonfires, friends and family and applying behaviour analysis to her dog and husband!
Keyword(s): animal-assisted therapy
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #60
CE Offered: None

Neuroimaging and Drug Taking in Primates

Saturday, May 26, 2012
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
6BC (Convention Center)
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Leonard L. Howell, Ph.D.
Chair: Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
LEONARD L. HOWELL (Yerkes National Primate Research Center)
Dr. Howell received his B.A. in chemistry from Emory University in 1978 and his Ph.D. in experimental psychology with a minor in biochemistry and physiology from the Georgia Institute of Technology in 1985. Following postdoctoral training in psychobiology at Harvard Medical School, he accepted a faculty position at Emory University in 1987. He is currently Chief of the Division of Neuropharmacology and Neurologic Diseases and Director of the Imaging Center, Yerkes National Primate Research Center, and Professor of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Emory University School of Medicine. His research program focuses on the neuropharmacology of abused stimulants and includes basic neurobiological studies of drug mechanisms as well as medications development to treat stimulant abuse. The program is translational in its focus and bridges preclinical, nonhuman primate models with therapeutic applications in humans. Additional interests include the long-term consequences of chronic stimulant use on behavior and brain function. His neuroimaging program includes drug receptor occupancy, pharmacokinetics, brain metabolism and functional magnet resonance imaging (fMRI) in awake, behaving monkeys. The long-range objective is to develop a multidisciplinary research program in substance abuse that effectively integrates behavior, in vivo neurochemistry and functional brain imaging in nonhuman primates. He was recognized for his contributions with an NIH MERIT Award (2007-2016) from the National Institute on Drug Abuse.
Abstract:

Neuroimaging techniques have led to significant advances in our understanding of the neurobiology of drug-taking and the treatment of drug addiction in humans. The presentation by Dr. Leonard Howell describes the utility of neuroimaging toward understanding the neurobiological basis of drug taking, and documents the close concordance that can be achieved among neuroimaging, neurochemical and behavioral endpoints. The study of drug interactions with dopamine and serotonin transporters in vivo has identified pharmacological mechanisms of action associated with the abuse liability of stimulants. Neuroimaging has identified the extended limbic system, including the prefrontal cortex and anterior cingulate, as important neuronal circuitry that underlies drug taking. The ability to conduct within-subject, longitudinal assessments of brain chemistry and neuronal function has enhanced our efforts to document long-term changes in dopamine D2 receptors, monoamine transporters, and prefrontal metabolism due to chronic drug exposure. Dysregulation of dopamine function and brain metabolic changes in areas involved in reward circuitry has been linked to drug-taking behavior, cognitive impairment and treatment response. Experimental designs employing neuroimaging should consider well-documented determinants of drug taking, including pharmacokinetic considerations, subject history and environmental variables. These integrative approaches should have important implications for understanding drug-taking behavior and the treatment of drug addiction.

Target Audience:

We don't want this talk to be considered for C.E. credit, but there's no way to by-pass these fields. Please disregard anything to do with CEUs.

Learning Objectives: see above
Keyword(s): dopamine, drug self-administration, neuroimaging, primate
 
 
Special Event #61
SQAB Tutorial: A Behavioral Analysis of Altruism
Saturday, May 26, 2012
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
608 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Leonard Green (Washington University)
Presenting Authors: : HOWARD RACHLIN (Stony Brook University)
Abstract:

Altruistic acts may been defined as costly acts that confer economic benefits on others. (In behavioral terms: punished acts that reward others.) In prisoner's dilemma games, with human players, a significant number of players behave altruistically; their behavior benefits each of the other players but is costly to them. I propose that such altruism is based on a straightforward balancing of undiscounted costs to themselves against discounted benefits to others (social discounting). I will describe two experiments, using prisoner's dilemma games, that test this explanation of altruism. In one experiment, costs were held constant but the number of others (benefiting from cooperation) varied. In another experiment, with only two players, costs were again constant but the amount of other player's benefit varied directly. In both experiments, cooperation increased as benefits to the other player(s) increased.

 
HOWARD RACHLIN (Stony Brook University)
Howard Rachlin obtained a Ph.D. in psychology at Harvard University in 1965. He is currently a research professor and an Emeritus Distinguished Professor of Psychology at the State University of New York at Stony Brook. He has published more than 100 articles, written six books including Behavior And Mind (Oxford University Press, 1994) and The Science of Self-Control (Harvard University Press, 2000), and edited two others. He has served on study sections for The National Institutes of Health (NIH) and The National Science Foundation (NSF). He is on the editorial boards of six journals. Since he received his Ph.D. his research (on choice, self-control, social cooperation, and experimental economics) has been continuously supported by grants from NIH and NSF including an NIH MERIT award. Among other honors he has been elected fellow at the American Psychological Society and the Society of Experimental Psychologists. He has been the recipient of a James McKeen Cattell Fellowship (1975-76), and an Award for the Impact of Science on Application from the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis (2005). He was a visiting scholar at the Russell Sage Foundation (1988-89) and an invited speaker at the Nobel Symposium on Behavioral and Experimental Economics, Stockholm, Sweden (2001).
Keyword(s): Altruism, discounting
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #62
CE Offered: BACB

Numerical Competence in the Grey Parrot

Saturday, May 26, 2012
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
303/304 (TCC)
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
CE Instructor: Caio F. Miguel, Ph.D.
Chair: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
IRENE PEPPERBERG (Harvard University)
Dr. Pepperberg received her SB from MIT and M.A. and Ph.D. from Harvard. She is currently a Research Associate and Lecturer in the Department of Psychology at Harvard and an Adjunct Associate Professor at Brandeis University's Psychology Department. She has been a visiting associate professor at MIT's Media Lab, later accepting a research scientist position there, leaving a tenured professorship at the University of Arizona. She has been a Fellow at the Radcliffe Institute of Advanced Study, won a John Simon Guggenheim Foundation Fellowship, was an alternate for the Cattell Award for Psychology, won the 2000 Selby Fellowship (Australian Academy of Sciences), won the 2005 Frank Beach Award for best paper in comparative psychology, was nominated for the 2000 Weizmann, L'Oreal, and Grawemeyer Awards, the 2001 Quest Award (Animal Behavior Society) and was renominated for the 2001 L'Oreal Award. She has also received fellowships from the Harry Frank Guggenheim and Whitehall Foundations, and numerous grants from NSF. Her book, The Alex Studies, describing over 20 years of peer-reviewed experiments on Grey parrots, received favorable mention from publications as diverse as the New York Times and Science. Her memoir, Alex & Me, is a New York Times bestseller. She has presented her findings nationally and internationally at universities and scientific congresses, often as a keynote or plenary speaker, and has published numerous journal articles, reviews, and book chapters. She is a fellow of the Animal Behavior Society, the American Psychological Association, the American Psychological Society, the American Ornithologists' Union, AAAS, the Eastern Psychological Association, and presently serves as consulting editor for three journals and as associate editor for The Journal of Comparative Psychology.
Abstract:

A Grey parrot (Psittacus erithacus) had previously been taught to use English count words ("one" through "sih" [six]) to label sets of one to six individual items (Pepperberg, 1994). He had also been taught to use the same count words to label the Arabic numerals 1 through 6. Without training, he inferred the relationship between the Arabic numerals and the sets of objects (Pepperberg, 2006b). In the present study, he was then trained to label vocally the Arabic numerals 7 and 8 ("sih-none," "eight," respectively) and to order these Arabic numerals with respect to the numeral 6. He subsequently inferred the ordinality of 7 and 8 with respect to the smaller numerals and he inferred use of the appropriate label for the cardinal values of seven and eight items. These data suggest that he constructed the cardinal meanings of "seven" ("sih-none") and "eight" from his knowledge of the cardinal meanings of one through six, together with the place of "seven" ("sih-none") and "eight" in the ordered count list.

Keyword(s): animal cognition, animal language, Inferences, Numerical competence
 
 
Symposium #63
CE Offered: BACB
Establishing Conditioned Reinforcers and Inducing Verbal Behavior Developmental Cusps in Young Children With or at-Risk for Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 26, 2012
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
4C-1 (Convention Center)
Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
CE Instructor: Jessica Singer-Dudek, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will present research related to the establishment of new conditioned reinforcers, through both classical and operant conditioning procedures, and will also present research related to how children come to learn new things, such as incidental language or perspective taking, as a function of acquiring new reinforcers. The first paper will outline how new reinforcers are acquired in a comparison of classical and operant conditioning procedures and will present results from a study where books were conditioned as reinforcers, leading to faster acquisition of reading behaviors. The second paper will present a study to condition praise as a reinforcer for a young child with autism, a necessary component of the acquisition of other developmental cusps, such as listener and speaker behaviors. The third paper will discuss how language is learned incidentally, via the joining of the speaker and the listener when Naming is acquired, and will present procedures to induce Naming by exclusion when it is missing. The fourth paper will discuss procedures for inducing level 2 of visual perspective taking and the implications for children who lack social listener reinforcement.

Keyword(s): conditioned reinforcement, developmental cusps, perspective taking, verbal development
 

The Effects of Inducing Conditioned Reinforcement for Observing Books on Rate of Acquisition of Novel Textual Responses and a Comparison of Operant and Classical Conditioning With Preschoolers

R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University), SUSAN BUTTIGIEG (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School)
Abstract:

We tested the effects of conditioning books on the rate of acquisition of novel textual responses for 4 nursery school students at risk for developmental delays (3) or without developmental delays (1), aged 2 years, in two experiments. Two males and 2 females were selected for participation because they did not have book stimuli as a conditioned reinforcer for observing. The independent variables were the establishment of books as a reinforcer for observing responses and as a preferred activity in a free play area. The dependent variable was the rate of acquisition of novel textual responses. A matched-pairs with pre- and post-intervention probes with a nested multiple probe design was used; the participants were paired based on the number of learn units to criterion for a set of sight words. In Experiment I, Participants A and B acquired conditioned reinforcement for observing books as a function of mastering one set of words. Experiment II differed in that more sets of sight words were taught, and that the participants received the book conditioning intervention. Results indicated that the participants learned a novel set of sight words 2.20 to 7.25 times faster as a function of having books as a conditioned reinforcer. In another experiment we compared the effects of two conditioning procedures, operant conditioning versus classical conditioning, on the conditioning of peg boards as reinforcer. Toddlers, ranging in ages from 2-3 years old, in an early intervention school participated in the study. Participants were matched and paired. One child in each pair was exposed to an operant conditioning procedure, while the other matched pair received stimulus-stimulus pairings via a classical conditioning procedure. Preliminary findings show that for some participants the operant conditioning procedure was more effective for conditioning peg boards as a reinforcer, and for other participants the classical conditioning procedure was more effective. Future research will continue to compare the effects of the two conditioning procedures and also study potential prerequisite repertoires that affect the emergence of conditioned reinforcers for operant or for classical conditioning procedures.

 

Contingent Pairing to Establish Praise as a Conditioned Reinforcer With Children With Autism

AMANDA P. HORST (Simmons College), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College)
Abstract:

The limited influence of social stimuli as reinforcement for the behavior of children with autism is well documented. Reinforcement by social stimuli, such as attention and praise, is required for the maintenance and generalization of a multitude of social behaviors, most notably verbal behaviors (e.g., tacts, intraverbals) maintained by generalized conditioned reinforcement. The purpose of this study was to systematically replicate recent findings showing the praise can be conditioned as a reinforcer. The participant was 5 years old, diagnosed with autism, and nonverbal. A preliminary functional analysis demonstrated that button-pushing was consistently more frequent in a contingent tickle condition that in contingent praise and no consequence conditions. Contingent pairing of praise and tickles was then administered in 2-min sessions and praise alone was evaluated before and after pairing sessions each day. Results indicate that button-pushing increased in the contingent praise condition following the pairing condition. Interobserver agreement of button-pushing was 99.4% across 50% of sessions in the study. One interpretation of the data suggests that the motivating operation linked to the unconditioned reinforcer must be in effect in the conditioned reinforcement condition. Future research should continue refining the procedures for conditioning attention as a reinforcer as well as examine more closely at the role of motivating operations in the process.

 

Naming by Exclusion Training on the Emergence of Untaught Relations

R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University), LIN DU (Teachers College, Columbia University), Noor Younus Syed (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

We conducted a study to see whether children who had the Naming capability (incidental learning of language) also had the capability of Naming by exclusion. First, we tested whether children could respond as both speaker and a listener to an array of objects on a table top except one that was novel. We counterbalanced the order of the stimuli presented within session and across students. If the child was determined to have Naming by responding correctly to the last 10 trials consecutively we then probed the child on the untaught responses after 2 hours on listener responses (10 trials) and speaker responses (10 trials) without any consequences, to see whether he had Naming by exclusion. Criterion was set at 80% accuracy. If the child did not demonstrate Naming by exclusion, we used another set of stimuli with 4 known items and 1 unknown to teach to criterion (100% accuracy) before we probed for listener and speaker responses. Participant A did not have Naming by exclusion during the pre-probe and was taught one instructional session to criterion and he demonstrated mastery in the post-probe in both listener and speaker responses. Participant B had Naming by exclusion, as evidenced by the pre-probe, and she had 70% accuracy in the listener and speaker responses in the post probe.

 

Inducing Skills of Level 2 of Visual Perspective Taking in Children With Autism

LORENA GARCIA-ASENJO (Universidad de Oviedo), Luis Antonio Perez-Gonzalez (Universidad de Oviedo), Carlota Belloso-Diaz (Asociacion Aprendemos Asturias)
Abstract:

Level 2 of visual perspective taking (VPT) consists of responding differentially according to the visual perception of oneself and other person, when both people are seeing the same object from different perspectives. We have identified how to induce skills of Level 2 VPT, evaluated with verbal and selection responses in typically developing children. In this procedure we intermixed trials of the Level 2 VPT probe with verbal responses and selection responses of photos and objects. The goal of this study was to replicate the procedure of probes to induce these skills in children with autism. One participants results replicated the data obtained in typically developing children, but the other participant showed that the performance in the probe with selection responses of objects depends on the type of verbal stimuli of the instruction. These results replicated partially those obtained in typically developing children, and added the specificity of the stimuli employed in the case of children with autism to succeed on some probes.

 
 
Panel #64
The Apple Doesn't Fall Far: Contextual Behavioral Science and Applied Behavior Analysis With Children and Families
Saturday, May 26, 2012
3:30 PM–4:20 PM
4C-3 (Convention Center)
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Danielle Moyer (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
AMY MURRELL (University of North Texas)
TIMOTHY M. WEIL (University of South Florida)
PATRICK C. FRIMAN (Father Flanagan's Girls and Boys Town)
Abstract:

The area of contextual behavioral science grew from the field of behavior analysis and the two remain interconnected today. Contextual behavioral science is rapidly growing into an internationally recognized approach for the prediction and influence of human behavior. The body of empirical evidence for acceptance and commitment therapy with adults has extended across an array of areas including, but not limited to, chronic pain, psychosis, anxiety, and depression. Even more recent, however, is the increasing application of this approach to the behavior of children and families. This panel intends to explore the research findings in this area with a focus on how contextual behavioral science might enhance traditional applied behavior analysis. After a brief introduction to the theoretical and philosophical underpinnings of contextual behavioral science, we will focus on how an analysis of child behavior, parenting, and overall family functioning might benefit from this approach. Particular attention will be paid to how contextual behavior therapies with parents, when used in addition to applied behavior analysis for children, can benefit the family as a whole. A significant portion of time will be protected for audience questions after the initial discussion.

Keyword(s): children, parenting, psychological flexibility
 
 
Panel #65
Generalization From the Therapy Room to Real-Life: Is There a Difference?
Saturday, May 26, 2012
3:30 PM–4:20 PM
4C-4 (Convention Center)
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Theory
Chair: William C. Follette (University of Nevada, Reno)
ROBERT J. KOHLENBERG (University of Washington)
GLENN M. CALLAGHAN (San Jose State University)
GARETH I. HOLMAN (University of Washington)
Abstract: One issue that occurs in all applied clinical interventions is whether targeted behavior changes that occur in a treatment setting generalize to other naturalistic settings where the behaviors must be emitted and maintained. This panel will address the issue of stimulus properites and behaviors present in Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) promote the generalization of treatment improvements to the natural social environment. FAP produces its therapeutic effects by building a strong therapeutic relationship between the client and therapist so that the therapist supplies powerful, salient social reinforcing consequences to behavior change that occurs during sessions with the objective of having clinically useful behaviors generalize to other relationships. The panelists are all FAP researchers and trainers who will discuss several fundamental aspects of this question including: what are the therapist and client characteristics and training experiences necessary to produce change that might generalize; what exactly is the crucial behavior(s) that should generalize, i.e., is the generalized behavior of importance a response repertoire or a discrimination repertoire; how similar or different can the therapy environment be from the client’s natural environment and still observe generalized improvement; how do therapist behaviors change over the course of therapy in such a way that generalization is most likely to occur; how important is it that clients have a functional understanding of variables influencing their behavior inside and outside of therapy; what is the importance, if any, of assignments for the client to do in vivo exercises in the extra-therapy setting? Finally, the panel will address whether one can identify the properties along which generalization is expected to occur, i.e., are there formal stimulus properties of the outside environment that are sufficient to recognize or are derived stimulus relation necessary to understand the generalization process? The panel has a goal of inviting extensive audience participation.
Keyword(s): FAP, generalization, psychotherapy change
 
 
Panel #66
CE Offered: BACB
ABA and SLP: Promoting Collaboration
Saturday, May 26, 2012
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
301 (TCC)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Mareile A. Koenig, Ph.D.
Chair: Joanne Gerenser (Eden II Programs)
MAREILE A. KOENIG (West Chester University)
RAYMOND G. ROMANCZYK (State University of New York at Binghamton)
TRACY VAIL (Let's Talk Speech and Language Services, Inc.)
CORINNE M. MURPHY (West Chester University)
Abstract:

Speech-language pathologists (SLPs) and professionals in applied behavior analysis (ABA) frequently participate as members of support teams for children with autism. Collaboration between these professionals can enhance the teams work, since each professional brings valuable resources to the table. However, overlapping areas of expertise, different terms used for similar instructional elements, and variations in addressing the same problems may complicate the collaborative process unless each professional understands the others framework. Failure to effectively collaborate often results in professionals working in isolation or even worse, working in opposition. The purpose of this panel is to clarify similarities and differences between the developmental and behavioral models used by SLPs and ABA professionals, respectively. In addition, panel members will highlight strengths that SLP and ABA professionals each bring to an autism support team. Finally, the panel will conclude with recommendations for addressing issues that may be viewed differently by SLP and ABA professionals.

Keyword(s): SLP ABA
 
 
Panel #67
CE Offered: BACB
The Importance of Innovative Research in Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 26, 2012
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
606 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Matthew P. Normand, Ph.D.
Chair: Allison J. Morley (University of the Pacific)
KENNETH SILVERMAN (Johns Hopkins University)
MATTHEW P. NORMAND (University of the Pacific)
RON VAN HOUTEN (Western Michigan University)
TIMOTHY R. VOLLMER (University of Florida)
Abstract: The principles of behavior analysis can be used in a wide variety of settings and with diverse populations. Furthermore, these principles can be used in the assessment and treatment of a multitude of behaviors, many of which are not commonly focused on in traditional research. The majority of behavior-analytic research generally focuses on the assessment and treatment of problem behaviors (e.g., self-injurious behavior, aggression, disruption) in special populations, such as individuals with developmental disabilities. However, some behavior-analytic researchers do address problems (e.g., substance abuse, physical activity, safety-related behaviors, sex offender-related behaviors) that lie outside of the mainstream behavior analysis research agenda. The panelists will discuss their personal accounts of conducting research outside of the behavior analysis "mainstream" and the importance of these lines of research to the field of behavior analysis. Additionally, panelists will discuss the problems faced when conducting such research, and provide advice to those looking to explore novel research areas in the field of behavior analysis.
 
 
Symposium #68
CE Offered: BACB
The Genius in All of Us: Building on Hart and Risley
Saturday, May 26, 2012
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
618/619 (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/DEV; Domain: Theory
Chair: Susan M. Schneider (University of the Pacific)
Discussant: Ronnie Detrich (Wing Institute)
CE Instructor: Susan M. Schneider, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In their seminal longitudinal study Meaningful Differences (1995), Betty Hart and Todd Risley established that, across a range of demographic variables, infants and toddlers in enriched language environments were far more likely to develop excellent language skills. These important findings have been widely publicized, helping to contribute to what appears to be a trend toward more behavior-analytic methods in mainstream pre-K and K-12 education in the United States. In this symposium, reviews of3 mainstream trade books offer an integration of educational developments, nature-and-nurture advances, and expertise studies (such as Anders Ericsson's), and how they build on Hart and Risley's classic. Schneider covers Shenk's The Genius in All of Us, which makes the case for the extensive malleability of behavior that we behavior analysts have long known to exist. Watkins summarizes Tough's Whatever It Takes, a history of the early years of the Harlem Children's Zone projects, based explicitly on Hart and Risley. And Slocum brings us the adventures of much-honored inner-city fifth-grade teacher Rafe Esquith, author of There Are No Shortcuts, as he (unintentionally) discovers and incorporates behavior analysis methods into his teaching. Detrich will discuss how we can build further on these encouraging developments.

Keyword(s): early enrichment, K-12 education, nature-nurture, teaching
 

Shenk's The Genius in All of Us: Nature-Nurture and Behavioral Potential

SUSAN M. SCHNEIDER (University of the Pacific)
Abstract:

David Shenk's bestseller, The Genius in All of Us: Why Everything You've Been Told About Genetics, Talent, and IQ is Wrong, makes the case for the extensive malleability of behavior that behavior analysts have long known to exist. Citing Hart and Risley's Meaningful Differences early on, Shenk integrates research on: enriched early environments, nature-and-nurture relations, the modifiability of "intelligence," problems with interpretations of "heritability" and the twin studies, and Anders Ericsson's research on the development of expertise through practice (as opposed to innate "talent"). Shenk even includes a brief chapter on epigenetics. In short, the book is a primer on (a) why genetic determinism fails, and (b) the inspiring implication for education and parenting: We all have far more potential than we'd dreamed. While Shenk does not include behavior analysis principles explicitly, they are implicit throughout.

 

Whatever It Takes: The Harlem Children's Zone and Geoffrey Canada's War on Poverty

CATHY L. WATKINS (California State University, Stanislaus)
Abstract:

Whatever It Takes is the operating principle at the Harlem Children's Zone (HCZ). It is also the title of Paul Tough's book describing HCZ President and CEO Geoffrey Canada's comprehensive and controversial approach to education reform. According to Canada, "There's no reason that all of our children in this country are not able to learn at higher levels." Making that happen is the goal of Harlem Children's Zone, which provides a complex set of educational and social services and supports for children and their families. For example, based in part on the work of Hart and Risley, the HCZ includes programs such as Baby College and Three Year Journey, which teach parents about developing language skills, and Harlem Gems, a preschool program that emphasizes language. Dobbie and Fryer (2009) published an evaluation claiming that the HCZ "is enormously effective at increasing the achievement of the poorest minority children." Whitehurst and Croft (2010) offer an alternate analysis. Paul Tough states, "There aren't yet air tight data to prove that Canada's model works." However in 2010 the U.S. State Department of Education awarded 21 organizations planning grants of up to a half million dollars to create plans to reproduce the HCZ.

 

Esquith's There Are No Shortcuts: How a Teacher of the Year Tests the Limits

TIMOTHY A. SLOCUM (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Rafe Esquith, a 5th grade teacher at an inner city elementary school in Los Angeles, is one of the most widely recognized and honored classroom teachers in America. His books, including There Are No Shortcuts and Teach Like Your Hair's on Fire, are best sellers and articulate a distinct approach to improving education. Esquith offers no easy answers; the titles of his books epitomize his main themes—the educational mission must be engaged with unrelenting urgency and total dedication. He extends his teaching day to more than 11 hours and his school year with summer school and multiweek field trips. He constructs his own curriculum in academic subjects as well as social skills and character. Esquith's vision of education overlaps behavioral approaches in their shared focus on academic achievement and social behavior outcomes, increasing academic engaged time, the importance of building skills, and the great power of supportive environments for behavior change. Esquith also departs from behavioral approaches in important ways: For him, the critical variables in education are more in the character, intelligence, and dedication of teachers.

 
 
Symposium #69
Evaluating the Use of Headsprout Reading Programmes With Diverse Learners
Saturday, May 26, 2012
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
611 (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Emily Tyler (Bangor University)
Abstract:

This symposium comprises four papers outlining studies investigating Headsprout Early Reading (HER) and Headsprout Reading Comprehension (HRC). The first paper reports the use of HER with children with mild to moderate Intellectual Disabilities within a state funded special education school. Paper two reports the use of HER with two nonverbal children with cerebral palsy accessing the programme through communication aids. Paper three reports on the ongoing studies using both programmes with children with autism. Paper four reports on the effects of introducing a look-back contingency in HRC.

Keyword(s): Developmental disabilities, Instructional design, Reading intervention
 

Using Headsprout Early Reading With Children With Mild to Moderate Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities

EMILY TYLER (Bangor University), Bethan Williams (Betsi Cadwaladr University Health Board), Shan Lea (Gwynedd Education Authority), John Carl Hughes (Bangor University), Michael Beverley (Bangor University)
Abstract:

Reading instruction for individuals with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (IDD) has typically focused on a sight word reading approach. However, there is increasing evidence that individuals with IDD can benefit from phonics-based reading instruction. Previous case studies suggest Headsprout Early Reading (HER, an online, phonics-based programme) can be used to help improve reading and language skills in children with moderate to severe IDD. This reports on the individual progress of four children with mild to moderate IDD, outlining reading and language assessment scores after an initial 10-month teacher-led intervention and after subsequent completion of the programme. Some of the challenges for future research implementing and evaluating HER in special education settings will also be discussed.

 

Accessing Headsprout Early Reading Using Communication Aids With Two Children With Cerebral Palsy to Improve Reading and Communication Skills

BETHAN WILLIAMS (Betsi Cadwaladr University Health Board), Emily Tyler (Bangor University), Deborah Morris (Gwynedd Education Authority), Janet Griffiths (Gwynedd Education Authority), Shan Lea (Gwynedd Education Authority), John Carl Hughes (Bangor University)
Abstract:

There is little research on the acquisition of reading and the use of text as a means of communication in children who are nonverbal. The presenting author, a specialist senior speech and language therapist, has been working with two teenage girls with Cerebral Palsy. Both have acquired communication aids at the same time as beginning to use Headsprout Early Reading. One of the children uses a hand held communication aid operated with a stylus and the other uses a wheelchair mounted communication aid operated by eye gaze. Both communication aids can be operated by using pictures or text. Data has been kept both on progress with reading and global language skills as well as the frequency of functional use of the respective communication aids. Additionally, Headsprout frequency building materials have been used to address their ability to spell accurately and to use a standard QWERTY keyboard.

 

Using Headsprout Early Reading and Headsprout Reading Comprehension With Children With Autism: An Update

CORINNA F. GRINDLE (Bangor University), John Carl Hughes (Bangor University), Faye Rapley (Bangor University), Tracey Tibbals (Bangor University), Maria Saville (Bangor University), Emily Tyler (Bangor University)
Abstract:

Over the last several years we have been conducting several studies using Headsprout Early Reading (HER) and Headsprout Reading Comprehension (HRC) with children with autism in the context of early ABA-based intervention programmes. Here we describe the findings from 5 studies using HER or HRC. The research used single subject, pre/post test designs. A number of standardised tests were taken prior to and following the Headsprout interventions in all studies to assess the effects on the participants key reading repertoires. HER had a positive impact on participants reading accuracy, and HRC had similar effects on comprhension scores. Across all studies, additional procedures derived from ABA were used to support the children in the programme. Results are discussed with reference to increased reading ability in this population and the practical strategies required to support children with Autism in order that they may benefit from Headsprout reading programmes.

 

When Learners Have to Look Back in the Passage Before Answering Questions

HIROFUMI SHIMIZU (DYMO| Mimio Interactive Teaching Technologies), T. V. Joe Layng (DYMO| Mimio Interactive Teaching Technologies), April Heimlich Stretz (DYMO| Mimio Interactive Teaching Technologies), Victoria Ford (DYMO| Mimio Interactive Teaching Technologies), Jay Thompson (DYMO| Mimio Interactive Teaching Technologies), Marta Leon (DYMO| Mimio Interactive Teaching Technologies)
Abstract:

This presentation will address the effect of the look back procedure implemented in the Headsprout Reading Comprehension. Headsprout Reading Comprehension is an online program that teaches students to answer reading comprehension questions in four categories: literal comprehension, inferential comprehension, main idea (summative) comprehension, and derived meaning (vocabulary) comprehension. In the first version of the program, learners 1) read a narrative or expository passage, 2) read a reading comprehension question and possible answers, 3) identified a question type, and 4) selected an answer. The second version of the program has one more contingency between identifying a question type and selecting an answer: they are asked to find necessary parts in the passage to answer questions (we call this contingency look back). We compared learners performances, based on the program version they used. That is, the first version (without look back) is a control condition and the second version (with look back) is an experimental condition. Learners in the look back condition demonstrated better performance in questions than learners in the other condition. We then extended this analysis to learners in schools. This presentation will address the results of learners who use Headsprout Reading Comprehension at school.

 
 
Symposium #70
CE Offered: BACB
Evidence Based Practice in Educationand Training
Saturday, May 26, 2012
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
616/617 (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mark T. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Mark T. Harvey, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Educational policy in the United States advocates for empirically validated teaching procedures to be utilized in the classroom. As educational systems continue to be levied with added responsibilities and diminishing resources, it becomes imperative to identify Evidence-Based Practices (EBP) that are efficacious and easily implemented in educational systems. Additionally, empirically based teaching is not frequently observed when considering University level instruction. This symposium presents recent research on evidence-based practice in both primary and University level teaching with a focus on functional changes in both teacher and child behavior. Data-based presentations will outline the critical features of EBP in educational settings, summarize methods for effectively training teachers on EBP, identify critical features for implementation of EBP, and evaluate the effects on student behavior.

Keyword(s): BST, Timeout
 

Using Behavioral Skills Training to Prepare Parents of Children With Autism to Teach Manding

Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Patrick E. McGreevy (Patrick McGreevy, Ph.D., P.A.), TARA LOUGHREY (Florida Institute of Technology), Leny D. Velasquez Velasquez (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Natalie L. Homa (Florida Institute of Technology), Anthony T. Fischetti (Florida Institute of Technology), Lina Majdalany (Florida Institute of Technology), Stephanie A. Sinn (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

We examined the effectiveness of a Behavioral Skills Training (BST) package to instruct 3 parents to teach manding skills to young children with autism. Sessions included 5 bi-weekly modules with instructions, video modeling and role plays. Following completion of each training module, we observed parents implementing procedures in family homes or at a university-affiliated autism treatment center. Data were collected on the accuracy of implementing training steps for parents and the frequency of manding responses in children. We provided feedback and modeling of correct procedures following training. A changing-criterion design was used to evaluate the effects of the training. Results showed the training was effective for all parents, and findings were maintained during 1- and 2-month probes. We observed variable increases in manding responses for the children. Findings are discussed in terms of future applications of a BST model for enhancing parent skills to teach verbal behavior.

 

An Evaluation of Behavioral Skills Training With the Addition of a Fluency Component

Ashley Breeden (University of South Florida), Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida), EMILY BRAFF (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Behavior Skills Training (BST) typically consists of an initial informational component presented to the learners either vocally, through a handout, presentation, or both. Results from the active student responding literature indicates these methods as the least effective means of conveying important information to learners. This study sought to utilize an alternative instructional component, fluency training, and to evaluate if any effects are observed on implementation of the behavior chain of Discrete Trial Training (DTT). Teachers had previous training and experience on implementing DTT prior to this studyhowever, all teachers implemented strategies with low integrity. Teachers were trained to fluent levels on verbally stating the component steps of DTT and were then observed during probe sessions to evaluate percentage of steps implemented correctly. The probes indicate an initial improvement, but decreases over time that are consistent with results on other passive in-service trainings. Teachers then took part in a single session of Modeling, Role-Play, and Feedback. Results suggest that while fluency training had an impact on participants verbal performance on discrete trial information, and affected overt performance during subsequent probes, the effects were small and transient. Performance improved only after training on the components of BST and additional training had been completed in-situ.

 

Increasing Academic Performance Using Behavioral Momentum

MARK T. HARVEY (Florida Institute of Technology), Shantel Pugliese (Florida Institute of Technology), Leny D. Velasquez Velasquez (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

This project assessed the use of behavioral momentum on the latency and accuracy of math problems. Behavioral momentum involved the sequencing of high probability tasks (e.g., two single digit math problems) before a student was presented with a low probability behavior (e.g., triple digit math problem). Assessment modules (3 to 5 sessions each) were used to assess baseline measures: (1) ten 3+3 digit math problems, and (2) twenty 1+1 digit math problems. Following assessment, students were given a 30 problem math test with 3 + 3 digit math problems embedded with a sequence of 1 + 1 digit math problems. Latency to each keystroke, duration of problem completion, and accuracy of each problem was monitored and analyzed. The use of behavioral momentum resulted in a decrease in latency in the completion of triple-digit addition problems with a concurrent increase in accuracy of triple-digit addition problems.

 
Optimizing Online Instruction With Time-Out Contingencies
ERICK M. DUBUQUE (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Online learning has become a pervasive mode of instruction within higher education over the last decade. This change in instructional format represents a significant shift from traditional classroom interactions resulting in learning opportunities for students and instructors that are difficult to replicate in traditional classrooms (e.g., individualized instruction, immediate feedback for all students, etc.). In addition to these advantages, online learning also presents instructors with new challenges. One of these challenges is preventing access to competing activities that vie for student attention during an online lesson. To address this issue, we investigated the impact of an interactive time-out condition during online instruction. We hypothesize that instituting an interactive time-out condition should help prevent students from escaping an aversive online lesson by requiring them to spend more time in the instructional context when they respond in ways that indicate they are not attending to the material being presented. In other words, this intervention should help an instructor establish the rule that students will be able to escape from aversive instruction more quickly when they attend to instructional material as opposed to when they do not.
 
 
Panel #71
Mission Possible!: Achieving Personal and Professional Goals in Academic and Private Sectors Settings Using ABA Tactics
Saturday, May 26, 2012
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
202 (TCC)
Area: PRA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sean Field (Western Michigan University)
RUTH M. DEBAR (Caldwell College)
JESSICA E. FRIEDER (Western Michigan University)
BARBARA METZGER (Behavioral Innovations, Inc.)
ALISON L. MOORS (Academy for Precision Learning)
Abstract:

Meeting professional and personal goals can often seem like an insurmountable challenge. The increasing need for professionals in the field of behavior analysis to conduct research, teach, train, and provide service delivery presents new challenges for individuals pursuing careers in the field; there is never enough time to get everything done. With the incredible demand and workload that is often faced by professionals in academic as well as private settings, activities such as planning ahead, creating monitoring systems, and achieving personal and professional goals may not seem like a priority in the face of everyday, more immediate contingencies. The science of behavior analysis offers tools to help establish, manage, and promote self-management. This panel includes both faculty members and individuals working in the private sector who have employed behavior analytic strategies to help balance and achieve their professional as well as personal goals. They will share their experience, recent goals, and procedures for attaining these goals. The panel discussion will conclude with an open discussion with audience participants on creating an environment that promotes both professional and personal well-being.

 
 
Panel #72
CE Offered: BACB
ABAI Practice Board: Practitioner Resources for Identifying Evidence Based Practices in Autism Treatment
Saturday, May 26, 2012
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
204 (TCC)
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Robert K. Ross, Ed.D.
Chair: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College)
ROBERT K. ROSS (BEACON Services)
EILEEN GAMBRILL (University of California, Berkeley)
MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College)
JOHN M. GUERCIO (AWS)
Abstract: The number of individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) has increased dramatically over the past two decades, and the need to provide treatment to these individuals has given rise to wide range of treatment options available to consumers. Unfortunately for consumers, many of the popular ASD treatments lack a solid empirical basis of support. A number of states and organizations have attempted to provide guidance with respect to the evidence base of autism treatments (New York, Maine, NRC, NAC, CDC, etc.). The guidelines developed by these organizations while helpful, are not meant to be practice recommendations for behavior analysts. The ABAI Practice Board is beginning a process designed to evaluate interventions in autism for their consistency with behavior analytic practices as well as their evidence basis. It is hoped that this process will lead to clarity of what constitutes practices that fall within and without the applied and ethical practice of behavior analysis. The panel will outline this proposed process and discuss some of the challenges inherent in this endeavor. The panel will engage in a dialog with the audience to help shape this process. Those interested in participation in the process are highly encouraged to attend.
 
 
Panel #73
Professional Development Series: Ripples to Waves: Fighting the Tide of Mentalism as Behavior Analysis Rises Into New Fields
Saturday, May 26, 2012
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
610 (Convention Center)
Area: TPC/PRA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Chelsea L. Skinner (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University)
JANET ELLIS (University of North Texas)
JENNIFER KLAPATCH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
DAVID WAYNE SCHAAL (Accuray Incorporated)
Abstract:

While many behavior analysts consider mentalism a taboo way of explaining behavior, many other behavioral professionals and students may stop the progress of their concern on the subject there. But mentalism is more than just a nonbehavior-analytic way of speaking it can also act as an obstacle to applying basic behavioral principles to areas of human behavior that are significant; not only for the individual, but also for society. Behavior-environment interactions work both ways, though. Mentalism may slow the progress of expanding the application of behavioral concepts and principles into new areas of study, but successful research and applications based on the principles of behavior analysis might, in turn, change the way people speak and think about the causes of behavior. Panelists will discuss their experiences within less mainstream, still developing areas of behavior analysis and how mentalism has affected, and been affected by, behavior-analytic practice and research in these areas.

Keyword(s): Expanding ABA, Mentalism
 
 
Symposium #74
Reflexions on Perception: Three Naturalistic Approaches
Saturday, May 26, 2012
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
605 (Convention Center)
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Maria Isabel Munoz Blanco (University of Nevada)
Discussant: Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Perception is perhaps one of the most eluded topics in our science do its subtlety. In psychology, very few explanations have been provided where no internal processes are used; making perception an impossible subject of study from a naturalistic point of view. Nevertheless, perception seems to occur prior any organismic interaction with the environment, and it seems paradoxical that the study of this behavior has been avoided on our field. Some authors have theorized on how perception can be the subject matter of a naturalistic science without violating its basic principles. In this symposium three different perspectives will be presented based on the theories developed by Dewey, Gibson and Kantor, hoping to bring the importance of the study of this behavior to the table. It would be examined how although perception is subtle, it does not make it internal or inaccessible for empirical research, moreover it would be suggested how empirical research can be performed and interpreted from these three angles.

Keyword(s): Dewey, Gibson, Kantor, Perception
 

Why We Shouldn't Get Rid of Perception: A Deweyan Argument

ANDRES H. GARCIA-PENAGOS (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

In 1930, psychologist, philosopher and educator John Dewey wrote a relatively unknown chapter entitled Conduct and Experience where he purported to revise the meaning of both concepts as central to what at his time were the two main psychologies, behaviorism and introspectionism. In his revision he proposed a sort of middle ground by emphasizing that sensation, memory, and perception could be better understood as modes of behavior, in a manner not unlike that used by Skinner some decades later, and even closer to that of more recent molar approaches to the study of behavior. Despite these attempts at reconciliation, current psychologies including -behavior analysis- can still be seen as perpetuating this dichotomous separation of the subject matter of psychology. This presentation will introduce the main arguments developed by Dewey, and analyze them in the light of recent perspectives on the relation between perception and action, so as to argue about the importance of understanding perception to obtain a more complete picture of behavior, in wholly empirical, non-mentalistic terms.

 

Perception, Attention and Substitution

MARIA ISABEL MUNOZ BLANCO (University of Nevada), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

The study of perception has been controversial in the history of science (Kantor, 1966, 1969). It is a subtle phenomenon that has encouraged philosophers and psychologists to create different theories to explain it. J. R. Kantor makes an analysis of perception and attention from a naturalistic perspective, where stimuli and stimulus functions become fundamental to its understanding. The present work aims to provide an introduction to attentional and perceptual systems from a Kantorian perspective, and to examine how substitution of functions may be considered at a perceptual level. This review of perceptual substitution aims to open the discussion about non-linguistic perceptual substitution of words. Words are commonly used in the study of verbal and other complex human behaviors but little has been said about their perceptual functions that may be hindering the development of certain relations, not considered by the experimenter. Finally, it is suggested how the understanding of perceptual functions and substitution would allow us to orient to the study of subtle behaviors such as slips of the tongue, reminiscing, etc. from a naturalistic perspective.

 

Affordance Perception: A Comparative Analysis

FELIPE CABRERA (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Abstract:

The organism-environment relationship is a fundamental unit of analysis for any behavioral description in psychology. Such a relationship has been described as reciprocal by the ecological approach to perception (Gibson, 1979), and entailed the concept of affordance; that is, what the environment provides as a reliable support for a particular behavior to an organism. Although compatible with a behaviorist viewpoint, affordance perception has not been considered into the analysis of behavior domain. This presentation proposes a comparative analysis of affordance perception employing the intrinsic metric analysis (Warren, 1984) in order to facilitate generalization between the experimental analyses of behaviors findings and the perception-action approach. Our results and discussion suggested that the concept of affordance perception is valuable to account for the operant-level performance in typical operant procedures.

 
 
Paper Session #75
Selected Topics Addressing Children With Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 26, 2012
4:00 PM–4:20 PM
LL04 (TCC)
Area: DDA
Chair: Laura R. Butler (Behavioral Support Parnership)
 

Using ABA to Teach Water Safety and Beginning Through Advanced Swim Skills to Children With Disabilities

Domain: Service Delivery
LAURA BUTLER (Behavioral Support Partnership), Amy Wilson (Behavioral Support Partnership)
 
Abstract:

There is very little research on the use of applied behavior analysis (ABA)to teach children with disabilities how to swim. To date, the current research in this area is almost3 decades old. Following an initial swim assessment,6 children with various disabilities and various swimming experiences were enrolled in a swim program that utilized the American Red Cross curriculum. Swim skills were taught using ABA strategies. At baseline, clients demonstrated a range of between2 to 11 different skills. Following 10 swim lessons, the clients demonstrated a range of between5 to 29 different skills. These results suggest that teaching swim lessons using ABA strategies may be a quick and efficient method of teaching children with various disabilities how to swim.

 
 
 
Panel #76
CE Offered: BACB
International Service Delivery in Autism: Increasing Effectiveness
Saturday, May 26, 2012
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
302 (TCC)
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Patricia I. Wright, Ph.D.
Chair: Patricia I. Wright (Easter Seals)
MOLLY OLA PINNEY (Global Autism Project)
EMILY ALEXANDRA WINEBRENNER (Global Autism Project)
SUSAN AINSLEIGH (Dar Al Hekma College)
Abstract:

The high prevalence rate of autism and need for service delivery is reported from many developing countries (Grinker 2007; Wong & Hui, 2007). Effective treatment methodologies are primarily published in English and autism professionals are trained predominately in North America. There are many North American professionals traveling to developing countries to promote effective interventions and influence the field of autism service delivery. Application of evidence-based practices within diverse cultures, language/translation barriers and maintenance of skills and behaviors with itinerant models of consultation are just a few of the considerations that professionals must consider when working in cultures outside of their own. The panelists for this presentation have been providing itinerant consultation in Asia, Africa, Latin America, and the Middle East for several years. The panelists will share lessons learned and protocols for increasing effectiveness when providing itinerant consultation in developing countries. Practical considerations of international work will be described. The audience will be invited to engage in discourse to promote increased access to quality intervention for those living with autism, regardless of geography.

Keyword(s): autism, international
 
 
Paper Session #77
Decision Making in Applied Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 26, 2012
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
602 (Convention Center)
Area: CSE
Chair: Kim Meyer (Centre of Excellence for Behaviour Support)
 

CANCELED: Ethical Decision Making Within Applied Behavior Analysis

Domain: Theory
DAVID J. COX (STE Consultants)
 
Abstract:

Currently, the BACB provides a list of 12 items pertaining to ethics that practitioners ought to be aware of and demonstrate competency within in order to attain certification as a BCBA or BCaBA. As a result, many educational programs offer education and training on the items represented on the BACB Task List without providing an overarching functional process that guides practitioners through clinical ethical decision making once they are in the field. Efficient processes for clinical ethical decision making have a robust history in many other health care fields and offer well-laid out processes for efficiently making effective ethical decisions. An overview of processes for clinical ethical decision making from a variety of health care fields will be outlined and compared to the present literature on clinical ethical decision making in the field of applied behavior analysis. A working model for making ethical decisions within the ABA clinical realm will be offered as well as discussion of how educational programs can better teach such a process as we move into the future of education within the field of applied behavior analysis.

 

Constructional Approaches to Social Problems: Could Israel Goldiamond Predict the Future?

Domain: Service Delivery
KIM MEYER (Centre of Excellence for Behaviour Support), John Wooderson (Centre of Excellence for Behaviour Support)
 
Abstract:

In 1974 Israel Goldiamond published a seminal work on constructional approaches to social problems, outlining a therapeutic process to help individuals achieve their goals. When reviewing his constructional approach, it now appears that Goldiamond was not only a great behavior analyst but also a clairvoyant! His constructional approach is clearly is a forefather of both positive behavior support, designed to facilitate better lives for individuals with an intellectual disability who exhibit challenging behavior, and psychiatric rehabilitation which has been developed to help individuals diagnosed with severe and persistent mental illnesses have better lives. Each of these models, a constructional approach, positive behavior support, and psychiatric rehabilitation, is described and similarities and differences are discussed. For example, all three models have a number of similar strategies, including client developed goals, a focus on achieving those goals rather than removing symptoms/problems, and an emphasis on using clients strengths as a building block for success. One significant difference is that only the constructional approach and positive behavior support consider the function of the problem behavior.

 
 
 
Paper Session #78
Applications of Functional Analysis Methodology
Saturday, May 26, 2012
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
LL05 (TCC)
Area: DDA
Chair: Amanda Zangrillo (University of Southern Maine)
 
Further Analysis of the Correspondence Between Results of Brief Functional and Extended Functional Analyses
Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA ZANGRILLO (University of Southern Maine), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Natalie A. Parks (Marcus Autism Center), Andrea R. Reavis (Marcus Autism Center)
 
Abstract: Kahng and Iwata (1999) compared the outcomes of functional analyses (FAs Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman, 1982/1994) to those produced by brief functional analyses (BFA; Northup et al., 1991). In their study, a BFA was constructed from the first session of each condition from a lengthier FA that consisted of several sessions from each condition. Results indicated that outcomes of the constructed BFA matched those of the original FA for 66.0% of the cases. However, the constructed BFA differed in several ways from the type of BFA typically conducted in clinical settings. For example, the order of conditions in a BFA is typically not randomized (Wacker et al., 2004), as was the case in the constructed FA, and caregivers frequently serve as therapists in a BFA (Cooper et al., 1992). In the current analysis, researchers compared the outcomes of separate BFAs conducted in an outpatient clinic to extended FAs conducted with the same participants in an intensive day-treatment program. Fifteen individuals with developmental disabilities participated. Preliminary data analysis shows that results of the BFA and FA matched for the vast majority of participants.
 
Analysis of a Large-n Implementation of Demand Assessments in the Treatment of Severe Behavior
Domain: Applied Research
JOSLYN CYNKUS MINTZ (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Natalie A. Parks (Marcus Autism Center)
 
Abstract: Potential negative reinforcers are generally selected for inclusion in the test conditions in a function analysis based upon information obtained from indirect sources such as caregiver report. Recently, systematic demand assessments have been developed for this purpose (Call, Pabico, and Lomas, 2009; Roscoe et al., 2009). In the study by Call et al., the aversiveness of a task was measured by the latency to the first instance of problem behavior following presentation of various demands. However, that study only presented data from two participants who each displayed different patterns of responding: either all demands or only a few evoked problem behavior. These results raise the question as to whether such patterns of responding are common during such demand assessments, and how these patterns may inform clinical practice. The purpose of the current study was to examine patterns of responding during 57 demand assessments as described by Call et al. Results show that the assessment was able to create a hierarchy of aversiveness for each participant, but results for individual participants varied with respect to the amount of skew in that hierarchy. Discussion will focus on the utilization of the results of this demand assessment methodology for clinical practice.
 
 
 
Special Event #79
SQAB Tutorial: Pavlovian Conditioning: It Is Not About the CR But About Modification of a Biobehavioral System
Saturday, May 26, 2012
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
608 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Doug Williams (University of Winnipeg)
Presenting Authors: : MICHAEL DOMJAN (University of Texas)
Abstract:

The paradigm example of Pavlovian conditioning is a dog salivating to a cue that occurs before the delivery of meat powder. Because conditioned salivation (the conditioned response or CR) reflects an association of the cue and the meat powder, Pavlovian conditioning became a favorite method of scientists whose primary interest was to elucidate the mechanisms of association learning. I will argue that this focus on a target conditioned response or respondent misses the broader biological significance of Pavlovian conditioning, which is to enable organisms to interact more effectively with significant biological events or unconditioned stimuli (USs). The broader perspective suggests that Pavlovian conditioning produces a wide range of behavioral and physiological adjustments that enable the organism not only to better prepare for the impending occurrence of the unconditioned stimulus but to also deal with the US more effectively at both the behavioral and physiological level. Thus, Pavlovian conditioning produces a reorganization of the biobehavioral system that is activated by the US. This broader perspective will be illustrated with examples from appetitive, aversive, and sexual conditioning.

 
MICHAEL DOMJAN (University of Texas)
Michael Domjan is Professor of Psychology at the University of Texas at Austin, where he has been teaching  since 1973. He was introduced to applied behavioral analysis at the Behavior Science Institute at Western Michigan University, before going on to obtain a Ph.D. in Biopsycholgy at McMaster University. At McMaster he worked with Shepard Siegel, who encouraged him to think more broadly about issues related to Pavlovian conditioning. Since then, Domjan has become noted for his functional approach to Pavlovian conditioning, which he has pursued in studies of sexual conditioning and taste aversion learning. He served as Editor of the Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes and was recipient of the G. Stanley Hall Award from the American Psychological Association and a MERIT Award from the National Institutes of Mental Health. At the University of Texas, he was Chair of the Psychology Department from 1999 to 2005, and was the founding Director of the University’s Imaging Research Center from 2005-2008. Domjan is a past President of the Pavlovian Society of North America and also served as President of the Division of Behavioral Neuroscience and Comparative Psychology of the American Psychological Association. His textbook, Principles of Learning and Behavior, is now in its 6th edition and has been widely used for the past 30 years in the United States, Canada, and various countries in Europe and South America.
Keyword(s): Pavlovian conditioning
 
 
Panel #80
Professional Development Series: Attaining Success in Organizational Behavior Management: Expert Advice From Prominent Figures in the Field
Saturday, May 26, 2012
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
604 (Convention Center)
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Amy Katherine Loukus (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
TIMOTHY D. LUDWIG (Appalachian State University)
NICOLE E. GRAVINA (Reaching Results)
RYAN B. OLSON (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract:

The best advice for those undertaking any adventure comes straight from the mouth of those with first-hand experience. A panel of leaders in organizational behavior management (OBM) research and consultation will discuss their personal accounts of becoming successful and maintaining status as an expert in the field. Each will provide advice for those with goals of expanding the applicable domains of behavior analysis utilized in their personal and professional lives. Limitations in application, and potential career paths in OBM will be also be discussed to provide students and interested others the insight on relevant goals and objectives deemed most important by those who utilize the methods successfully in their careers today. This event is organized on behalf of the ABAI Student Committee as part of the Professional Development Series to increase student participation in ABAI and enhance personal knowledge and professional growth.

Keyword(s): advice, consultation, successful
 
 
Paper Session #81
Examining Controlling Variables for Verbal Behavior: Implications for Language Interventions
Saturday, May 26, 2012
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
101 (TCC)
Area: VBC
Chair: Dean Smith (UK Young Autism Project)
 

Antecedent Control in Intraverbal Behavior: An Analysis and Implications for Teaching

Domain: Theory
DEAN SMITH (UK Young Autism Project), Svein Eikeseth (Akershus University College)
 
Abstract:

A common characteristic of the language deficit of children with autism (or other developmental disorders) is their failure to acquire a complex intraverbal repertoire. These children may learn a number of mand, tact, and listener skills, and some simple intraverbal responses, but fail to acquire more complex intraverbal relations. The difficulties with learning intraverbal behaviors may, in part, be related to the fact that the stimulus control for such behaviors is highly complex. The purpose of this paper is to provide an analysis of the type of antecedent control involved in the type of intraverbal behaviors typically taught to individuals with language delays. We will discuss3 types of antecedent control; discriminated operants, compound stimuli and conditional discriminations. Moreover, we will suggest a teaching curriculum that is specifically designed to establish these types of stimulus control. This teaching curriculum targets both speaker and listener skills, and is designed to establish the necessary prerequisites for the learning of complex intraverbal behaviors.

 
Verbal Behavior: Implications for Teaching Language to Children Exhibiting Immediate Echolalia
Domain: Theory
MICHAEL VOLTAIRE (Nova Southeastern University)
 
Abstract: This paper will review Skinner’s conceptual framework delineated in his book Verbal Behavior and will review some of the many studies that have investigated mand training in persons with communication deficits as a result of a developmental disability. Typically developing children exhibit echolalia that is considered a phase of normal development in which they attempt to process language. The persistence of echolalia after toddlerhood, however, is considered atypical and interferes with functional communication. While skinner has posited the functional independence of verbal operants (e.g., echoic, tact, mand, etc.), many studies have demonstrated that specific training may result in vocal responses occurring across a variety of situations/contexts. The question of whether echoic responding in children exhibiting immediate echolalia can be expressed as mands when the relevant motivating variables are present has not been investigated. This paper will explore the possibility of investigating such proposition, based on Skinner’s conceptual analysis of verbal behavior.
 
 
 
Poster Session #82
AAB Poster Session 1
Saturday, May 26, 2012
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center)
1. Maintaining Oral Syringe Training With Captive Animals
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
EMILIE J. ANDERSON (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Husbandry procedures with captive animals are important for their daily management, health, and welfare. While most husbandry training involves positive reinforcement, some husbandry procedures occasionally result in aversive consequences. For example, oral syringe acceptance must commonly be retrained after dosing with medication. However, it is unclear whether such dosing is punishing due to flavor novelty or the animals flavor preferences. The present study assessed the effect of novel and non-preferred flavors on oral syringe acceptance in four captive animals: two ring-tailed lemurs (Lemur catta) and two capybara (Hydrochoerus hydrochaeris). A free operant (capybara) or paired-choice (ring-tailed lemurs) preference assessment was conducted to identify approached (preferred) and avoided (non-preferred) liquids for each animal. An ABACD multiple baseline across participants design was used. Following a stable baseline of syringe acceptance with one preferred liquid (A) a preferred but untrained liquid was substituted to test for the effect of novelty (B). Baseline conditions were reinstated (A) and then a non-preferred untrained liquid was substituted to test for the effect of an aversive consequence (C). Procedures to address either novelty or aversion were implemented (D). This research may improve oral syringe training with captive animals by suggesting procedures for enhancing response maintenance. Results pending.

 
2. Effects of Indirectly Increasing Rates of Reinforcement on the Acquisition, Extinction, and Reacquisition of Behavior in Dogs
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA COULTER (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

It is well known that high rates of reinforcement are important for learning new behaviors. One way to achieve this is to use a direct method of increasing reinforcement; shaping. However, at some point the behavior has been divided into so many approximations that it cannot be divided any further. Are there other methods of achieving higher rates of reinforcement? In what ways do indirect reinforcers improve learning and the strength of the response? In the first phase of this experiment, two equally difficult novel behaviors were trained. Using a multiple-element design, one behavior was trained following the usual shaping schedule and the other was trained similarly but an easy behavior was interspersed during shaping to further increase the rate of reinforcement. In the second phase of this study, extinction was implemented to analyze the strength and variability of behavior produced from of each method of reinforcement. Finally, the conditions for each behavior were switched. The subjects of the experiment were an 11-year-old female dog and a 1-year-old male dog. The acquisition data for the first subject show little difference between the two methods of reinforcement. Data for the extinction phase and the reacquisition phase are pending.

 
3. Promoting Generalization Across Trainers Through Teaching Sufficient Exemplars
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
KATHLEEN ROSSI (University of North Texas), Jeffrey Gesick (University of North Texas), Laura Coulter (University of North Texas), Matthew A. Davison (University of North Texas), Robin Lynn Beasley (University of North Texas), Holly Kowalchuk (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

The present study is a follow-up on a previous study that showed that multiple exemplar training produced partial generalization across trainers. The behavior only generalized to different trainers that had already taught two or more behaviors, but did not generalize to familiar people that had not conducted any training with the participant. This suggests that past training experiences are relevant variables for generalization across trainers. The current study examines that possibility. Two Labrador retrievers (1 year old and 5 years old) are the subjects of the current study. Baseline probes were conducted to verify that generalization still did not occur with the previously trained behaviors. The intervention consisted of the training a new behavior by trainers with a history of non-generalization. After the new behaviors were trained, probes were performed with all trainers across all behaviors. These probes test for generalization of the newly acquired behaviors in the presence of trainers that did not train that behavior, but with history of training other behaviors. Further probes tested the previously ungeneralized behaviors for generalization after training a different behavior. Baseline data show that the previously acquired behaviors did not generalize to the new trainers. The remaining results are pending.

 
4. The Impact of Behavioral Characteristics on Dog Adoptions: A Survey of Potential Adopters
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
VERONICA J. HOWARD (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: While research has identified factors that place dogs at risk for relinquishment to animal shelters (e.g., Diesel, Brodbelt & Pfeiffer, 2010) as well as characteristics associated with successful adoption (e.g., Posage, Bartlett, & Thomas, 1998), the extent to which a dog’s behavioral characteristics influence adoption decisions has only begun to be explored (Wright et al., 2007). The current survey aims to identify behavioral characteristics that influence the ratings of potential adopters. We surveyed visitors to a large Midwestern humane society and asked them to complete a 40-item questionnaire. Respondents rated the importance of eight dog traits in making an adoption decision and were asked to indicate the degree to which specific behavioral characteristics influenced the likelihood of dog adoption. While respondents indicated “personality”/ “temperament” was the most important trait in making an adoption decision, a number of specific, trainable behaviors were rated as increasing the likelihood of adoption. These findings have implications for the allocation of resources in a dog shelter. For example, shelter staff and volunteers might prioritize training particular skills in order to increase potential adoptability. Future research should assess the degree to which these ratings correlate with actual adoption decisions.
 
5. Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior to Reduce Biting and Chewing of Horses
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
Adam E. Fox (West Virginia University), SHANA R. BAILEY (West Virginia University), Ezra Garth Hall (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Biting and chewing by horses on crossties can result in injury to the handler and damage to equipment. The classical and operant conditioning techniques most commonly used to eliminate undesirable behaviors in horses involve aversive stimulation. These techniques are often effective in reducing target behaviors, but may result in undesirable, and sometimes dangerous, avoidance behaviors. Operant-conditioning techniques that involve positive reinforcement have been used to effectively train behaviors in horses (e.g., trailer loading). Positive-reinforcement techniques may also be effective in reducing horses biting and chewing when on crossties. Presently, positive reinforcement was delivered according to a differential-reinforcement-of-other-behavior (DRO) schedule, in the context of a reversal design, to effectively reduce biting and chewing in two horses. Initial DRO intervals were 20 s and 30 s for the two horses and were successfully increased to 94 s for both horses. Based on the present findings, positive-reinforcement techniques can be effective in reducing undesirable behaviors in horses. Relative to aversive-stimulation techniques, positive-reinforcement techniques may have the added benefit of being less likely to result in potentially dangerous avoidance behaviors in horses; thus likely improving horse welfare and trainer safety.

 
6. Response Acquisition by Dogs Using a Signaled 10-s Delay to Reinforcement
Area: AAB; Domain: Basic Research
LINDSAY PARENTI (Pet Behavior Change, LLC), Megan E. Maxwell (Pet Behavior Change, LLC)
Abstract:

Although reinforcement often is delivered after a delay in naturalistic situations with pet dogs, little research has been conducted on the ability of dogs to acquire new responses under delayed reinforcement conditions. In this study, the nose-poking response of six dogs (Canis familiaris) was exposed to a contingency in which reinforcement was available after a 10-s signaled non-resetting delay following each touch of the subjects nose to a small buoy. Once established, nose-poking was then exposed to extinction. All subjects acquired the response, and rates averaged between 3 and 10 responses per minute across subjects. One subject required prompting in order to contact the contingency. Two subjects began destroying the operandum in extinction, necessitating that one subject be dropped from participation. Difficulties in using this particular operant under these conditions will be addressed. Procedural difficulties notwithstanding, these results suggest that dogs can acquire new responses under 10-s signaled reinforcement delays.

 
7. Individual Differences in the Acquisition of Schedule-induced Polydipsia
Area: AAB; Domain: Basic Research
ZINA A. ELURI (Eastern Michigan University), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Polydipsia is an important clinical issue in that it has been used as an appropriate means of understanding the etiology of compulsive behavior. Polydipsia is the excessive drinking that occurs when an organism is exposed to food delivered on a fixed-time schedule, resulting in consuming three to four times of their daily water intake. This study has examined the rate with which three experimentally nave Sprague-Dawley rats, reduced to 85% of their free-feeding weight, acquired polydipsia. All experimental sessions were conducted in standard operant chambers. Food pellets were delivered into a food cup by mechanical food dispensers. A clicking sound was made when each pellet was delivered, thereby, providing rats with an immediate signal that food will be available. The rats had unlimited access to water through an electrical contact drinkometer. Drinkometers were used to measure the duration, frequency, probability, and post-food latency of drinking tube contacts. The results indicate individual differences in timing, the overall amount of water consumed, and frequency of drinking tube contacts. Given that only three rats were used, the results of this project should be reviewed with caution. This study should be replicated with more subjects to assess the generalizability of these results.

 
8. Reducing Undesirable Behavior in a Large Breed Dog Using Stimulus Control
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
MATTHEW A. DAVISON (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Many dogs have irritating behaviors that their owners attribute to the dogs personality. However, for larger dogs, these annoying behaviors can pose a real problem when the dog grows up. Puppies jumping up on their owners can be cute, but a 120 lb Rottweiler is a different story. Puppies mouthing hands can be a nuisance. American bulldogs biting hands can be dangerous. This experiment investigates the use of a stimulus control technique to reduce undesirable behaviors using a multiple-baseline design across behaviors. The subjects were two large breed dogs that displayed undesirable and potentially dangerous behavior. During baseline the experimenter approached the dogs as the owners and visitors would and recorded the occurrence of target behaviors. The intervention consisted of reinforcing the target behavior in the presence of a cue, ignoring the target behavior in the absence of the cue, reinforcing incompatible behavior in the absence of the cue, ignoring incompatible behavior in the presence of the cue. Data was analyzed using Green and Swets (1966) signal-detection theory. The results show that this intervention was sufficient to eliminate the behavior. Generalization data is pending. Stimulus control of behavior seems a viable way to reduce behavior without punishment.

 
9. Teaching Patagonian Cavies to Like People Using CAT
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
MARY ELIZABETH HUNTER (University of North Texas), Kathleen Dignan (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

When captive animals are fearful of people, routine husbandry or medical procedures are stressful for the animals and training for these procedures is difficult. These activities also have a high potential for injury for animals or staff. This study extends the generality of the Constructional Aggression Treatment procedure (Snider 2007), which is based on the assumption that fearful and aggressive behaviors are maintained because they increase distance between the subject and threat. This study uses CAT in a situation where animals are loose in a large enclosure and when two animals must be worked with together. The subjects are two Patagonian cavies (Dolichotis patagonum) who are extremely wary of people. Baseline observations of behavior were taken when keepers entered the enclosure. Intervention consists of shaping and differential reinforcement to replace fearful behaviors with alternative relaxed behavior, using distance as a reinforcer. During trials, a person approaches until one cavy alerts or freezes and retreats when both animals return to normal behavior. Proximity was increased once criteria were met at the previous step. The aim of the study is to shape the cavies to approach trainers and to increase relaxed interactions between the cavies and people. (further results pending)

 
10. Bringing Behavior Analysis to Horse Training
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA VALENCIA (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Although there has been some applied animal behavior training and research with horses (e.g., Ferguson & Rosales-Ruiz, 2001), compared to other species (e.g., dogs) literature on evidence-based horse training is limited. The science of behavior has taught us much about how the use of procedures such as reinforcement and shaping can be effective methods to teach new behavior. However, professional horse trainers (i.e., equestrians) often acquire their knowledge through an apprenticeship model where many myths about horse behavior, and punishment-based teaching methods, are passed to a new generation of horse trainers. Much of this knowledge therefore lacks a clear basis in the science of behavior. Due to the fact that aversive methods can be highly ingrained in the repertoires of many professional horse trainers, strong evidence is needed to make a large-scale transition from punitive to reinforcer-based training methods. The purpose of this presentation is to share several assessment and intervention procedures we implemented at Bennett Farms at the Los Angeles Equestrian Center using 6 horses. I will show, through data we gathered, the progress we made in teaching professional horse trainers to apply the principles of behavior to horse training.
 
11. The Applied Animal Behavior Analysis Practicum at Western Michigan University
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery
STACY D. ENGEBRETSON (Western Michigan University), Lori Barnes (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Developed by Jennifer Sobie and augmented by Lori Watson and Stacy Engebretson, the purpose of the applied animal behavior practicum is to allow psychology majors to have supervised, professional hands-on experience training dogs using humane and reward based behavior modification techniques. This training not only increases the animal's potential to be adopted but also provides dogs with an enriched kennel environment. The core of the practicum is hands-on work with shelter dogs to teach basic behaviors, resolve common behavioral problems or to maintain favorable established behaviors. At the conclusion training sessions, data collection on each behavior and response acquisition are reported then charted. Each animal's record of progress throughout its training may be shared with staff or potential adopters. Weekly training course meetings and weekly on-site supervisor evaluations offer an analysis of the techniques being applied during training as well as a behavioral definition of these techniques. Finally, supplemental readings on training techniques are given to students on which they are tested. The students gain access to a professional setting in which they implement their skills while the partnering facility gains free animal training along with extra stimulation, affection, and exercise for each dog. Using behavior modification techniques, students have the ability to turn stray or unwanted dogs into adoptable pets.

 
 
 
Poster Session #83
AUT Poster session 1
Saturday, May 26, 2012
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center)
1. Autism Intervention in the Pediatric Hospital Setting: An Intensive Outpatient Program
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Tessa Vankirk (Children's Medical Center), CARRIE H. GREER (Children's Medical Center)
Abstract:

The Autism Intensive Outpatient Program (IOP) at Children's Medical Center provides a multidisciplinary treatment and support program for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders and their families. The IOP provides families with psychiatryand psychology oversight and consultation, therapeutic family support group with a licensed professional counselor, and individualized behavioral treatment in a peer setting. This individualized 15-week program is designed for young children and incorporates empirically-proven behavioral techniques, parent training, and care coordination. The program empowers parents to effectively guide and interact with their children, specifically focusing on motivation, reinforcement, shaping, and prompting in the areas of communication, attending, play skills, and managing behavior. As behavior analysts are now entering the more traditional medical arena, collaborative efforts are necessary and the importance of understanding the strengths of other sciences as related to the target population is imperative. The purpose of this project was to evaluate the efficacy of treatment provided in the parent training components of this initiative and the treatment outcomes for the patient.

 
2. Familiarity With Science Behind Autism Interventions? A Survey of Parents and Service Providers
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ALICE M. WALKUP (California Lutheran University)
Abstract:

Early intervention for Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) is a topic that has gained attention in politics, education, science, and the media. Earlier detection and treatment has led to an increase in demands for the provision of effective early intervention services. Many treatment approaches to ASD have emerged and a number of them have been shown to be effective in research settings with some children, while other methods lack evidence of effectiveness. Behavioral, developmental, model-based approaches, and structured strategies that address specific domains (i.e., language, social, play skills, etc.) have reported varying levels of success. Clinicians and researchers have expressed concern about the divide between evidence-based methods and the techniques that providers and parents choose to utilize. This study examined the accuracy of parents' and providers' knowledge of the existing research support for popular autism interventions. The results of the investigation demonstrate that neither the parent group nor the provider group correctly rated the efficacy of any of the treatments. The provider rankings were consistently more correct than the parent ratings. A notable trend was displayed by the parents' tendency to rank less-efficacious treatments more highly than the treatments with demonstrated efficacy.

 
3. Equivocal Findings from a Longitudinal Investigation of Person-Centered Planning
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHARLES STEVE HOLBURN (Institute for Basic Research), Christine Cea (Institute for Basic Research)
Abstract:

This poster summarizes the final report of the OPWDD/FAR Fund Collaboration, a person-centered planning (PCP) alliance representing state government, private foundation support, and seven voluntary service provider organizations in the New York City area. The project began in 2003 with three voluntary developmental services agencies and 30 individuals with autism who experienced PCP. After 3 years of assistance and a one-year hiatus, four more agencies and 35 more individuals with autism were added in 2007. The latter four agencies developed formal PCP goals. Two-hundred seventeen goals were established in 13 goal areas, and 143 goals, or 66%, were met. We used the Person-Centered Planning Quality of Life Indicators questionnaire to measure aspects of an individuals life that might be affected by PCP. In the five agencies that permitted comparisons to a contrast group, we found no difference in QOL for any of the five agencies. A number of organizational practices arose during the project to support PCP.

 
4. The Effects of Matching Sensory Profile Results to Functional Analysis and Preference Assessment for the Treatment of Aberrant Behaviors in Two Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Jennifer McCall (Gonzaga University), K. MARK DERBY (Gonzaga University), Thomas Ford McLaughlin (Gonzaga University)
Abstract:

This study investigated integrating functional analysis and sensory profile results into an intervention for aberrant behavior within two different sensory profile categories (i.e. sensory seeking and sensory avoiding). Our participants were a two-year-old boy with pervasive developmental disorder and a six-year-old boy with autism. This study attempted to extend the previous literature which supports the use of stimulus substitutability to relieve problem behaviors maintained by sensory reinforcement. We hoped to expand the selection of substitutable stimuli by combining sensory integrative therapies commonly used for treatment of children with sensory processing disorders and autism with functional analysis outcomes. Using the Sensory Profile, the two participants were assessed for sensory processing deficits and a treatment was matched to the results of a functional analysis. Treatment was implemented for both sensory seeking behaviors (Phase B) and sensory avoiding behaviors (Phase C). The study utilized an ABCBCB reversal design to evaluate the effectiveness of matching intervention to the participants sensory profile and functional analysis results. The results demonstrated that treatment, which matched functional analysis to a sensory profile, successfully decreased aberrant behavior.

 
5. A Review of a Successful Data Management System Conducted by Parents of a Child With Autism and Bipolar Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MAURA STACK-ODEN (ABA Services of the Front Range)
Abstract:

This poster reviews a successful data management system and accompanying behavior intervention plan that were implemented by parents. The data collection system consisted of a partial interval per activity mood rating system. The child's moods were operationally defined based upon observable behaviors that were associated with the following moods: (1) happy, (2) anxious, (3) threatening, and (4) unsafe. The parents rated each activity of the day by the highest mood. Goals for the child included increasing participation in family activities, increasing independence in homework completion and decrease of unsafe behaviors. Results indicate that parents were able to take accurate and consistent data, demonstrate mastery of targets by prescribed criteria and, in combination with training in deescalation and coaching techniques, reduce unsafe behavior. This program demonstrates a simplified manner of collecting data which was successful in achieving and demonstrating goals of the home program. Further studies include replication with additional families to demonstrate further effectiveness.

 
6. Just Say "No!" to Strangers: Teaching Abduction Prevention Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CORRINE KIRSCH (Developmental Behavioral Health, Inc.), Brian J. Feeney (Developmental Behavioral Health, Inc.), Julie Ann Shepard (Behavior and Learning Group), Stephanie K. Sabo (Behavior & Learning Group), Theresa Yakich (Behavior & Learning Group), Rebecca K. Arvans-Feeney (Developmental Behavioral Health, Inc.)
Abstract:

This study assessed the effectiveness of teaching abduction prevention skills to children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASDs). A multiple baseline design methodology was used to compare the effects of behavioral skills training (BST) plus in-situ training (IST) versus IST alone when presented with a lure by an abductor. Once a child in either condition demonstrated 100% accuracy of the target behavior across three consecutive in-situ assessments, their training was terminated. Follow-up maintenance probes were conducted at six and twelve weeks following intervention. This study attempted to extend previous findings of Miltenberger et al., (2009) and Gunby et al. (2010). Results will be important for identifying effective training procedures to decrease the risk of abduction for children with autism.

 
7. CANCELED: Using Bluetooth Technology to Increase Parent Adherence With Behavioral Strategies
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CAROLINE THOMPSON (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract:

Parent adherence with behavioral strategies is widely researched. Problems with adherence are often the result of a prior history of lack of success and the social stigma of managing behaviors in the community (Allan Warzak, 2000). Parent education has been shown to increase generalization and maintenance of treatment gains (Feldman, Case, Garrick, MacIntyre-Grande, Carnwell, & Sparks, 1992) so the implications of overcoming these challenges to adherence are significant. Research on the use of technology to facilitate independence in individuals with disabilities has been conducted by Satriale, Nepo, Genter, and Glickman (2010); however, little research has been conducted on the use of technology to promote parent independence with behavioral strategies and interventions. The present study presents the findings of the use of Bluetooth technology to increase parent adherence of behavioral strategies. A multiple baseline across settings design was used to evaluate whether (a) Bluetooth technology allowed instructors to fade their proximity to the parent; (b) Bluetooth technology was effective in increasing parent adherence with treatment recommendations; (c) generalization of parent teaching skills occurred from trained settings to novel settings; and (d) changes in parent's acquisition of skills were accompanied by decreases in child's maladaptive behaviors.

 
8. Teaching Social Skills in Child Care Centres to Preschoolers With ASD Using Peers
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CARMEN L. HALL (Fanshawe College), Kimberly Maich (Fanshawe College)
Abstract:

Using the Buddy Skills Program, this study implemented a peer-mediated social skills program in a child care center and junior kindergarten classroom. The peers were taught methods to interact with their peers with autism spectrum disorder, and adults prompted peers in using these skills in naturally occurring situations. Social interactions with peers and adults were measured for 3 children with ASD in both a classroom and child care center. Results demonstrated the greatest improvement in social skills in structured settings, with less improvement during free time. Educators also reported changes in various areas on a social skills questionnaire.

 
9. Cross-Cultural Collaboration: Creating Sustainable Services for People With Autism in Nairobi, Kenya
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
POOJA PANESAR (Kaizora Consultants), Molly Ola Pinney (Global Autism Project), Mary E. Brady (University of Massachusetts Boston), Emily Alexandra Winebrenner (Global Autism Project), Lincoln Z. Kamau (The Groden Center)
Abstract:

In many developing countries, individuals with autism and related disabilities are still often stigmatized (possessed, and/or black magic.) Because of limited knowledge of autism and effective treatments, unsubstantiated approaches often prevail. The importance of disseminating evidence-based treatments is intensifying as the number of autism diagnoses grows. Four organizations came together to increase sustainable evidence-based interventions in Kenya, and to develop a model useful in other countries. Global Autism Project, an International NGO with partners in Africa and Asia provided the initial consultation to Kaizora and conducted training that increased competencies. As the lead agency, it coordinates these collaborative efforts. Kaizora Consultants provides one-on-one ABA services for children with autism and other developmental disorders, and consults to families, caregivers and teachers/schools. The founder is invited to speak to schools, parent groups and disability-related organizations as an emerging leader within Kenya. UMassBoston provides BCBA-approved coursework to Kenya through a scholarship to Kaizoras Director to meet the BCBA training requirements. Collaborating with a Kenyan university will create a sustainable way for other Kenyans to achieve the BCBA certification. A BCBA is providing the required supervision leading towards certification of the first BCBA in Kenya, who will eventually provide supervision to others directly.

 
10. Learning "Emotion" in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Analysis by Equivalent Relations Between Emotion-Words and Facial Expression
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SOICHIRO MATSUDA (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University)
Abstract:

Children with autism are known to have difficulty in "reading other's minds." The basis of "reading other's mind" behavior contains equivalent relations among social stimuli, such as other's facial expressions, emotion-words, prosody, and contexts. We developed an integrated program for establishing equivalent relations among social stimuli and enhancing "reading other's mind," Face Expression Expert Program (FEEP) (Matsuda, Yamamoto, 2011). Based on FEEP framework, the present research examined the conceptualization of emotion-word (spoken name) and facial expression (picture), and the condition for forming equivalent relation in children with autism. In the training, we presented emotion-word (spoken name) and the corresponding facial expression (in vivo) as a paired sample stimuli. The participants were required to choose a picture of facial expression corresponding to a given sample stimuli. After the training, we evaluated both the conceptualization (arbitrary matching-to-sample) and the equivalent relations (naming facial expressions). The results showed that both the conceptualization and the equivalent relations emerged through the training.

 
11. Teaching the Self-Help Skill of Tying Shoes to a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NATALIE P. CROTEAU (Surrey Place Centre), Erica F. Franco (Brock University)
Abstract:

In previous generations it was imperative that children learn to tie their shoes before kindergarten. These days there is a wide variation in shoe design (i.e., velcro shoes, zip up shoes, slip on shoes, flip flops), making mastering the skill of shoe tying at a young age less important. The authors aim to teach an 11-year-old boy diagnosed with autism to tie his shoelaces. Methodologies taken from earlier studies (Matson, Taras, Sevin, Love & Fridley, 1990) with some adaptations will be used to teach the child to tie his laces in fewer sessions than those previously required (84 sessions). Treatment procedures will include a total task presentation consisting of modeling and imitation, the use of within-stimulus prompts, and reinforcement of each successive step within the chain. Training will consist of: (a) modeling and verbally describing the target behaviour of each step in the whole chain; (b) modeling each step in the chain while the child imitates each step; (c) the child instructed to tie his shoe independently.

 
12. A Case Study: Reduction of Rumination Following Behavioral Intervention
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MICHELE LAMPSON PERSEGHIN (Bluegrass Oakwood)
Abstract:

Rumination is the effortless regurgitation of food or drink. Christy, a 33-year-old female diagnosed with autism, 64 tall and weighing 86.8 lbs (BMI 14.2) was admitted to a crisis stabilization unit for the assessment and treatment of persistent vomiting and dehydration. Functional analysis suggested a socially mediated escape/avoidance function. Christy was taught to discriminate between 2 conditions: a yellow card was paired with Christys mands being reinforced (i.e., Christys Way), and a red card was paired with mands being denied but contingent delivery of flavor spray was provided for compliance with directives (i.e., Staffs Way). Timers and structured routine were used to help transition between conditions. Planned ignoring of rumination occurred across conditions. An interdisciplinary approach was used to develop a dining plan to further reduce the likelihood of rumination. Following treatment rates of regurgitation dropped nearly 81% from baseline. Christys weight increased to 129.8 lbs (BMI 22.1), and Christy was reintegrated back into the community.

 
13. Teaching Visual Discrimination in the Context of Functional Communication Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN ALISON PEPA (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Kyung Mo Nam (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Rachel Mislavsky (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Meghan Reilly (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Mariana Torres-Viso (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey)
Abstract:

Discrimination among visual stimuli is a common variable that interferes with the acquisition and use of visually-based communication systems (e.g., PECS). As response effort increases when arrays of visual stimuli become larger, acquisition of functional communication may be adversely affected. In the current investigation, a 10 year old boy was referred for the assessment and treatment of aggression and self-injury. The functional analysis revealed that problem behavior was maintained by restricted access to tangibles. The treatment package consisted of teaching a general access response (touching a please card) that resulted in access to a variety of reinforcers. Following the acquisition of the please response, the student was then taught to discriminate among three different types of preferred items: music, food, and toys. The intervention resulted in a 95.5% decrease in maladaptive behavior and maintained high levels of communication.

 
14. Examining the Effects of Parent Training in Component Skills Targeted During Parent-Child Interaction Therapy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KAITLIN BALKA (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Elizabeth Marchetto (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Heather K. Jennett (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Justin Boyd (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Parent-Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT; Eyberg & Robinson,1982) is an evidence-based treatment (EBT) for young children with disruptive behavior disorders (Zisser & Eyberg, 2008/2010). The effectiveness of PCIT has also been demonstrated with families of children with Autism, intellectual disabilities, and a range of clinically significant behavior problems (e.g., Bagner & Eyberg, 2007; McDiarmid & Bagner, 2005; Solomon, Ono, Timmer, & Goodlin-Jones, 2008). Following baseline toy play observations which yielded data demonstrating the absence of appropriate and positive parent initiated interactions and the presence of certain behaviors considered to be negative interactions, parent training sessions were conducted which targeted discrete behaviors modeled from those targeted in PCIT. Using a multiple baseline design across target skills, the following parent behaviors were targeted using role-play and in-vivo training: praise, behavior descriptions and reflections, imitations and reciprocal play, positive physical interaction, and planned ignoring of problem behavior. Results demonstrated the rapid acquisition of each skill and increases in skills correlated with decreases in negative interactions. This study demonstrated the utility of focused and programmatic parent training based upon discrete skills similar to those targeted during PCIT to increase appropriate and positive parent behaviors for a parent with a child with severe intellectual disabilities.

 
15. The Use of Overt Rules in the Evaluation of an Individualized Levels System
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
PAUL WIENECKE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Linh B. Ly (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Heather K. Jennett (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Research has shown that covert self-rules may play a role in the responding of some individuals with developmental disabilities (Faloon & Rehfeldt, 2008; Taylor & O’Reilly, 1997). Evaluating a treatment for these individuals may be challenging because the stimuli controlling his or her responding is unknown to the observer. One solution may be to bring responding under the control of overt rules. In the current study, the presence of overt rules and their impact on rates of problem behavior was evaluated with a 13 year-old male who was thought to have covert self-rules. The participant was diagnosed with Disruptive Behavior Disorder, NOS and Pervasive Development Disorder, NOS. A baseline phase with and without overt rules stating the contingencies for problem behavior was conducted. Treatment involved an Individualized Levels system using overt treatment rules. This treatment has been found to be effective in reducing inappropriate social behavior (Hagopian et al., 2002). In the baseline phase without rules, rates of problem behavior were variable and on a decreasing trend. In contrast, during the baseline phase with rules, high rates of problem behavior were observed. Upon the implementation of the levels system, low to zero rates of problem behaviors were observed.
 
16. Increasing the Amount and Complexity of Play in an Adolescent Diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder by Using Access to Motor Stereotypy as a Reinforcer
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CASEY J. CLAY (Utah State University), Jacqueline N. Potter (The New England Center for Children), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Matotopa Augustine (New England Center for Children), Meredith C. Phelps (ACES, Inc.)
Abstract:

In the present study, we replicated Hanley, Iwata, Thompson, and Lindberg (2000) treatment component analysis with an adolescent diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder, and extended this research by (a) conducting comparative analyses of differing ways to implement the contingent access to stereotypy, (b) by progressively increasing the quantitative and qualitative aspects of the response requirement to earn access to stereotypy in order to increase the developmental appropriateness of the resultant activity interaction (c) by arranging for objective measures of client preference for using stereotypy as reinforcement versus other relevant treatments for their automatically-reinforced stereotypy. It was demonstrated for this participant, that it is possible to use stereotypy as a reinforcer for more desirable, alternative behavior. Results of Hanley et al. (2000) were replicated by showing that the presence of activities, prompting by the therapist, restriction of the reinforcer while in session, and providing access to that reinforcer contingent on another behavior can be used as an effective treatment for automatically-maintained stereotypy. In addition, the results were extended with this participant by demonstrating that by implementing the treatment package an alternative behavior can be increased by amount and then shaped by complexity.

 
17. Some Further Effects of Noncontingent Music on Vocal Stereotypy: An Evaluation of Preference
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARC J. LANOVAZ (Universite de Montreal), Stéphanie Ferguson (Université de Montréal), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

Although noncontingent music has been shown to reduce engagement in vocal stereotypy, researchers have generally used parental reports of preference or arbitrarily-selected music to reduce engagement in the behavior. However, whether experimentally identified preferred music would be more or less effective than nonpreferred music at reducing vocal stereotypy remains unclear. To examine the effects of musical preference on engagement in vocal stereotypy, we used a multielement design to expose four children with autism spectrum disorders to preferred and nonpreferred music as identified by a stimulus preference assessment (see Horrocks & Higbee, 2008). The results suggest that preference may alter the effects of music on vocal stereotypy. For3 participants, preferred music produced stronger abative effects on vocal stereotypy than nonpreferred music whereas the converse was observed for1 participant. The clinical implications of the results will be discussed in terms of improving the use of noncontingent music in the treatment of vocal stereotypy in applied settings.

 
18. A Self-Management Procedure to Increase Compliance in Two Children With High-Functioning Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANGELIKA ANDERSON (Monash University), Chi Man Lui (Monash University), Dennis W. Moore (Monash University)
Abstract:

Noncompliance defined as an incorrect response or a failure to respond to a request is one of the most common problems reported by parents of children with autism spectrum disorder. The two currently dominant approaches to increase rates of compliance are the high-probability request sequences approach and Errorless Compliance Training. Both approaches are associated with problems with treatment fidelity and poor social acceptability. Alternative effective procedures to manage noncompliance and teach compliance are required. This study examined the effects of (i) effective instruction delivery and (ii) a self management intervention (self monitoring) on compliance. The two participants were seven and five-year-old boys both diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder, who exhibited low rates of compliance. A multiple baseline across settings design was used. Improvement rate difference analyses revealed medium effect sizes for effective instruction delivery with both participants and large effects for the self-management intervention, increasing compliance to a level that was not clinically significant in both training and generalization settings. Social validity was high and treatment integrity data indicated that the self-management intervention could be readily implemented by parents. Significant changes on pre- and post measures of parenting stress were observed.

 
19. Analyzing Functional Verbal Behavior of a Child With Autism in Home Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MASAAKI MIYATA (Meisei University), Koji Takeuchi (Meisei University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was indentify an activity that participant talked a lot, increase functional verbal behavior by using time-delay and model prompt procedure, and examine that frequency of verbal behavior was maintained without intervention. A participant was first grade boy with autism and moderately intellectual disabilities. He was able to talk a few words at one sentence. In the assessment sessions, we identified that he talked a lot during making his favorite dish in home setting. Therefore, following task analysis of cooking, we conducted time-delay and model prompt procedure as the intervention for each steps. As a result, percentage of interval that functional verbal behavior occurred was increased by intervention. The percentage of probe condition also showed higher level than baseline. We discussed that assessment of natural home setting was very important. Direct intervention in his home setting was effective to improve functional verbal behaviors in his everyday life situation.

 
20. Token Economies in a Social Setting: Effects on the Occurrence of Appropriate and Inappropriate Behaviors
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MICHELLE DALY (West Chester University of Pennsylvania), Kerilynn Cangi (West Chester University of Pennsylvania), Corinne M. Murphy (West Chester University), Cherie Ann Fishbaugh (Southeastern Pennsylvania Autism Resource Center)
Abstract: In a social or academic setting, students are expected to demonstrate social skills including maintaining personal space and complying with instructions. Children with autism display difficulties with these skills, accompanied by a myriad of inappropriate behaviors, including hitting and pinching. Research indicates token economies are effective interventions for decreasing inappropriate and increasing appropriate behaviors. Two children (ages 10 and 7, with autism) participated in a social skills group consisting of typical children, children with autism, and student volunteers. Throughout 14 one-hour sessions, staff implemented token economies contingent on demonstrating quiet hands (maintaining hands in current activity). Frequency data was collected on hitting and pinching behaviors. Duration data was collected on quiet hands. For Doug, the token economy was a differential reinforcement of incompatible behaviors: quiet hands tokens + no consequence was delivered for hitting (social function). Upon achieving 10 tokens, Doug received one minute of playtime. As a secondary reinforcer, Greg received a short break from the group to walk to the water fountain. Initial outcomes indicate an increase in the duration of quiet hands and a reduction in the frequency of hitting and pinching upon implementation of the token economy. Maintenance and generalization data will be reported as available.
 
21. An Evaluation of the Short and Long Term Impact of Integrity Errors on Student Performance
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH R. HYMAN (University of Kansas), Jason M. Hirst (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), Tanya Baynham (Kansas City Autism Training Center)
Abstract:

Research suggests that treatment integrity errors impact student acquisition. The purpose of the present study was to replicate and extend these findings by examining the impact of errors of commission (i.e., reinforcement for incorrect responses) on student acquisition of nonsense shapes both in the short and long term. We altered errors of commission during reinforcement procedures as part of discrete-trial training for two children with autism. Participants were instructed to point to shapes, each of which was associated with a different level of integrity (0%, 50%, and 100% commission errors) during the consequence manipulation condition. The conditions were intended to simulate situations during which teachers would make various amounts of errors during instruction. Next, errors of commission were removed and the long-term impact on acquisition was examined during the high integrity condition, in which we examined the degree to which previous instructional errors impacted acquisition when integrity errors were no longer committed. During baseline, participant performance was within chance levels and was not well differentiated. During consequence manipulation, one participant showed decrements in performance under the 100% errors condition, which replicates previous findings. In addition, he continued to show delayed acquisition when the errors were removed; he required 26 sessions to reach mastery criterion within the high integrity condition. The other participant's performance did not appear to be impacted by errors in instruction and reached mastery criterion within 6 sessions. These findings suggest idiosyncratic variables may moderate the impact of treatment integrity errors on student outcomes.

 
22. Effects of Making Interactive Games Available to Children With Pervasive Developmental Disorders During Unstructured Times
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ARIEL RAVID (Binghamton University), Stephanie Lockshin (Institute for Child Development, Binghamton University)
Abstract:

Pervasive social deficits are a defining characteristic of children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (American Psychiatric Association [APA], 2000). As such, children with an ASD are less likely to display pro-social behavior and more likely to display maladaptive behavior than typically developing children in social settings (Cohen& Sudhalter, 2005). Researchers have demonstrated that enriching a child's environment with structured group activities can increase the display of pro-social behavior (DeKlyen & Odom, 1989; Taubman, Leaf, & McEachin, 2011). However, most of the literature demonstrating these benefits has been conducted in integrated settings with typically developing peers (Dunlap & Powell, 2009). The purpose of this poster is to present a demonstration of the benefits of making structured games available to a group of children comprised exclusively of children with pervasive developmental disorders. An ABA withdrawal design was used to demonstrate the causal relation between the availability of structured games and increases in pro-social behavior and decreases in maladaptive behavior across the group. Additionally, replications across time and individuals are planned. Discussion will focus on results of the intervention as well as considerations when developing and utilizing group-based structured activities in a school setting.

 
23. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Attention Maintained Bruxism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
COURTNEY BRITT (Texas State University), Katy Davenport (Texas State University-San Marcos), Jennifer Michelle Ninci (Texas State University-San Marcos), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Bruxism, the grinding or gnashing of teeth, is a serious challenging behavior. Persistent bruxism may lead to abnormal wear on teeth, oral–facial pain, headaches, and potentially tooth loss. Individuals with developmental disabilities experience a higher prevalence of oral health concerns than the general population, and the assessment and treatment of bruxism is a major priority. A systematic review of11 bruxism intervention studies found that an analogue functional analysis has never identified a case of bruxism maintained by a socially mediated function (Lang 2008). Although previous intervention research has involved behavioral modification, researchers used only indirect functional assessments methods and always concluded that function was self-stimulatory or automatic reinforcement. This case study is a description of a functional analysis on a 4-year-old boy with autism who engaged in bruxism. The functional analysis demonstrates that the behavior was reinforced and maintained by adult attention. A function-based intervention involving the manipulation of attention was then evaluated in a multiple baseline design across caregivers.

 
24. Using Fluency Based Instruction to Teach Time Telling to a Young Boy With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MICHAEL RUEHLEN (Organization for Research & Learning), Kelly J. Ferris (Organization for Research & Learning)
Abstract:

A 10-year-old-boy with a diagnosis of autism was taught to tell time from an analog clock, using a Fluency Based Instruction teaching arrangement. The goal was for him to develop the fluent time-telling skill for ultimate benefit in time management and organization at home and at school. The targeted frequency aim was set at 20-30 answers per minute, but empirical validation of that frequency aim was planned to be measured according to the methods of Fabrizio & Moors (2003). Instruction was designed using two learning channels: See/Say and Hear/Do. In the See/Say condition, the student was shown the clock and asked to vocally name the time. During the Hear/Do condition, the student was given a time and expected to move the hands on the Judy Clock to produce the correct hour and minute on the clock. Additional critical features of instruction included: (1) duration of timing intervals and (2) slices of instruction (e.g. quarter, half, whole hours). Instruction occurred in his home one-two nights per week. Session data were collected and charted on a Timing Chart and the daily best was charted on a Standard Celeration Daily per minute Chart. A daily improvement goal was identified each time the skill was practiced. Using 30-second timings, successive timings were completed until the daily improvement goal was met or 10 minutes had elapsed. The poster will display two Daily Charts of charted student progress toward achieving a fluent performance as well as data displaying empirical validation of the frequency aim.

 
25. Teaching a Child With Autism to Make Statements About Character Interactions in Pictures
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
TERESA M. MCCANN (Organization for Research & Learning), Kelly J. Ferris (Organization for Research & Learning)
Abstract:

Children with autism have difficulty talking about complex pictures, especially generating pragmatic statements about the interactions between people. This poster will show charted data on teaching a 4-year-old boy with an autism diagnosis to make statements about the interactions in pictures occurring between characters. Instruction was designed controlling such critical features of instruction as the number of agents in the photo, the familiarity of social situations, and the complexity of statements the student was expected to say. Fluency Based Instruction was utilized to ensure efficient instruction with respect to the students progress per unit of instructional time. Student performance data were charted on the Standard Celeration Chart and session data were charted on the Timing Chart. Daily improvement goals along with differential reinforcement of higher rates of behavior were employed as part of the independent variables. Discussion of results will include the students success in reaching predicted frequency aims as well as demonstrating agility across instructional sets. Charted data will further show empirical validation of the frequency aim as evidenced by passes on retention, endurance, stability, application checks (RESA) (Fabrizio & Moors, 2003).

 
26. Peer Networks Project: Improving Social-Communication, Literacy, and Adaptive Behaviors for Young Children With ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DEBRA M. KAMPS (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Kathy Thiemann (University of Kansas), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (University of Kansas Medical Center), Ilene Schwartz (University of Washington), Suzanne Cox (University of Kansas), Nancy Rosenberg (University of Washington)
Abstract:

The purpose of the study is to demonstrate the effects of Peer Networks Interventions for young children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). Kindergarten and first graders with ASD participated (n=31 in years 1-2 and an additional 15 in the current year). School staff in over 40 elementary schools in Kansas, Missouri, and Washington State implemented the networks. Social Peer Networks occurred for 20-30 minutes, 3 times per week. Communications between children with ASD and their peers increased during Social Peer Network treatment sessions, averaging 25 initiations and responses per 10-min (n=215 probes), compared to baseline observations (mean, 13.6, n= 96 probes). Specific behaviors included: asking for and sharing items, showing interest by commenting on what a peer is doing, complimenting and using social pleasantries, and taking turns. Figures represent probes for two kindergarten participants (see Figure). Literacy Peer Networks occurred for 30 minutes 4 times per week. In kindergarten, students who were beginning readers enrolled in the Reading Peer Networks showed gains in known vocabulary words from the Reading Mastery curriculum, from fall (mean, 16.7 words) to spring assessments (mean, 116.1 words). Data for students in peer networks intervention will be compared to students not enrolled in intervention.

 
27. Using Assistive Technology to Help Children With Autism Master Goals from the VB-MAPP
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CHARNA MINTZ (LEARN Foundation), Jacqueline LeMesurier (LEARN Foundation), Molly Derriman (LEARN Foundation), Amanda N. Mason (The Learn Foundation for Autism Ltd)
Abstract:

We are a new center in Perth, Australia with a mission to provide evidence based instruction to children with Autism. We use assessment of behavior to drive therapy and data to drive decision making. As part of our initial assessment, we administer the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment (VB-MAPP) to determine a starting place for designing an individualized program. The method for designing instruction to meet goals from this assessment tool are typically straight forward. However, a subset of our children use assistive technology, with varying degrees of success, to communicate. This has caused us to have to think outside the box when designing effective strategies. This is particularly true for programs meant to teach Tacts, Intraverbals, and Mands. In the process of designing instruction to incorporate the use of assistive technology, we have found that teaching other verbal operants, such as Listener Responding related to feature, function, and class, through assistive technology has resulted in more fluent use of the technology. This poster will include examples of how assistive technology was used in conjunction with goals derived from the VB-MAPP at our small, but growing center in Perth, Australia.

 
28. CANCELED: Dialogic Reading With Preschoolers With Autism: An Examination of Early Literacy Outcomes
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
VERONICA PAMPARO (University of Washington)
Abstract:

Children with disabilities have fewer opportunities to engage in quality literacy experiences that can support the development of critical early literacy skills than their typically developing siblings and peers. When implemented in a consistent manner, dialogic reading intervention strategies improve early literacy skills in children with language delays and those from at-risk populations. There is, however, a dearth of information exploring the potential utility of dialogic reading strategies for students with more significant disabilities, including young children with autism. The present study employed a multiple baseline design across participants with a wait list control to examine the effect of dialogic reading on early literacy and language outcomes for young students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The research design allowed researchers to compare the effectiveness of dialogic reading strategies to standard reading on standardized measures of oral language development and print knowledge. Furthermore, weekly measures were conducted on participants' verbal participation during book readings, as well as performance on vocabulary tests created for targeted books.

 
29. Providing a Visual Sequence to Eliminate Verbal Prompts
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JANET A. BUTZ (Collaborative Autism Resources and Education), Kathleen Godsoe (Anchorage School District)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to teach kindergarten students with autism dressing/undressing for the winter outdoor recess in their clothing. Using a forward chaining task analysis pictorial sequence in a structured learning classroom in a public school, students were taught the dressing skills. Using the prompting hierarchy, the objective was to move from the highest level of prompting to the least level of prompting. The NAC National Standards (10/09) report lists structured learning teaching and visuals supports) as emerging treatments for students with autism. For the study, baseline data was taken on four students. A sequence of dressing steps was created visually for each student. Data was recorded twice a day for dressing and undressing during natural times of the day. Natural environmental cues and classroom materials were implemented as reinforcers. The results of this study concluded students, using visuals, dressed/undressed in a decreased amount of time and their overall independence for dressing increased while the verbal prompts decreased. Data will begin again for maintenance and generalization to a different environment in this upcoming winter.

 
30. A Replication Study of Demand Fading Protocol Effect on the Occurrence of Maladaptive Behaviors and Rate of Skill Acquisition
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHAWNIE N. GIRTLER (Firefly Autism House), Dave Hughes (Firefly Autism House), Carrie A. Scott (Firefly Autism House)
Abstract:

This study was replicated after a previous study by the author that demonstrated that the implementation of a reverse demand fading protocol may reduce the occurrence of maladaptive behaviors while increasing the rate of skill acquisition. This poster examines the effects of a reverse demand fading protocol on the occurrence of the target behaviors of physical aggression toward others and self-injurious behavior as well as the rate of skill acquisition for a 15-year-old boy with autism. After initial baseline recording of the occurrence target behaviors and baseline testing of the subject's skill set, goals and objectives for behavior reduction and skill acquisition were determined for one school year following the implementation of the demand fading protocol. Demand sets were determined through a hierarchical ranking of the projected yearly goals and objectives. Criteria for subsequent demand set implementation was determined to be3 consecutive days of target behavior occurrence within a range of 0% to 10% below average baseline percent per target behavior. Rate of skill acquisition was determined by the number of newly mastered targets per week across all skill acquisition programs.

 
31. The Use of Functional Analysis Methodology to Assess Circumscribed Speech in Children With Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MELINA SEVLEVER (Auburn University), Jennifer M. Gillis Mattson (Auburn University), Jennifer Wigington (Auburn University), Rebecca Beights (Auburn University), Kristen Spencer Walstrom (Auburn University)
Abstract:

A large proportion of individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) exhibit circumscribed interests (CI) (Danovitch, Paul, Volkmar, & Klin, 2009). Despite the prevalence of CI in this population, the phenomenon remains poorly understood (Atwood, 2003; Klin, Danovitch, Merz, & Volkmar, 2007). Furthermore, the majority of studies in this area have focused on the topography of CI speech, rather than the function of this behavior (e.g., Bashe & Kirby, 2001; Danovitch et al., 2009; Klin et al., 2007; South, Ozonoff, & McMahon, 2005). The present study aimed to assess the function of CI speech in 5 children with ASD. A brief functional analysis was conducted with all 5 participants. Four of the 5 participants exhibited the greatest levels of CI speech during a modified attention condition. The CI speech of the other participant appeared to serve an automatic function. Additional brief assessments were conducted to further identify the controlling variables of CI speech and develop hypotheses for possible intervention strategies. Thus, modifying functional analysis methodology appeared to be useful in assessing the functions of CI speech and in generating potential treatment recommendations for the reduction of problematic levels of CI speech. Limitations and future directions will be presented.

 
32. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Repetitive Verbal Mands in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AARTI HARESH THAKORE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Tracy L. Kettering (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Sunena Khowaja (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kassidy Ratledge (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Lorraine M. Bologna (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan K. Malmquist (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Functional analysis methodology has been useful for identifying the functions of a range of problem behaviors. More recently, functional analysis procedures have been applied to analyze the functions of appropriate verbal behavior (Lerman, Parten, Addison, Vorndran, Volkert, & Kodak, 2005). In the current study, the functions of the repetitive vocal responses that appeared to be mands were assessed using functional analysis methodology for 3 children with autism. Results indicated that responses were maintained by access to adult attention and not by the reinforcement specified by the mand response. A functional communication training treatment package with extinction was effective in teaching an alternative, appropriate response to access attention and reduce repetitive verbal responses.

 
33. Use of Reinforcement and Graduated Exposure in Medical Procedure Desensitization
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
BLAKE GRIDER (May Institute)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism can often struggle with different components of their daily lives. A particularly difficult area can be in the area of medical procedures. Various types of avoidant or aggressive behavior can be seen throughout a variety of medical procedures, especially around injections or other procedures involving the use of needles. This study involved a 20-year-old young man diagnosed with autism who displayed severe aggressive behaviors when encountering medical procedures involving needles. Due to an extreme case of psoriasis, it was medically necessary for subject to undergo treatment via weekly injections. Additionally, the medication required blood to be drawn quarterly to monitor the levels. A plan for desensitization involved differential reinforcement of appropriate behaviors and graduated exposure to the medical procedures. The participant participated in a number of sessions designed to closely resemble the actual procedure. Reinforcement and graduated exposure to medical procedures was effective in increasing the participants tolerance to medical procedures involving needles.

 
34. Analyzing the Function of Joint Attention Behavior of Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
PAMELA J. WHITE (University of Texas at Austin), Tarsah Dale (Inspire Behavior Therapy & Consulting), Jeannie M. Aguilar (Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk), Christina Fragale (Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk)
Abstract:

Children with autism have deficits in joint attention, specifically they are more likely to engage in reaching, pointing, and eye gaze shifts to get things that they want (i.e., to mand) than engage in these same behaviors to label or comment on an item (i.e., to tact; Goodhart & Baron-Cohen, 1993; Loveland & Landry, 1986). This study uses the same technology as a functional analysis of challenging behavior to assess the purpose of joint attention behaviors (Iwata, et al., 1982/ 1994). Three young children with autism were exposed to multiple 5-minute sessions of each of three social conditions: mand condition, tact condition, and play/ control condition. In the mand and tact conditions, joint attention topographies were reinforced with access to preferred items and access to a verbal description of the item, respectively. The play condition served as a control, in which the children had free access to both types of reinforcement. The levels of joint attention behavior between conditions were compared using a multielement design in order to determine the purpose/ function of joint attention behavior. This type of assessment can be used to more precisely determine deficits in joint attention and ensure that joint attention behaviors serve a tacting or commenting function following intervention. Goodhart, F., & Baron-Cohen, S. (1993). How many ways can the point be made? Evidence from children with and without autism. First Language, 13, 225 233. Iwata, B. A., Dorsey, M., Slifer, K., Bauman, K., & Richman, G. (1994). Toward a functional analysis of self-injury. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27, 197209. (Reprinted from Analysis and Intervention in Developmental Disabilities, 2, pp. 320, 1982) Loveland, K. A., & Landrey, S. H. (1986). Joint attention and language in autism and developmental language delay. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 16, 335 349.

 
35. Using Script Fading to Increase Play-Based Language Between Children With Autism and Their Typically Developing Sibling
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA AKERS (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Children with autism often have difficulty making appropriate social initiations, which severely limits their opportunities for social interactions. While many individuals with autism do acquire functional language, much of this language is restricted to requesting desired items and answering questions. Previous studies have shown script-fading to be an effective method of teaching social language to individuals with autism. Several studies have used typically developing peers as conversation partners for children with autism during script-fading interventions. However, a very important subset of peers has not been included in any of these studies: siblings of the children with autism. This study seeks to examine the effects of having typically developing siblings implement a script-fading procedure with their sibling with autism.

 
36. Adult Contingent Vocal Imitation Increases Vocal Imitation of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
YUKA ISHIZUKA (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) exhibit significant deficits in imitation skills. About imitation skills, adults contingent imitation was effective for facilitating social behavior in children with ASD, such as eye contact, proximity and touching to adult. However, few studies examined the effect of adult contingent vocal imitation on children with ASD. In the present study, we examined whether contingent vocal imitation increased childrens vocal imitation, spontaneous vocal response, and social interaction. We used A-B-A-B reversal design across typically developing children and children with ASD. Each session consisted of baseline phase and intervention phase. In baseline, the experimenter didnt imitate but responded with contingent response for childrens vocal response. In intervention phase, the experimenter did imitate and extended the childrens vocal response. The results demonstrated that adult contingent vocal imitation increased the rate of childs vocal imitation rather than non-imitative contingent response. Furthermore, adult contingent extended vocal imitation changed the childs prosody. These findings suggest that contingent vocal imitation become important intervention method for language acquisition in children with ASD.

 
37. Immediate and Subsequent Effects of Response Interruption and Redirection on Targeted and Untargeted Forms of Stereotypy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH J. PASTRANA (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: Engagement in stereotypy is among the key diagnostic criterion for autism and it may interfere with the acquisition of social and academic skills, as well as the development of appropriate language use. Response interruption and redirection (RIRD) has been shown to be effective in decreasing immediate engagement in targeted stereotypic behaviors; however, its indirect effects on untargeted stereotypies have not yet been studied. In the current study, we evaluated the effects of RIRD on the targeted motor stereotypy and untargeted but higher probability vocal stereotypy of three participants diagnosed with autism. For Participant 1, RIRD decreased motor stereotypy but increased vocal stereotypy while the intervention was in effect. Following removal of treatment, motor stereotypy returned to baseline levels, while vocal stereotypy decreased to below-baseline levels. For Participant 2, the effects of RIRD were not clear during initial sessions and a decision was made to prompt the participant to sit down while the intervention was being delivered by the experimenter. Following this, differentiation in the data occurred and showed that RIRD decreased motor stereotypy both during and following the removal of the intervention. The intervention also decreased vocal stereotypy both during and following the removal of the intervention during later sessions.
 
38. Training and Generalization of Peer-Directed Mands with Nonvocal Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nitasha Dickes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), PAIGE MCARDLE (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

One important component of early language training is the development of a mand repertoire. A variety of intervention strategies have been used with children diagnosed with developmental delays to increase mands. The current investigation evaluated the effects of extinction and prompts on training and generalization of peer-directed mands for preferred items with two non-vocal children diagnosed with autism. Teaching peer-directed mands may provide opportunities for children with developmental delays to engage in positive interactions with peers and could assist in establishing friendships. Participants engaged in peer-directed mands using a picture exchange communication system (PECS). Participants completed PECS training prior to beginning the evaluation. Results showed that peer-directed mands increased during treatment for both participants. In addition, peer-directed mands generalized to a novel peer and maintained in a more naturalistic setting that simulated a free-play activity in a classroom. Interobserver agreement was calculated on a trial-by-trial basis and exceeded 80% for all dependent measures.

 
39. The Use of Chelation to Treat Austim Spectrum Disorders: A Literature Synthesis
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
SHANNA ATTAI (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Daelynn Copeland (Baylor University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas at Austin), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos), Austin Mulloy (Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk)
Abstract:

As the prevalence rates and interest in autism increase, there has been a corresponding increase in treatment options presented to parents of children with autism. Unfortunately, many treatments options have gained popularity in practice before gaining empirical evidence of effectiveness. This purpose of this study is to systematically review the use of chelation as a treatment for autism spectrum disorders. Each study was analyzed and summarized in terms of participant characteristics, specifics of the chelation intervention, and results in terms of effects on the three core symptoms associated with autism spectrum disorders. Results suggest a lack of evidence to support the use of chelation to treat symptoms associated with autism.

 
40. CANCELED: Point-of-View Video With and Without a Model to Teach Pedestrian Skills to Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SUSAN SILVIA (Evergreen Center), Gordon A. DeFalco (Evergreen Center)
Abstract:

Point-of-view video modeling has been used to teach social and functional skills to individuals on the autism spectrum. The purpose of the current study is to explore the use of point-of-view video to teach street crossing skills to2 teenaged young men diagnosed with ASD. Using a controlled crosswalk area, the 2 young men were evaluated for current street crossing skills. They were then shown point-of-view videos of crossing the street at that crosswalk. Two separate videos of each of the critical street crossing actions at the crosswalk were made. In the first video there is no vehicle moving toward the crosswalk. In the second a vehicle is shown driving toward the cross walk and stopping at the edge of the crosswalk. These videos were shot from the point of view of the person crossing the street and included approaching the street and stopping at the curb, panning left then right to mimic a person "looking" left and then right. A third video showed an approach to a playground on the other side of the street mimicking how it would look from the point of view of the person crossing the street. When there was no vehicle the student could cross at their leisure. When the vehicle is in sight the video showed the vehicle coming to a complete stop and then the view would show the approach to the playground. Results using the first and second video have shown no change in student behavior. The next phase of the study will include a change to the videos; the videos will include a model. The model will demonstrate safe pedestrian skills. The model will be used to determine whether this addition improves acquisition of the pedestrian skills. If the student's performance improves, the inclusion of a model demonstrating the correct skills may be a factor that determines the success of using a video as a teaching tool.

 
41. Incorporating Choice into a Shaping Procedure for a Child With Autism Who Displayed Extreme Avoidance of Toe-Nail Trimming
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
LAURA B. TURNER (Binghamton University), Stephanie Lockshin (Institute for Child Development, Binghamton University)
Abstract:

Shaping procedures have been used in the treatment of avoidance behaviors for children with autism (Riccardi et al., 2006). The effectiveness of choice as an intervention has also recently received attention in the behavioral literature (Ulke-Kurkcuolgu & Kircaali-Iftar, 2010). However, the combined effect of shaping and choice to treat avoidance behaviors in children with autism has not yet been studied. A changing-criterion design was used to assess the added benefit of choice into a shaping procedure for a 6-year-old boy with autism who displayed extreme avoidance of toe nail trimming. The shaping procedure included positive reinforcement for calm behavior while successively trimming more toe nails. The choice procedure allowed the boy to choose which toe-nails would be trimmed. By the end of the intervention, the boy was able to stay calm while all10 of his toe nails were trimmed by either his mother or the school nurse. Although the results only show the effectiveness of this intervention for one individual, the data are encouraging and highlight the need for future research in this area. Discussion will focus on the development of effective procedures for the treatment of avoidance behaviors for children with autism.

 
42. A Comparison Between Free Operant and Discrete Teaching Methods on Rates of Acquisition of Receptive Identification of Colors and Letters
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARK MALADY (Florida Institute of Technology), Ryan Lee O'Donnell (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Applied Behavior analytic treatment (usually people think DTT) has been named the gold standard for treating those with autism. Although a DTT approach has been extremely successful at training a wide variety of skills to learners with ASD, there are some potential problems with the approach prompt dependency and lack of generalization. Another behavior analytic approach to teaching is based on a free operant model, fluency training (Lindsley,1992; Binder,1996). Most of the research on fluency based instruction has included several other variables and has been conducted under the moniker precision teaching (Holding, Brae, and Kehle,2010) . The current study aimed to compare modern DTT practices against FT in regards to teaching learners with ASD to receptively identify colors and shapes. The results of the study will be discussed in relation to practice for behavior analysts and a brief discussion will be presented on free operant versus discrete trial formats.

 
43. Whoever Said You Can't Buy Happiness Didn't Know Where to Shop : The Relationship Between Affect and Preference Assessments
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
PETER F. GERHARDT (The McCarton School), Gloria M. Satriale (PAAL), Jessica Zawacki (PAAL)
Abstract: Reinforcer preference assessments often result in a hierarchy of preferred stimuli that could be potentially used as possible reinforcing consequences. However, items rated as highly preferred dont automatically function as reinforcers that strengthen rates of behavior. Nor is the affect of the individual usually considered. When considering factors that influence preference, one could be the emotional affect that accompanies exposure to a particular stimulus. A believable assumption is that when exposed to stimuli or conditions that are rated preferred and the individual demonstrates positive or happy affect, positive behaviors should increase and problematic behaviors should decrease. Conversely, when exposed to stimuli or situations that an individual rated as least preferred and to which the person exhibits negative affect, negative behaviors are more likely to occur and positive behaviors less likely. The purpose of this study was to conduct preference assessments of locations and then, when placed in those situations, conduct affect analyses, and look for correspondence are highly preferred locations associated with both positive affect and fewer behavior problems, and are least preferred locations associated with less positive affect and more behavior problems? Several adolescents with autism were assessed regarding their preferences, levels of affect, and levels of problem behaviors, when placed in various locations in the community. Results showed that for each individual, when placed in locations for which he rated highly preferred, there was more positive affect and fewer behavior problems. When placed in locations which the individual rated less preferred, there was less positive affect and more behavior problems. Results were discussed in terms of how to validate preference assessments using more relevant and socially valid measures of real behavior and performance.
 
 
 
Poster Session #84
BPH Poster Session
Saturday, May 26, 2012
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center)
1. An Analysis of the Reinforcing Value of Cigarettes and E-Cigarettes Among Nicotine-Dependent Cigarette Smokers using the Multiple-Choice Procedure
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research
Donelle Howell (Washington State University), JENNIFER M. CAMERON (Washington State University), Sterling McPherson (Washington State University), Arlana Byers (Washington State University), Haeley Meyer (Washington State University), Sharon Falk (Washington State University), Lara Zipperer (Washington State University), John M. Roll (Washington State University)
Abstract:

Electronic cigarettes (e-cigarettes) have been marketed as nicotine delivery devices that reduce the toxic effects of cigarette smoking; however, there is a paucity of research literature about these devices. The present study used the Multiple Choice Procedure (MCP) to evaluate the reinforcing value of e-cigarettes among nicotine-dependent smokers when compared to money or use of their usual cigarette. Participants completed two smoking sessions (cigarette and e-cigarette) and three MCP sessions where they chose between cigarette, e-cigarette, and money. Subjective ratings of smoking effects were also obtained using the original and adapted versions of the Direct Effects of Smoking Scale. 23 e-cigarette nave adults who were not attempting to quit smoking were evaluated. Results indicated significantly higher levels of self-reported direct effects of smoking the cigarette than the e-cigarette when in acute nicotine withdrawal. 74% of participants reported they preferred their regular cigarette brand to the e-cigarette. Preliminary results indicated that the crossover value on the MCP was higher for cigarette (M = $3.45) than e-cigarette (M = $2.74), suggesting participants found cigarettes to have a higher reinforcing value. Results of this pilot study will be used to inform future behavioral (e.g. contingency management analog studies) and pharmacological studies with e-cigarettes.

 
2. The Effects of Salvinorin A on Morphine Induced Place Conditioning in Male Sprague-Dawley Rats.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
JENNIFER L. WALTERS (Western Michigan University), Stacy D. Engebretson (Western Michigan University), Lisa E. Baker (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Salvinorin A (SA), the main active component of the hallucinogenic plant Salvia divinorum, is a potent and selective kappa opioid receptor agonist. Characterization of the addictive properties of potential pharmacotherapeutic agents using standard preclinical screening procedures is essential to the further development of these compounds. Conditioned place preference (CPP) is an established behavioral assay of conditioned rewarding effects of psychoactive drugs. Previous studies have documented that SA tends to produce place aversion, although at least one laboratory has reported low doses of SA are capable of establishing CPP in rats. The aims of the current study were to examine the effects of salvinorin A on morphine-induced place preference and to determine if dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), the vehicle used to dissolve SA in the present study, influenced place conditioning. Rats were randomly assigned to one of four treatment groups: morphine, SA + morphine, DMSO only, and SA only. Using a biased CPP procedure, place conditioning trials were conducted over the next eight consecutive days in which drug and vehicle conditions alternated daily. Morphine progressively increased activity relative to saline whereas SA did not appear to attenuate morphine-induced CPP. Interestingly, DMSO injections appeared to establish place aversion relative to saline injections.
 
3. A Functional Analysis of Extinction of the Discriminative Stimulus Function of Nicotine in Rats
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
JOSEPH R. TROISI (Saint Anselm College)
Abstract:

Few studies have functionally evaluated extinction of the discriminative stimulus functions of interoceptive stimulus control with drug states. The current study assessed extinction of a nicotine (0.3 mg/kg) vs. saline discrimination. 32 rats were trained to respond differentially between nicotine and saline. For 16 rats nicotine functioned as SD for reinforcement (3 pellets) of nose pokes (VI-30 sec) on some sessions, whereas saline functioned as S-delta for non-reinforcement on alternating sessions. The stimulus roles were counterbalanced for the remaining 16 rats. 16 rats then received a diminishing reinforcer magnitude over 16 sessions (2 pellets then 1 pellet) in the SD condition. The reinforcer magnitude was held constant for the other 16 rats. All 32 rats underwent explicit extinction training in both interoceptive conditions and were then tested immediately or following a 5-day delay. There were no differences between groups and no differences as a function of the delay for spontaneous recovery. Two weeks later there was no further evidence of spontaneous recovery. 3-pellets at the start of the final 4 sessions reinstated discriminated responding. Most interestingly, the S-delta state inhibited reinstated responding. The data show temporal stability in extinction of the discriminative stimulus effects of nicotine.

 
4. Influence of Different Vehicle Solutions on Place Conditioning with Salvinorin A
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
STACY D. ENGEBRETSON (Western Michigan University), Jennifer L. Walters (Western Michigan University), Lisa E. Baker (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Conditioned place preference (CPP) is commonly used in behavioral pharmacology to screen novel compounds for abuse liability. Following repeated pairings of a distinct environmental context (CS+) with drug stimuli and an alternative environmental context (CS-) with the absence of drug stimuli, the amount of time an animal spends in each environmental context is used as an index of the conditioned rewarding effects of the drug. A few published studies have used CPP to examine the novel kappa opioid agonist, Salvinorin A (SA), the main psychotropic molecule isolated from the hallucinogenic plant, Salvia divinorum. Only one published study has reported that low doses of SA established CPP, whereas a few studies have demonstrated that higher doses of SA produce conditioned place aversion. Notably, different studies have used either a mixture of 10% Tween 80/10% ethanol/ 80% water or 75% dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) to administer SA. The aim of the current study was to determine whether the vehicle used influences place conditioning with SA. Rats were randomly assigned to one of four groups: DMSO vs saline, SA/DMSO vs DMSO, Tween 80 vs saline, SA/Tween 80 vs Tween80, and saline vs saline. Results indicated that SA failed to establish CPP regardless of the vehicle used and 75% DMSO established place aversion.
 
5. Estradiol Effects on Polydipsic and Homecage Alcohol Consumption in OVX Rats
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
KYLE MCELHANY (South Dakota State University), Debra J. Spear (South Dakota State University)
Abstract:

Four OVX rats were provided one hour access to an alcohol solution either during an FI 30 food schedule (polydipsia) or while in their homecage. On selected days rats were injected with peanut oil (vehicle) or estradiol (.02-15 ug/kg) in peanut oil. Polydipsic alcohol consumption was nearly twice the amount as homecage consumption. Administration of estradiol did not increase either polydipsic or homecage consumption of alcohol, instead slight decreases in alcohol consumption resulted.

 
6. The Associative Tolerance to the Sedation Effect of Ethanol
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
BENITA CEDILLO ILDEFONSO (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), José de Jesús Delgado Solís, Yasmín Arriaga Abad, Dulce Kenia Soriano Guzmán
Abstract:

Non-pharmacological variables play an important role on tolerance. Associative tolerance theories explain its development, when the administration of a drug is associated with a specific context. The objective of the present experiment was to evaluate the associative tolerance to the sedation effect of ethanol (E) in Male Wistar rats (200 g). Ss were assigned to three independent groups: saline group (S), pretreated with ip injections for 14 days (1.5 ml/kg). Two groups received 14 trials of the association of E, in same context of laboratory (L); all groups were injected on day 15 with ethanol (L), to a contextual sign (noise of 70 db). Latency of sedative response was recorded. Testing abstinence syndrome was made three days after tolerance test (day 18), following same procedure, except E administration. Results demonstrated that associative tolerance to sedation response to E depends on the context where it is tested. Influence of contextual clues and chronic treatment in loss of tolerance, is a major conclusion. Also, strong implications emerged, such as the importance of context signs in availability of the drug, in maintaining its use, and in shooting relapses during abstinence period; this might difficult treatment for controlling the use of any kind of drug.

 
7. It May Leave a Bitter Taste in Your Mouth: Negative After Effects of Sucrose Fading on Ethanol Consumption
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
RACHEL DOVE (University of North Texas), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Several procedures have been developed to establish ethanol drinking in rodents. Two commonly used are the "sucrose-fading" procedure (Samson, 1986) and the intermittent-access procedure (Simms et al., 2009). Though both procedures have advocates, there is little work directly comparing their effects. The purpose of the present experiment was to compare the procedures in a within-subject design. Six rats were trained to drink a 16% (w/v) ethanol solution via intermittent access; ethanol was available in the home cage 24 hrs per day for 3days each week. Once rats began drinking reliably, rats were moved to lickometers to measure drinking and the daily access reduced to 8% ethanol for 30 min per day. After 30 days, rats were exposed to a sucrose fading procedure, where 10% (w/v) sucrose was added to ethanol and faded out completely over ten sessions. Following intermittent access, rats drank pharmacologically active doses of ethanol (0.5 g/kg per 30 min). Addition of sucrose substantially increased intake. Interestingly, as sucrose was faded from the solution, intake levels dropped below those established via intermittent access and did not recover after 30 days. The results suggest that training with sucrose may be detrimental to alcohol initiation in rodents.

 
8. A Within-Subject Analysis of d-Amphetamine Exposure on Delay Discounting in Rats
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
CHRISTOPHER KREBS (West Virginia University), Jonathan M. Slezak (Johns Hopkins University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Impulsive choice is correlated with behavioral problems such as attention-deficit/hyperactivity-disorder and substance abuse. Impulsive choice can be assessed using delay-discounting procedures in which subjects choose between a smaller, more immediate reinforcer (impulsive choice) and a larger, more delayed reinforcer (self-controlled choice). Effects of stimulant drug exposure on subsequent delay-discounting performance have been inconsistent and are not often studied using within-subject designs. The present study used a within-subjects design to examine effects of d-amphetamine exposure on subsequent delay-discounting performance. Two groups of rats were trained under a discrete-trials choice procedure in which choice was between one food pellet delivered immediately and three food pellets delivered after a delay that increased across blocks of trials. After delay-discounting performance was stable, one group received repeated administrations of 3.0 mg/kg d-amphetamine for 14 consecutive days while the other group received saline. After a three-week withdrawal period, delay-discounting performance was re-determined. Delay-discounting performance was not systematically affected by d-amphetamine exposure as indicated by no significant differences in area under the curve (AUC) within (before or after drug exposure) or between (saline or d-amphetamine) groups. Thus, d-amphetamine exposure alone does not appear to systematically affect impulsive choice.
 
9. Effects of Fixed-Interval Requirements and d-Amphetamine on Delay Discounting in Rats
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
SALLY HUSKINSON (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Impulsive choice is often examined using a delay-discounting procedure where choice is between2 reinforcers of different magnitudes presented at varying delays. Individual discounting rates can be influenced by many factors, including the addition of a response requirement to both alternatives. The current experiment used a modified Evenden and Ryan (1996) procedure, and choice was examined under conditions where the response requirement for both outcomes was a small fixed interval (FI 0 s), an intermediate FI (FI x/2 s), and a large FI (FI x s). Steeper discounting functions were obtained when the small FI was in effect, shallower functions were obtained when the large FI was in effect, and intermediate functions were obtained when the intermediate FI was in effect. This suggests that manipulating response requirement within this procedure can generate different rates of discounting within subjects. Different baseline rates of discounting have been shown to determine effects of stimulant drugs on impulsive choice using between-subjects designs. Generating different rates of discounting within subjects allows examination of drug effects on different baseline rates of discounting using a within-subject design. Therefore, acute effects of d-amphetamine on choice were examined upon replication of the small and large FI requirements.

 
10. Some Effects of Reinforcement on d-Amphetamine-Induced Rotational Behavior in the Rat
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
STEPHANIE L. ALBERICO (Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College)
Abstract:

The unilateral rat model of Parkinson's disease (PD) consists of chemically lesioning the substantia nigra (SN) of the right or left hemisphere. In the present study, hemi-parkinsonian rats (n = 8) were produced using 6-hydroxydopamine (6-OHDA). After recovery, rats were tested for rotational bias following d-Amphetamine injections (1.78 mg/kg). After bias testing, rats underwent 17 1-hour sessions of behavioral acqusition and maintenance, using reinforcement, of full rotations (360 degree turns) to the side of the observed bias. Reinforcement via successive approximations was delivered until the rotational behavior was acquired. Once the behavior was acquired it was maintained under a continuous reinforcement (CRF) schedule. Rats were deprived of water between 24 and 35 hours prior to each training session. Following the 17 sessions, the number of rotations was observed under 3 conditions: CRF without d-amphetamine, CRF and lowdose d-Amphetamine (0.56 mg/kg), and d-Amphetamine (1.78 mg/kg) alone. It was found that the CRF and low dose d-Amphetamine produced considerably more correct responses than either the CRF or the d-Amphetamine (1.78 mg/kg) test, F(2,12) = 8.4,P < 0.05. The results of the study suggest that reinforcement can be considered as part of the treatment for disorders such as PD and may contribute to a reduction in drug treatment.

 
11. Decision Making in Methadone Patients
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
CATHERINE M. GAYMAN (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Research suggests that heroin users and individuals with a prior history of heroine dependence tend to be more aggressive than nonusers. This has been shown in crime statistics, and in studies using aggression questionnaires, psychometric measures of aggression, and laboratory behavioral tasks, including the Point Subtraction Aggression Paradigm (PSAP). On the PSAP, participants are paired with a hypothetical partner and can respond to subtract money from their partner's earnings. In such studies, heroin addicts make more aggressive responses against a hypothetical partner than controls (i.e., more frequently subtract money from their partner's earnings). The present study was intended to investigate whether mild opioid withdrawal affects aggression by examining performance in12 clients (N = 12) currently undergoing methadone therapy. Participants responded on the PSAP task to earn money toward gift certificates. Behavior on the PSAP was measured once prior to and once following the participant's daily methadone dose, and rates of aggressive responding were compared across the2 time periods. Results show that participants did not respond more aggressively on the PSAP task pre-dose as expected; however, they did score higher on the aggression scale of the Profile of Mood States Questionnaire. There was also a positive relationship between number of sessions and money earning responses.

 
12. Serial Position Effects in Social Learning: Scopolamine Effects
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
J C PEDRO ARRIAGA-RAMIREZ (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Guadalupe Ortega-Saavedra (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Sara E. Cruz-Morales (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico)
Abstract:

Studies in social transmission of food preference have shown reliable serial position functions in Long Evans rats. Functions may show primacy or recency depending of different parameter values. In these studies, a demonstrator rat that has consumed flavored food will increase preference for that flavor in nave observer rats. Studies in behavioral pharmacology have shown that cholinergic antagonists may produce deficits in acquisition and recall in different tasks. In this experiment Control and Saline Groups were compared with 3 different groups in which 4, 8, and 16 mg/kg ip of scopolamine were administered after demonstration. Testing was made after 24 hr. Groups were formed by 12 observers that interacted with a list of three demonstrators that have eaten different flavored foods, with position counterbalanced. Results showed that with the 4 mg dose primacy and recency were observed, with the 8 mg/kg dose recency was observed and with the 16 mg/kg dose neither effect was observed, a flat curve was produced. Repeated measures ANOVA showed a reliable serial position effect, quadratic contrast for serial position and linear interaction for serial position and group. The drug effect changed the functions of the drug groups from a primacy-recency to an absence of effect.

 
13. Simultaneous Auditory Quality Discrimination Training Ameliorates Auditory Processing Disorder
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
JOHN C. NEILL (Long Island University)
Abstract:

Three rats were administered a convulsant dose of pilocarpine (i.p.) on postnatal day 20, provoking a 6 hour seizure; 4 control animals were administered saline. When the animals were adults, they were trained on auditory location and quality discriminations. Two speakers were located on a wall opposite a wall with a liquid dipper feeder. A lever was located adjacent to each speaker. The location discrimination used a go-right/go-left procedure and broad band noise bursts signaled the location of the correct response site. The location of the stimuli alternated randomly on either side across trials. The seizure animals displayed marked impairments in auditory localization (Neill et al. 2005). Further training was carried out using a simultaneous auditory quality discrimination procedure (Harrison, 1990): two stimuli were presented on each trial, a broad band noise burst through one speaker and a 2-kHz complex signal through the other. The seizure animals were able to acquire the quality discrimination to a criterion of 90% or better. When the location discrimination was reintroduced, seizure animals performed as well as controls. The naturalistic simultaneous quality discrimination procedure permitted neurologically-impaired subjects to acquire quality discriminations, and had the unexpected advantage of improving auditory location discrimination in such subjects.

 
14. Effects of 8-OH-DPAT on Delay Discounting in Pigeons
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
TAKAYUKI TANNO (Kwansei Gakuin University), Lisa R. Gerak (University of Texas HSC-H), Charles Patrick France (University of Texas HSC-H)
Abstract:

It is thought that serotonin (5-HT) plays a role in impulsive choice although studies examining the effects have yielded mixed results. This study examined the effects of 5-HT1A receptor agonist 8-OH-DPAT on delay discounting in pigeons. Four pigeons were tested on a discrete-trials delayed reinforcement task in which they choose 1.5-s access to food or 4-s access to food that was either available immediately or after a delay. The delay was progressively increased within sessions from 0 s to 48 s. Once response choice stabilized for individual subjects, pigeons were tested in different sessions with saline and with 0.1, 0.32, 1.0, and 3.2 mg/kg of 8-OH-DPAT. In sessions preceded by saline, pigeons responded for the larger reinforcer when there was no delay and responded progressively less as delay increased. The effects of 8-OH-DPAT on delay discounting were variable among although consistent within subjects, decreasing discounting in some pigeons and increasing discounting in others. Latency was increased by injection of 8-OH-DPAT in all pigeons. The 5-HT1A receptor antagonist WAY100635 antagonized the effects of 8-OH-DPAT on delay discounting and on latency. These results parallel data which fail to provide clear evidence for a prominent role of 5-HT1A receptors in impulsive choice

 
15. Serial Position Effects in Social Learning: Atropine Effects
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
J C PEDRO ARRIAGA-RAMIREZ (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Guadalupe Ortega-Saavedra (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Sara E. Cruz-Morales (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico)
Abstract:

Studies in social transmission of food preference have shown reliable serial position functions in Long Evans rats. Functions may show primacy or recency depending of different parameter values. In these studies, a demonstrator rat that has consumed flavored food will increase preference for that flavor in nave observer rats. Studies in behavioral pharmacology have shown that cholinergic antagonists may produce deficits in acquisition and recall in different tasks. In this experiment Control and Saline Groups were compared with 2 different groups in which 3.75 and 7.5 mg/kg of Atropine were administered ip. Testing was made after 24 hr. Groups were formed by 12 observers that interacted with a list of three demonstrators that have eaten different flavored foods, with position counterbalanced. Results showed that both curves were different from the Control Group. The first and third positions were not recalled as the second one. The 7.5 mg/kg curve was more pronounced than the 3.75 mg/kg curve. Repeated measures ANOVA showed a reliable interaction between serial position and group. Planned contrasts showed a reliable linear contrast and a reliable quadratic interaction between serial position and group. The effect of Atropine eliminated the serial effects seen in the Control Group.

 
16. Requiring Urine Testing as a Condition of Employment Does Not Reduce the Value of an Employment Opportunity Among Many Unemployed Heroin-Dependent Adults
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research
MIKHAIL KOFFARNUS (Virginia Tech), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University)
Abstract:

The Therapeutic Workplace is an employment-based drug abuse treatment that provides paid employment contingent upon verification of drug abstinence with urinalysis screens. While shown to be effective and reducing drug use, the treatment requires that participants willingly remain employed in a workplace requiring regular urine drug screens. In the present experiment, unemployed heroin-dependent adults were asked to make choices between employment opportunities of varying wage rates that either did or did not require mandatory urine testing as a condition of employment. Indifference points between the two employment options were calculated to quantify the relative change in value that added urinalysis contingencies imposed. Results indicate that the median wage required for a participant to take a job requiring urinalysis screens was only 4% higher than the job not requiring urinalysis screens, indicating near indifference between the two options. Furthermore, choices indicate that nearly one third of participants actually prefer a job requiring urinalysis screens, and these employment choices were related to self-reported recent heroin use. In conclusion, employment-based drug treatment that requires urinalysis screens is a viable treatment option among unemployed heroin-dependent adults.

 
17. Effects of Drugs of Abuse on Incrementing Non Matching to Sample in Rats
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
MELISSA DEAL (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Brooke April (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Andrew Hawkey (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Christine Hausmann (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Kevin Jacobs (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Michelle Timms (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
Abstract:

The olfactory span task involves an incrementing non matching-to-sample (INMTS) in which an increasing number of sample stimuli control behavior. The present study explored the utility of the INMTS procedure as a baseline for behavioral pharmacology in rats. Rats were placed in a circular arena with 18 stimulus locations. In the initial trial of each session, one stimulus cup marked with a distinct olfactory stimulus was present and responding to it was reinforced. Each subsequent trial added a new olfactory stimulus and responding to the new stimulus was always reinforced (non matching). Each session included 24 trials of the INMTS task as well as a performance control task involving a simple olfactory discrimination to control for any non mnemonic drug effects. Once responding met stability criteria, subjects were given twice weekly i.p. injections of methamphetamine or methylphenidate prior to the testing session. Both drugs produced significant impairments on span, longest run, and accuracy at the highest doses.

 
 
 
Poster Session #85
CSE Poster Session 1
Saturday, May 26, 2012
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center)
1. The Outcomes of a Community Based Training Program for Parents of Children With Autism
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
CHRISTOPHER M. FURLOW (Marcus Autism Center), Amber L. Valentino (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated intensive behavioral intervention is effective for treating the symptoms associated with autism. Many behavioral interventions must be implemented with sufficient intensity and integrity to be effective, which can be quite costly. Thus, behavioral intervention may prove to be too costly for some families. Luckily, some of the costs associated with intensive behavioral intervention may be minimized if parents are trained to serve as behavioral therapists (Anan et al., 2008). Thus, the purpose of the current investigation was to examine the effects of a 12-week (2 hours per week) parent training program on the maladaptive behavior of each participants child. Participants included 30 families consisting of at least one caregiver and a child with an autism spectrum disorder. The Maladaptive Behavior Indexes Profile portion of the Scales of Independent Behavior-Revised (SIB-R) Short Form was used to measure the effects parent training had on parent reported maladaptive behavior. Results will be examined using inferential statistics to determine if statistically significant differences exist between pre and post scores on the SIB-R. In addition, visual inspection will be used to determine if individual ratings on the SIB-R differ for the primary behavior of concern across the 12 sessions.

 
2. From Fun to Factories: Bootstrapping Our Way to Tablet-Based Assistive Technology for the Workplace
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
RAYMOND V. BURKE (The Prevention Group), Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Scott L. Bowen (The Prevention Group), Monica Howard (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Douglas Downey (Northwestern University), Janice K. Flegle (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Michael Matz (Flying Yeti)
Abstract:

A recent analysis of U.S. vocational rehabilitation (VR) services between 1995 and 2005 showed declines for individuals with disabilities in rates of competitive employment and earnings, and increases in response time between application for services and employment, all of which suggest that caseloads and needs are increasing. To compound the problem, the number of adults with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) entering the U.S. VR system increased 121% and is expected to continue to increase for individuals with ASD. The current study used a multiple baseline design to assess effects of proprietary software for using tablet-based video modeling as a training and support device in the workplace with young adults with autism. Five employment-age adults diagnosed with ASD used the training and support device while performing a warehouse shipping job which required chaining of, on average, 73 discreet steps. Results indicated that the intervention provided marked improvement in on-the-job performance, but for some, the device was not able to produce consistent criterion level performances. When coupled with our prior studies, these results indicate that, in general, technology-based training and prompting systems were more effective than VM and BST with complex tasks, and all strategies were more effective than traditional job training practices.

 
3. Factors Affecting the Quality of Special Education Service
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
PATRICIA PLANCARTE CANSINO (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Patricia Ortega Silva (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Hugo Romano Torres (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Abstract:

Quality is an extremely important concept in all areas of human endeavor. Harvey and Green (1993), Morales and Hernandez (2004) and Varela, Rial and Garcia (2003), analyze different conceptions of quality: (a) as a unique phenomenon, (b) as perfection or consistency, (c) as a purpose, (d) as a relationship between cost-value, and (e) as a transformation. This work analyzes and identifies the factors that influence the quality of special education services offered to the community in the National University of Mexico. Questionnaires were designed and implemented to assess the quality of service perceived by parents, psychology students, and psychology teachers in this area. Forty-five mothers, 108 students and 10 teachers were interviewed. The questionnaires were made-up of 5 sections: general data, characteristics, operation of the service, parent involvement, and suggestions. Data were analyzed using SPSS (15.0). Three factors were identified as influencing the perceived quality: individual, family, and institutional. It highlights the importance of identifying needs within an institution dedicated to provide a service, besides setting goals, defining tasks and defines responsibilities for achieving the objectives related with community.

 
4. Successful Behaviour Planning With Community Partnerships
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
JOANNA KUPIBIDA (Peel Behavioural Services), Rubina McDonald (Peel Behavioural Services), Donna Adair (Peel Behavioural Services)
Abstract:

The project was initially undertaken as a result of noted inconsistencies across mediators implementing the behavioural programs for 4 identified individuals residing in a group home setting. Despite ongoing staff training, a systematic, structured plan was needed to increase staff consistency and accuracy. A 3-step plan was designed to rectify the problem. Step 1 consisted of a "Preparedness Check," which surveyed staff to discover if they were adequately equipped to perform their duties. Step 2 involved a knowledge test designed to track the level of understanding of the written behavioural programs. Test results were reviewed with the staff and feedback was provided. Step 3, involved conducting focused observations along with feedback with each mediator/staff. Given that inconsistency of program implementation is not limited to group home settings the next phase of the project was to apply the same methodology with a family that was experiencing the same concerns within their family home. The results in both the residential group home and in the family home setting have been extremely positive. Mediators have found the overall strategy to be rewarding and the success of the specific behavioural programs has been enhanced by increasing both consistency and accuracy.

 
5. Prevalence of Depression and Suicidal Ideation in College Students of Different Careers in Mexico
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
NORMA COFFIN (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Constanza Miralrio Medina (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Clara Bejar Nava (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Francisca Bejar Nava (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Lourdes Jimenez Renteria (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Monica Alvarez Zu�iga (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Arturo Silva Rodr�guez (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico)
Abstract:

This study was conducted in a campus where six careers are given: Medicine, Psychology, Optometry, Biology, Dentist Surgeon, and Nursing. No specific data related to Psychology services required by students are known. However, there has been an increment in the rate of consultations at the Psychology services in the campus Clinic, due depression or suicidal ideation symptoms. Depression in college students might become a relevant problem, due the hopelessness of an adequate academic performance, coupled to the psychological and emotional malaise. According to Beck, Rush and Shaw (1979), the etiology implied into a suicide attempt is a continuum, in which special attentiveness must be focused on desire and plans to commit it. Thus, the major goal for this study was to know the current prevalence of depression and suicidal ideation in 251 students, as well as the correlation among variables (average score and gender, among others). BDI and IOS were administered. Results showed that severe level in depression and high level in suicidal ideation are present the most, in Medicine and Biology, respectively. Not the academic achievement or other variables correlate with depression or suicidal ideation. These suggest that other variables could be affecting the emotional state in students.

 
6. Disseminating DBT Skills in the Community: Four Semesters of Experience
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
ALVIN HOUSE (Illlinois State University), Lauren Young (Illinois State University), Caroline Van Aman (Illinois State University), Heather Terhorst (Illinois State University), Abigail Ramon (Illinois State University)
Abstract:

Over four academic semesters first and second year graduate students in Clinical-Counseling Psychology at Illinois State University provided an outpatient skills training group with the four traditional DBT modules and a valued living module. All client participants were required to be in counseling with a therapist in the community during their participation with the skills group, and a two-way release of information were required so communication could be made freely between the community therapist and group facilitators. The poster reviews this experience, the benefits for clients and clinicians in training, and the problems and lessons encountered. In addition to anticipated issues (client crises, issues of staffing and scheduling, recruitment, balance between didactic and clinical focus); additional challenges included balancing supply and demand issues in a university clinic, relationships among clinicians, the need to learn from our mistakes and missteps, and the daunting tasks of evaluating what good (if any) we were doing in the real world. The graduate students involved to date have consistently reported this to be a valuable training experience; feedback from former clients and their community therapists have been more mixed. Efforts are underway to more effectively evaluate the service provided to the community by this activity. As a training vehicle offering the skills group seems to have been a very trainee-friendly method of contributing to the transition from professional in training to professional in practice, and to have provided a good setting in which to practice treatment skills in a structured and supportive environment.

 
7. Increasing Safe Bicycle Parking Through an Antecedent and Rule Based Intervention
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
DANIEL B. SUNDBERG (Florida Institute of Technology), Elbert Blakely (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

This study sought to decrease the rates of incorrect bicycle parking in a university student-housing complex. Bicycle parking was a concern of resident assistants because it represented a fire hazard, however they had been unsuccessful in changing the necessary behaviors. This study employed a basic written rule-specifying statement, and a visual prompt for the appropriate parking area. The intervention resulted in an immediate and sustained drop to zero level across settings, and informal observations 2 months later indicated effects sustained.

 
8. Behavioral Problem-Solvingand Skill Maintenance Training for Managers, Staff and Parents
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
JOHN KOSMOPOULOS (York Central Hospital)
Abstract:

Behave Away: A Maintenance Plan is a 6-8 week training package provided to parents, staff or managers to decrease the likelihood of re-referral to behavioral support services and increase the likelihood of skill maintenance and contextual fit post-involvement. This manualized group training offers resources to problem-solve future behavioral challenges with the use of prevention and problem-solving checklists, behavioural assessment procedures, data collection methods to determine function of problem behaviour, function-based strategies, and to teach cognitive-behavioral and acceptance-based coping and self-management techniques for everyday stressors. The effectiveness of this resource training manual was evaluated by comparing pre- and post-test results along with post-training questionnaires designed to evaluate the impact of this training curriculum in the following areas: confidence in assessing and determining appropriate support strategies, level of preparedness in implementing behavioral strategies, frequency of use of data collection methods to determine function of behavior, and degree to which coping strategies are utilized. Those who participated in the training were contacted at 1, 3, and 6 month intervals post-training to further assess the maintenance of their skill acquisition and preparedness to provide care for the individuals they support.

 
 
 
Poster Session #86
DDA Poster Session 1
Saturday, May 26, 2012
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center)
1. The Use of Differential Reinforcement and Escape Contingencies in the Treatment of Food Refusal
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
AMY J. DAVIES LACKEY (Manhattan Childrens Center), Karlee Miller (Manhattan Childrens Center), Nicole Herz (Florida Institute of Technology), Marisa Savard (Manhattan Childrens Center), Virginia S. Wong (Manhattan Childrens Center), Samantha M. Solow (Manhattan Childrens Center)
Abstract: Problem behavior related to feeding encompasses a variety of behaviors ranging from food refusal and selectivity to inadequate food intake related to deficits in self-feeding or other problem behaviors such as disruptive mealtime behaviors or rumination and vomiting. The prevalence of these problem behaviors is common in 3-10% typically developing children (Dahl & Sundelin, 1992), an even more common with children with developmental disabilities, ranging from 23-43% of the population (Crist et al., 1994). Treatment of problem behavior related to feeding most often involves multiple intervention procedures that are often combined in a treatment package including a combination of least intrusive interventions such as Premack, response prompts, planned ignoring or simple correction procedures (Riordan, Iwata, Finney, Wohl, & Stanley, 1984; Singer, Nofer, Benson-Szekely, & Brooks, 1991; Werle, Murphy, & Budd, 1993) and range to more intrusive interventions such as escape extinction, physical prompting and negative reinforcement. The use of negative reinforcement of acceptance/extinction of food refusal has been demonstrated to be both an effective and necessary component of the non-removal of spoon intervention (Cooper et al, 1995; Ahern et al, 1996) and has lead to successful intervention addressing problem behaviors related to feeding. The following investigation examined the use of negative reinforcement in the absence of physical guidance to accept the presented food to increase food acceptance and variety for three participants within a school setting. The study implemented a multiple baseline design across participants and included dependent measures of latency to bites, percentage of correct bites, number of bites accepted and collary behaviors associated with mealtime. The findings demonstrate the effectiveness of negative reinforcement and a non-removal of the feeding implement in increasing food variety and consumption while maintaining low levels of problem behaviors during the feeding sessions.
 
2. Extension of Brief Experimental Analyses of Academics to an Individual With Severe Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ALISON SHANHOLTZER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nabil Mezhoudi (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Bailey Scherbak (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Brief experimental analyses are a useful tool for quickly evaluating intervention strategies for individuals with academic deficits (Daly, Witt, Martens, & Dool, 1997). However, there is a lack of research investigating this method with individuals with developmental disabilities who emit severe problem behavior to avoid such tasks. For the current study, 1 participant with an intellectual disability and autism was admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of severe aggressive and disruptive behavior. A functional analysis revealed the participants problem behavior was maintained by negative reinforcement; a demand latency assessment showed subtraction problems were highly aversive. A brief experimental analysis was conducted to assess the effects of 5 academic treatments on the individuals problem behavior and compliance when prompted to complete subtraction problems. The participant only refrained from emitting high rates of problem behavior when he had access to a number line. Treatment consisted of stimulus fading and differential reinforcement procedures to increase compliance and accuracy, while maintaining low rates of problem behavior. Results indicate that after becoming more accurate with subtraction, independent, correct responses increased and problem behavior decreased.

 
3. Reducing Rapid Eating in Adults With an Intellectual Disability
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
FRANCIA ECHEVERRIA (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Rapid eating is a frequent problem among individuals with developmental disabilities that can pose a threat to health. This study sought to reduce the rate of eating behaviors in2 adults diagnosed with moderate intellectual disability. Assessment of eating rate took place in the participants' group homes during lunch or dinner meals. Procedures included the use of vibrating pagers with verbal prompts, vibrating pagers alone, and verbal prompts alone to prompt eating (a bite every 15 sec) and prevent rapid eating behaviors. The procedures were evaluated in a reversal design embedded in a multiple baseline across participants design. Results demonstrated a clear reduction in rate of eating with the use of all3 procedures. The greatest reduction in eating rate occurred with the combination of the pager and verbal prompts

 
4. Using Simultaneous Prompting to Teach Independent Living and Leisure Skills to Adults With Severe Intellectual Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CHAD DOLLAR (Georgia State University), Laura D. Fredrick (Georgia State University), Paul A. Alberto (Georgia State University), Jaye K. Luke (Georgia State University)
Abstract:

The acquisition of independent living and leisure skills enables adults to experience an enhanced quality of life by increasing competence, self-reliance, and the development of autonomy. This study examined the effectiveness of simultaneous prompting to teach behavior chains (i.e., independent living and leisure skills) to adults with severe intellectual disabilities (SID) individually in their home environments. Participants included 2 adults with SID receiving services from a not-for-profit agency that provides community-based services and supports to persons with disabilities. The results of this study are the first to indicate the effectiveness of simultaneous prompting to teach independent living and leisure skills to adults with SID using a one-on-one format in their home environment. Both participants learned3 different skills within 12 to 28 sessions and maintained each skill 1, 2, and 4 weeks after mastery.

 
5. The Effects of Parent Implementation of Escape Extinction and Noncontingent Reinforcement on Food Refusal of a Two-Year-Old Boy With Pervasive Developmental Disorder-Not Otherwise Specified
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER MCCALL (Gonzaga Univeristy), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of escape extinction (EE) with noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) used to treat food refusal in a 2 year-old boy with pervasive developmental disorder. A functional analysis was conducted prior to intervention, which determined a tangible function for aberrant behavior and led to the intervention chosen - EE NCR. The use of escape extinction in combination with noncontingent reinforcement decreased the percentage of negative behavior during feeding sessions as well as increasing the acceptance of nonpreferred foods.

 
6. Impact of Density of Instruction on Number of Sessions to Mastery for Students With MOID
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA D. FREDRICK (Georgia State University), Jaye K. Luke (Georgia State University), Roberto Gama (Georgia State University), Chad Dollar (Georgia State University), Paul A. Alberto (Georgia State University)
Abstract:

Allocated time, instructional time, engaged time, and opportunities to respond are important to examine and refer to time within an individual instructional session. Equally important may be the density of instructionthat refers how close together sessions occur or how many times a week an instructional session is conducted. The purpose of this research was to examine the impact of density of instruction on the rate of learning. Participants were individuals with moderate intellectual disabilities (MOID) with 11 of them receiving sight-word instruction and 17 of them receiving phonics instruction as part of an Institute of Education Sciences (IES) grant to create an integrated literacy curriculum. Across 1 school year students received sight-word instruction during an average of 3.6 sessions per week (range 2.5–4.5) while other students received phonics instruction during an average of 4.1 sessions per week (range 2.8–4.9). For both groups of students, as the number of instructional sessions per week increased, the number of sessions to mastery decreased. Although there has been much research and discussion about length of school day and how that time is spent, we could not find any prior research that reported on the impact of density of instruction.

 
7. Teaching a Child with Phelan-McDermid Syndrome to Independently Eat with a Fork
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ANNIE PARSELL (Organization for Research and Learning), Kristin Wilkinson Smith (Organization for Research and Learning), Teresa M. McCann (Private Practice)
Abstract:

Children with Phelan-McDermid Syndrome have difficulty acquiring and maintaining self-help skills, including the ability to eat without assistance. This poster will show the techniques used to teach an 8 year-old boy with Phelan-McDermid Syndrome to use a fork independently. A task analysis was first created to identify the critical steps in the fork spearing and eating sequence. Intervention was then systematically developed and delivered, specifically controlling for components to instruction that were challenging to the individual student: the type of food container, type of food, number of bites, frequency and type of prompting used, and teacher proximity. Programming also utilized meta-level measurement systems in the early stages of instruction to (1) ensure that the student demonstrated progress across longer periods of time, and (2) to determine the efficacy of error correction and prompting procedures utilized during instruction. The data is displayed on a Standard Celeration Chart, which enabled the teacher to carefully monitor progress and make changes as appropriate. Data show an increased number of steps in the task analysis performed independently, an increase in the number of total successful bites taken, and maintenance of the skill across time.

 
8. The Reliability and Validity of the Children Feeding Questionnaire Among Korean Parents
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
HYE YEON SHIN (Yonsei University), Soohyun Shin (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Abstract: The aim of the present study was to investigate the reliability and validity of CFQ(Children Feeding Questionnaire) and standardize the Korean version of CFQ. The data were collected via schools, daycare centers, and Internet.Seven hundredseventeenparents with typically developing children as well as 25 parents of children with autism completed the CFQ and K-CEBI(Korean-Child Eating Behavior Inventory) (358 boys, 359 girls, between age 2-11). The internal consistency of CFQ was acceptable (cronbach's alpha = .827) and the range of test-retest reliability was .421 to .906 (N = 43). The confirmatory factor analysis was conducted upon the findings from Birch et al., (2001) and fell in the acceptable ranges (NFI = .794, TLI = .783, CFI = .824 and RMSEA = .078). For the validity, some subscales of CFQ were highly correlated with few subscales of K-CEBI. Children with autism scored higher than normal children in CFQ. These results suggested that the factor structure of CFQ was appropriate to identify patterns of Korean parents' perception, concerns, attitudes, and practices when they feed their children. K-CFQ is a reliable and valid measure. The implications, limitations, and directions for future research are discussed.
 
9. Treatment of Chronic Bruxism Using Free Access and Redirection With a Rubber Teether
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JUSTIN M. DISCALFANI (The ELIJA School), Allison Schear (The ELIJA School), Megan McDonald (The ELIJA School), Sana L. Shadded (The ELIJA School)
Abstract: Chronic bruxism (i.e., teeth grinding, clenching) can result in joint pain and dysfunction, head and neck pain, tooth wear, erosion, damage to supporting structures, muscle spasm, and lead to expensive dental procedures (Pavone, 1985). Few empirical studies to date have examined the treatment of chronic bruxism (Lang et al., 2009). Bebko and Lennox (1988) used a procedurethat consisted of a vocal cue ("no grinding") plus physical cue (finger press on chin) contingent upon audible bruxism to successfully reduce rates in two male children diagnosed with autism. The purpose of the current study was to replicate this procedure with an eight-year-old female diagnosed with Phelan-McDermid syndrome. Results indicated that the vocal plus physical cue procedure used by Bebko and Lennox was unsuccessful at reducing rates of bruxism in this subject. Therefore, a procedure was implemented where the subject was given free access to a rubber teether and was redirected with the rubber teether upon the occurrence of audible bruxism. Results of an ABAB design indicated that this free access plus redirection procedure significantly reduced rates of bruxism to acceptable levels. Consistent with Lang et al. (2009), these findings suggest behavioral treatments may be effective for treating chronic bruxism.
 
10. Using Differential Reinforcement Procedures to Increase Tolerance for Change
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
COURTNEY BLOOM (Shabani Institute), Kim Zhu (Center for Behavior Analysis and Language Development), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (Center for Behavior Analysis and Language Development), Daniel B. Shabani (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

The purpose of the current investigation was to use differential reinforcement procedures to increase tolerance for change and decrease disruptions and other aberrant behaviors associated with those changes. Paul, a 22-year-old male diagnosed with autism participated in the study. Paul exhibited qualitative impairments in verbal and nonverbal communication and had difficulties tolerating when things around the house or in his room were touched or moved by others. He spent a significant amount of his day making sure his belongings were perfectly organized and would become extremely agitated and upset when his things were tampered with. In order to increase tolerance, differential reinforcement procedures (i.e., DRA and DRO) were used to gradually increase compliance with therapists requests to temporarily touch and eventually move his belongings. High quality social praise was delivered for periods of tolerance (i.e., absence of problem behavior). Results indicated that across sessions over the course of several months, Paul began to slowly tolerate change around the house and his problem behaviors decreased. Subsequently, generalization of tolerance for change in community settings was evaluated.

 
11. Teaching Self-Employment Skills to Adults With Autism and Other Disabilities Within a Building-Wide Recycling Program
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
WESLEY H. DOTSON (Texas Tech University), David M. Richman (Texas Tech University), Layla Abby (Texas Tech University), Samuel Thompson (Texas Tech University)
Abstract:

There have been few studies exploring the ability of people with disabilities to run their own business, and none that report direct behavioral measures of outcomes. The purpose of the present study was to investigate the ability of 8 young adults with autism and other disabilities to learn skills related to running a recycling business. Skills were taught in three job areas (worker, supervisor, and office jobs), and a multiple-baseline-across-jobs design was used to evaluate the effects of teaching. After teaching, we used a multi-element design to evaluate the degree to which job skills generalized to the natural environment (working shifts maintaining a building-wide recycling program) under different conditions (working a shift alone versus working in pairs). All 8 participants showed improvements in the performance of all three sets of job skills following teaching. All 8 showed high levels of generalization of all three jobs to shifts worked in the natural environment when working in pairs, and 7 of 8 participants also showed high levels of generalization of all three skills when working alone on shifts. Results suggest that adults with disabilities can learn skills related to running their own business.

 
12. Application of a Social Stories(TM) Intervention to Improve Productivity of Adult Workers With Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JEFFREY MICHAEL CHAN (Northern Illinois University), Lindsay Lambdin (Helping Hand for Relief and Development)
Abstract: Social Stories have widely been researched as an intervention for children with autism and related disabilities (Kokina & Lee, 2010). However, this method of intervention has infrequently been applied to older populations with disabilities other than autism. In the current study, Social Stories were used with 3 adults with developmental disabilities to increase their productivity in a sheltered work environment. Social Stories were read to the participants by a staff member at the beginning of the day. The stories included a description of the workers' environment, expectations of performance, and consequences for successful job completion. The dependent variable was the number of items manually constructed by each participant per 15 minute observation period. A multiple baseline across participants design was used. Although interrater reliability (38% of sessions) and treatment integrity (53% of sessions) were measured at 100%, results indicated no improvement in productivity for all participants. Discussion about the lack of behavior change includes: the intellectual functioning of participants may not have been adequate to comprehend the stories, the participants may not have been physically capable of producing high volumes of product, and inadequate reinforcement may have led to limited productivity.
 
13. Computer-Based Teaching of Kanji Reading and Writing in a Student With Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
HIROSHI SUGASAWARA (Tokiwa University)
Abstract:

Japanese has three characters that are Hiragana, Katakana, and Kanji. Japanese students with developmental disabilities often show difficulties in reading and writing kanji characters. Many researchers argued that the matching-to-sample (MTS) procedure and constructed-response matching-to-sample (CRMTS) procedure was effective to construct the equivalence relations among the printed words, vocal responses, and pictures. After these trainings, many participants showed the transfer to other topographic responses such as reading and writing. In this study, a student with pervasive developmental disorder participated, who had difficulties for the reading and writing. We developed the computer-based MTS and CRMTS training programs. The student was required to select or construct the correct Kanji characters. As results, the student could read Kanji characters after MTS training, but could not write Kanji characters. After CRMTS training, the student could read and write Kanji characters. There results were discussed in terms of the equivalence relations.

 
14. Effects of a Shaping and Fading Program Across Dimensions/Response Classes on SIB and Verbal Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
GREGORY R. MANCIL (University of Louisville), Stephen Foreman (Intervention Services)
Abstract:

A comprehensive shaping and fading program across behaviors and response classes was implemented with a 30-year old male without functional communication. He had a history of self-injurious behavior (SIB), aggression toward others (ATO), and self-gagging leading to hospitalization and institutionalization. A functional behavior assessment indicated his behaviors served multiple functions including access to attention/ tangibles, escape/ avoid demands and indicate pain (automatic reinforcement). The shaping program addressed communication and inclusion within group activities. Client had limited mobility (in a wheelchair and functional use of only one arm) and limited vision field, therefore, forced choice stimuli preference assessments were conducted to identify items to use in communication training. The shaping program for communication started with touching the palm of staffs hand to indicate wants and needs. This was shaped into functional use of a communication device along with pushing his wheel on his chair to indicate to leave an area or task, and turn his head to the side to refuse items. Inclusion within group activities included slowly introducing stimuli from the natural setting into training settings and decreasing distance between the client and the group activity. The shaping and fading program resulted in increased communication responses, decreased aberrant behaviors, and inclusion within group activities.

 
15. "Don't Eat That!" Using Latency of First Response to Understand and Treat Pica Behavior at an Intermediate Care Facility
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
EDWARD D. PARKER (Bluegrass Oakwood)
Abstract:

This study investigated the effects of non-punitive-based interventions on the treatment of pica behavior of one 52-year-old male with profound mental retardation. We conducted a brief functional analysis, examining latency of first response and overall frequency of responses per session, and generalized the intervention to an adult day treatment setting at an Intermediate Care Facility (ICF) for adults with MR/DD. A within-subject reversal design was used to evaluate the effects of a function-based non-punitive intervention. The results of this investigation suggest that (a) brief functional analysis, examining latency of first response is an effective way to empirically validate the functionality of potentially dangerous behavior at an ICF and (b) non-punitive interventions that are function based can be effective strategies in reducing occurrences of pica. Limitations and recommendations for future research are discussed.

 
 
 
Poster Session #87
DEV Poster Session
Saturday, May 26, 2012
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center)
1. The Use of Auditory Matching to Improve Instructional Outcomes for Students With Autism
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE LUKE (Surrey Place Centre), Vicky Simos (Surrey Place Centre), Laura Endicott (Surrey Place Centre), Urvashi Sirur (Aisling Discoveries Child and Family Centre), Julia Jones (Toronto Partnership for Autism Services)
Abstract:

The CABAS Auditory Matching Protocol (Chavez-Brown, 2005) has a history of successful use in a number of cases. Benefits of completing the procedure have included improved articulation, acquisition of the listener half of Naming, and increased rates of learning for students. Infant developmental research suggests that a child may need to acquire the ability to match auditory sounds in her environment in order to move toward the integration of information from several sensory systems, a necessary step in the development of the independence of the individual. This poster reports on a systematic replication in an applied setting of use of this instructional strategy. Seven participants, all diagnosed with autism, and ranging in age from 5-7 years, were identified as having either a deficit in articulation or were missing the listener half of Naming. They were taught using the Auditory Matching procedure during the course of their instructional day at a treatment centre where they were undergoing intensive behavioural intervention (IBI). Pre and post probes were conducted with each participant and results as well as performance during the procedure are reported.

 
2. The Effects of Face Conditioning Protocol on Inducing Listener Behavior for Two Nursery School Students With Developmental Delays
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
SUZZANNA JAVED (Teachers College, Columbia University), Susan Buttigieg (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

We tested the effects of the face conditioning protocol on inducing listener behavior for 2-nursery school students with developmental delays using a multiple probe design across participants. The conditioning procedure used a conjugate stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure to condition adult faces as reinforcers. Two students diagnosed with developmental delays were selected to participate in this study because they did not attend to the experimenters faces. The participants were selected from a CABAS classroom in a publically-funded, privately-run preschool. The dependent variables were: a) the numbers of opportunities, out of 20, that the participants attended to the experimenters faces; b) the cumulative amount of time per session (20 trials) the participants attended to the experimenters faces; c) 1-step vocal directions; and d) 1- and 2- step gross motor imitation. The independent variable was the presence of conditioned reinforcement and the procedure used was a conjugate stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure implemented to induce these foundational cusps. The results showed a significant increase in correct responses on listener behavior for both participants.

 
3. The Efficacy of a Clinical Intervention Designed to Decrease Disruptive Vocalizations in an Older Adult With Dementia
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
KIRSTIE HATHAWAY (Rehabilitation Institute, Southern Illinois University), Leah Conner (Rehabilitation Institute, Southern Illinois University), Kathleen Fairchild (Rehabilitation Institute, Southern Illinois University), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The goal of this study was to decrease the disruptive vocalizations that were exhibited by an older adult with dementia who lived in a long-term care facility. Auditory stimuli in the form of hymns and nature music were played during10 minute sessions randomly over approximately a month's time. During the initial baseline, disruptive vocalizations occurred at 2.35 responses per minute. In the initial treatment phase, the target behavior occurred at 0.72 responses per minute. In the second baseline phase, the target behavior occurred at 3.03 responses per minute, and during the final treatment phase, disruptive vocalizations occurred at near zero responses per minute.

 
4. Behavioral Support, Age, and Arm Reaching Modes
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
ANGEL JIMENEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Abstract:

Studies reveal that with aging biomechanical constraints increase, affecting daily aspects of the life of older adults, such as when reaching for objects with the arms. Sixteen older adults (mean age = 70.1 years) reached for a plastic block placed on a table at different distances in a discrete trials procedure. The distances to which the block was located were defined in relation to every subject's absolute critical boundary. Trials were videotaped and the action modes used by the subjects when reaching were registered. The older adults data were compared with data obtained with 16 college students (mean age = 19.4 years). Reaching modes changed their distribution orderly as a function of the distance of the block. The reaching mode changed from using only arm extension to using the shoulder or upper torso at closer distances than the absolute critical boundary. Older adults changed the distribution of their reaching modes at closer distances than college students. These results support the conclusion that the choice of the reaching mode is influenced by the subject's body size, muscular strength, and joint flexibility. These data could be useful for the development of standards for sizing work surfaces for older adults.

 
5. CANCELED: Breaching Limits and Defying Boundaries: I Woke Up One Day and Decided to Run a Marathon
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
BRIAN KEE (University of Memphis), Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis), Megan Elizabeth Vonderheide Hubbard (University of Memphis)
Abstract:

Breaching limits and defying boundaries. Despite overwhelming odds, a man wakes up one day and decides to embark on a journey of epic proportions to change the course of his life. Basic principles of applied behavior analysis are utilized including: measurement of performance variables, data collecting, goal setting, data analysis. and graphing data to propel a man towards his goal of completing a marathon.

 
6. Relations Between Visual Perspective Taking and False Belief Skills in 5-year-old Children
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
MARIA BAQUERO (Universidad de Oviedo), Lorena Garcia-Asenjo (Universidad de Oviedo), Luis Antonio Perez-Gonzalez (Universidad de Oviedo)
Abstract:

The main goal of this study was to identify the relations between visual perspective taking (VPT) and false belief (FB) skills. The participants were 15 typically developing children, their ages ranged from 5-to-6 years-old. Each participant was evaluated in 2 probes of Level 1 of VPT, 3 probes of Level 2 of VPT (with verbal, picture-selection, and object-selection responses), and 2 FB probes (the appearance-reality and unexpected transfer probes). Fourteen children passed the probes of Level 1 of VPT, 14 children passed one or more of the 3 probes of Level 2 of VPT, and 11 children passed at least one of FB probes. This data showed that (a) 10 children passed the 2 probes of FB and they met the criterion in the Level 1 of VPT probe and in the Level 2 of VPT with verbal and photo selection responses, (b) 3 children did not pass the FB probes but they met the criterion in one or more of the Level 1 of VPT probe and at least in the Level 2 of VPT with verbal responses. These data show that these skills are interelated but it is necessary to identify other pre-requisites skills.

 
7. Effects of Assessment of Prerequisite Skills in Performance on Probes of Level 2 Visual Perspective Taking
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
MARIA BAQUERO (Universidad de Oviedo), Lorena Garcia-Asenjo (Universidad de Oviedo), Luis Antonio Perez-Gonzalez (Universidad de Oviedo)
Abstract:

Level 2 of visual perspective taking (VPT) consists of responding differentially according to the visual perception of oneself and other person, when both people are seeing the same object from different perspectives. The main goal of this study was to analyze the effect of the assesment of prerequisite skills in performance on Level 2 of VPT probes. The participants were 4 typically developing children, their ages ranged from 3-to-5 years-old. First, each participant was evaluated in 3 probes of Level 2 of VPT (verbal, pictures selection and object selection). Second, each participant was evaluated in three prerequisites skills: tacts, discriminations and orientation of the positions of an object, and then in the same 3 probes of Level 2 VPT. All children showed more correct responses in Level 2 probes after being evaluated in prerequisite skills. These data shows that previous exposure to the prerequisite skills improves childrens performance on probes of Level 2 of VPT.

 
 
 
Poster Session #88
EAB Poster Session 1
Saturday, May 26, 2012
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center)
1. The Reinforcement History Effects of Behavioral Variation and Repetition on Acquisition of Counting Behavior
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
NAOKI YAMAGISHI (Ryutsu Keizai University)
Abstract:

The purpose of the research is comparing pigeon and human behavior under response differentiation task between variable and repetitive counting behavior, and following acquisition task. Thus, the research examines history effects of response variability on acquisition of behavior. Differentiation task demands variable and repetitive counting behavior in each component. The response unit of the procedure is counting behavior based on fixed consecutive number schedule. The procedure of the schedule is as follows: there are 2 keys. If1 response to right key followed at least1 response to left key, number of response to left key is considered as the number counted. Experimenter set percentile schedule for shaping variable and repetitive counting responses. Parameter of the percentile schedule was arranged to equalize average number counted as 6, and differentiate only the SD of the number counted. Following task demands to count larger number under another percentile schedule in both conditions. The author found that pigeons differentiate variable and repetitive counting. Furthermore, the reinforcement history of variable counting enhanced acquiring larger number than repetitive history. For the human experiment, the results will bediscussed on site. Potential impact of the research indicates the behavioral variability has adoptive function in acquisition task.

 
2. Differential Reinforcement of Lever Holding in Rats: Assessing Temporal Discounting on a Single Manipulandum
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CHARLES CASEY JOEL FRYE (Southern Illinois University), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale), Michael Young (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale), Jerry Zhu (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

We assessed sensitivity to trade-offs between reinforcer amount and immediacy using a novel single manipulandum procedure. Three male Long-Evans Hooded Rats were trained to hold down a lever. Lever holding was reinforced with access to sucrose solution. The volume of sucrose solution delivered varied as a function of hold duration according to one of five feedback functionsone linear, two negatively accelerated, and two positively accelerated. The form of the feedback function varied daily according to a pseudo-random sequence. Reinforcement volume reached a maximum after hold durations of 10s. Under linear feedback conditions, the volume of solution delivered increased proportionally with hold duration. Under negatively accelerated feedback conditions, the volume of solution delivered accelerated quickly near the maximum value. Under positively accelerating feedback conditions, the volume of solution delivered increased at a slow rate initially, but the rate of growth increased rapidly towards the end of 10 s interval. Thus, under positively accelerating feedback conditions, there is a trade-off between reinforcement immediacy and reinforcement amount (i.e., releasing sooner for a smaller reinforcer or holding longer for a larger reinforcer). For two of three rats, the distribution of hold durations tracked daily changes in feedback conditions, indicating sensitivity to these contingencies.

 
3. Effects of Variability in Delay to Reinforcement on Within-Session Decreases in Operant Responding
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MIKAELA MULDER (University of Alaska Anchorage), Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage), Shea Lowery (University of Alaska Anchorage), Alyssa Hoskie (University of Alaska Anchorage), Amanda Hesser (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract:

Our study investigated the hypothesis that habituation to food reinforcement occurs more slowly when the delay to reinforcement is variable rather than constant. To test this hypothesis, four Wistar rats lever pressed on a fixed interval 8-s (FI) schedule of reinforcement to earn five 45 mg food pellets during 30 min sessions. In the constant condition, the delay to reinforcement was 10 s during each reinforcer delivery. During the variable condition, the reinforcers were delayed by either 1 or 19 s (M = 10 s). Rates of responding were higher and within-session decreases in responding were more attenuated during the variable delay condition. Our results indicate that reinforcer effectiveness can be increased or decreased depending upon the variability in the delay to reinforcement. These findings are generally consistent with the idea that habituation (e.g., McSweeney & Murphy, 2009) accrues to food reinforcers and may have implications for behavioral treatments in applied settings.

 
4. The Predictability of a Visual Stimulus for Food and Its Effect on Induced Polydipsia
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MELISSA M. M. ANDREWS (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
Abstract:

Previous research has shown that schedule-induced polydipsia can be produced by paired and unpaired auditory stimuli (Corfield-Sumner, Blackman & Stainer, 1977; Porter and Kenshalo, 1974; Rosenblith, 1970). The present study is an attempt to replicate and extend the previous findings by manipulating the correlation between a visual stimulus and food delivery. Rats were placed on a fixed-time 90-s schedule to induce drinking. After drinking stabilized, a 3-s presentation of 3 LEDs occurred halfway into the interfood interval (i.e., 45 s). Drinking following the food delivery developed quickly and in large amounts while post-stimulus drinking did not develop, presumably due to the fact that the LEDs were 100% predictive of food 45-s later. Next the probability with which the LEDs are followed by food will be manipulated across conditions. It is predicted that post-stimulus drinking will occur when the LED-food contingency is degraded, such as having the LED presentation followed by food 50% of the time instead of 100% of the time.

 
5. Within-Trial Contrast: Conditioning Effects on Preceding and Subsequent Stimuli
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JAMES NICHOLSON MEINDL (University of Memphis), Jonathan W. Ivy (Mercyhurst College), Neal Miller (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis)
Abstract:

Stimuli that precede aversive events are typically preferred less than stimuli that precede non-aversive events. Stimuli that follow aversive events, however, may become preferred more than stimuli that follow nonaversive events. This effect has been labeled within-trial contrast. Although this effect has been replicated, only rarely have initial preferences for antecedent and consequent stimuli, or aversive events been established prior to training with those stimuli. This inconsistency could explain different outcomes found by various researchers. Furthermore, it is unclear whether within-trial contrast alters reinforcer efficacy in addition to stimulus preferences. If so, within-trial contrast could represent a new method of conditioning reinforcers. The current experiment sought to replicate and extend research on within-trial contrast by (a) examining preference changes for both antecedent and consequent stimuli, (b) assessing preference for all stimuli and events both before and after training, and (c) assessing whether within-trial contrast altered reinforcer efficacy. The results indicate that antecedent stimuli preceding aversive events decreased in preference, however within-trial contrast was demonstrated for only one participant. Furthermore, changes in preference for consequent stimuli were not correlated with changes in reinforcer efficacy, thus indicating that within-trial contrast may not be a viable strategy for conditioning reinforcers.

 
6. Simple Discrimination Control and Stimulus Generalization in a Go/no-go Procedure With Compound Stimuli in Pigeons
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
HELOISA CURSI CAMPOS (Universidade de Sao Paulo), Paula Debert (Universidade de Sao Paulo)
Abstract:

A previous study employed a go/no-go procedure with compound stimuli to teach pigeons to peck to two-component compounds A1B1, A2B2, B1C1, B2C2 and to refrain from pecking to A1B2, A2B1, B1C2, B2C1. The test presented the compounds rotated 180 and subjects pecked to B1A1, B2A2, C1B1, C2B2 and not to B1A2, B2A1, C1B2, C2B1. Pecks could have been controlled by the relation between components (i.e. conditional discrimination) or compounds as single stimuli (i.e. simple discrimination in training and stimulus generalization in the test). The present study manipulated components display to verify if the discriminative responding established in training involved simple discrimination control and tests involved stimulus generalization. During training pecks to A1B1, A2B2, B1C1, B2C2 were followed by food and pecks to A1B2, A2B1, B1C2, B2C1 re-started the trials. Tests presented training components rotated 180 (Test 1), 90 to the right (Test 2), 90 to the left (Test 3), separated by 1 cm (Test 4) and also rotated 180 (Test 5). The four pigeons exhibited a discriminative responding in Tests 1-3, two pigeons also in Test 4 and one pigeon also in Test 5. Results suggest that training involved simple discrimination control and tests consisted in a stimulus generalization test.

 
7. Use of Timeout to Decrease Pausing During Rich to Lean Transitions
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
EMILY L. BAXTER (University Of North Carolina, Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Kelsey G. Knight (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
Abstract:

Relatively large post-reinforcement pauses (PRP) are observed during transitions from a rich (i.e., high reinforcer magnitude) environment to a lean (i.e., low reinforcer magnitude) environment compared to other transition types (i.e., rich-rich; lean-rich; lean-lean). In previous studies, two discriminative stimuli have been used to indicate the upcoming reinforcer (i.e., large or small). In contrast, in the current study, four pigeons responded on a multiple FR schedule, in which four discriminative stimuli were used to represent each individual transition. The magnitude of the reinforcers were adjusted until the PRP duration in the presence of the rich to lean transition stimuli was 20 s or greater than the PRP of the other transitions. In the second phase, probe sessions were included in which a 15, 30, or 60-s timeout (i.e., blackout) was added after each food presentation. Results have been variable; however, the most common effect is a decrease in the PRP during rich to lean transitions.

 
8. Persistent Superstitious Keypecking Despite Multiple Disruptors in Two Pigeons
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ANDREW T. FOX (University of Kansas), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
Abstract:

Three pigeons were exposed to conditions of decreasing contingency between keypecks and food deliveries by varying the percentage of total food deliveries that were response-dependent or response-independent. Two pigeons continued to keypeck at moderate rates even when the food was delivered 100% response-independently. Sessions of no-food extinction nearly eliminated keypecking, but keypecking returned when response-independent food deliveries were reinstated. Halving the rate of food delivery did not eliminate keypecking in either pigeon but one pigeon ceased to keypeck when the rate of food delivery was doubled. The other pigeon persisted despite sessions in which the opportunity to peck was removed but response-independent food deliveries continued. The results have implications for the contingency versus contiguity debate in operant conditioning and the recent debate over signaling versus strengthening functions of reinforcers.

 
9. Effects of Signaled Reinforcement on Resistance to Change
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ASHLEY GOMEZ (Santa Clara University), Jesslyn Farros (California State University, Los Angeles), Matthew C. Bell (Santa Clara University)
Abstract:

Behavioral Momentum Theory (BMT) says resistance to change is determined by Pavlovian stimulus-reinforcer contingencies. Some research, however, suggests that the model is incomplete. Specifically, the role of the stimulus and the exact determinants of resistance to change are unclear. In a systematic replication of Nevin et al. (1990), we investigated the effect of signaling non-contingent food on response rate and resistance to change in a two-component, multiple schedule procedure. Both the target and control components reinforced responding according to a variable interval 60-s schedule. The target component, however, also provided non-contingent access to food according to an additional variable time 40-s schedule. In signal conditions (SIG) additional non-contingent food presentations were preceded by a 4-s signal; in unsignaled conditions (UNS) no stimulus change occurred. Following baseline training, behavior was disrupted with inter-component interval food presentations. According to BMT, there should be higher resistance to change in the UNS conditions compared to SIG conditions. The data show that this was the case for seven of the eight subjects. When presented with additional non-contingent food in the presence of a stimulus, proportion of baseline responding was higher in the UNS condition compared to the SIG condition. This finding supports BMT.

 
10. Response Patterns in Multi-Link Chain Schedules During Extinction
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MATTHEW C. BELL (Santa Clara University)
Abstract: How reinforcement control responding in chain schedules of reinforcement is not well understood. A primary reinforcement hypothesis suggests direct control of responding in each link by primary reinforcement, with the association becoming weaker as links become removed from reinforcement, with the stimuli associated with each link merely providing a discriminative function. A conditioned reinforcement hypothesis suggests that chain stimuli acquire conditioned value through their association with reinforcement and that conditioned value is what controls responding. Each hypothesis predicts a different pattern of responding in extinction. A primary reinforcement hypothesis predicts a forward pattern of extinction, with responding in earlier links decreasing most rapidly because of the more tenuous connection with primary reinforcement. A conditioned reinforcement hypothesis predicts a backward pattern of extinction, with responding in later links decreasing more rapidly than earlier links because the conditioned reinforcing value of later links maintains responding in earlier links. The present study presented pigeons with two chain schedules. One ended in reinforcement while the other ended in extinction. After responding had been established, the reinforcement contingencies were reversed. Of primary interest was the pattern of extinction. Preliminary results suggest support for the primary reinforcement hypothesis, with later link responding decreasing fastest.
 
11. ABA and ABC Renewal Effects in a Positive Reinforcement Paradigm: Effects of Changes in Auditory Stimuli
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
STEPHANIE L. KINCAID (West Virginia University), Toshikazu Kuroda (West Virginia University), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract: With a contextual change following extinction of a response, recurrence of the response has been observed. This phenomenon is known as the renewal effect. Previous studies demonstrating the renewal effect involved a simultaneous change in multiple modalities of stimuli (e.g. visual, auditory, olfactory, and tactile), thereby making it difficult to attribute the effect to any specific stimulus change. The present study investigated whether a change in a single stimulus modality (auditory) would be sufficient to observe the renewal effect. Lever-pressing was established in rats with a variable-ratio schedule in the presence of a tone, followed by extinction under a second tone. Within-subject renewal tests occurred at different times in the presence of the original tone (ABA renewal) or of a novel tone (ABC renewal). Lever-pressing recurred reliably for the former but not the latter, suggesting that ABA renewal is more robust than ABC renewal when contexts are differentiated by a single stimulus modality.
 
12. Effects of Magnitude of Reinforcement on the Resurgence of Computer-Based Responses
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
NICHOLAS VANSELOW (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University)
Abstract: Resurgence of previously reinforced responses occurs when recently reinforced responses are placed on extinction. Some studies have demonstrated that the probability and magnitude of resurgence may be affected by the length of reinforcement history or the length of exposure to extinction. However, previous studies have not examined the effect on different magnitudes of reinforcement on the occurrence or magnitude of resurgence. Three studies were conducted with typical adults playing a computer game. In Study 1, we replicated the procedures of previous studies with a limited number of responses and equal magnitude of reinforcement. In Study 2, we included nine possible responses but kept the magnitude of reinforcement consistent. In Study 3, magnitudes of 10 points, 5 points, and 1 point were used for different responses to determine if magnitude of reinforcement affected the probability resurgence would occur and, if resurgence did occur, the order the responses resurged. Implications for these effects to preventing resurgence of problem behavior are discussed.
 
13. An Appropriate Index for Resurgence for Pigeons
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory
SATOSHI OBATA (Tokiwa University), Tetsumi Moriyama (Tokiwa University)
Abstract:

Resurgence is defined as reoccurrence of previously reinforced behavior when recently reinforced behavior is extinguished. Most previous studies have not investigated the phenomenon quantitatively. If there is an index showing the magnitude of resurgence quantitatively, we can examine the functional relation between independent variables of resurgence and the magnitude as a dependent variable in more detail. Thus, we calculated the ratio of resurgence (ROR) based on response rates of the target behavior in both the elimination and the resurgence conditions for pigeons. We used the formula 1 for calculating ROR. m1 is mean key-peck response rates over the last three sessions of the elimination condition for a pigeon. m2 is mean key-peck response rates for each session of the resurgence condition for that pigeon. Table1 shows ROR for pigeons from three studies. Positive value means that subjects showed resurgence. The value of zero and negative values mean that subjects did not show resurgence. The results showed clear variation in magnitude of resurgence among pigeons. Thus, ROR is an appropriate index of the magnitude of resurgence.

 
14. On the Reinstatement of Destructive Behavior Displayed by Individuals With Autism: A Translational Analysis
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
TERRY S. FALCOMATA (University of Texas at Austin), Summer G. Ducloux (University of Texas at Austin), Katherine Hoffman (University of Texas), Colin S. Muething (University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

The recovery of previously extinguished responding during response-independent delivery of previously reinforcing stimuli is referred to as reinstatement. Studies of this phenomenon are limited to a small number of operant-based, basic evaluations and behavioral pharmacological studies. Thus, translational analyses of this phenomenon are needed to study its potential applied relevance across additional populations (e.g., autism and developmental disabilities). In this study, we examined reinstatement of destructive behavior exhibited by individuals with autism. Destructive behavior was first reinforced on a fixed-ratio 1 schedule of reinforcement and high rates of responding were observed. Next, extinction was implemented and destructive behavior was extinguished. In the third component, a fixed-time 2 minute schedule was implemented and destructive behavior was reinstated. This 3-component sequence of conditions was implemented3 times with both subjects and reinstatement occurred in all test conditions. Interobserver agreement was collected on at least 30% of all sessions and averaged above 90% for all participants. These results suggest that reinstatement (a) occurs across populations and (b) is a phenomenon that likely impacts clinical outcomes by contributing to treatment lapses during and following treatments for severe destructive behavior.

 
15. Sequence Acquisition With Delayed Reinforcement In Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ROBIN M. KUHN (Central Michigan University), John R. Smethells (Central Michigan University), Andrew T. Fox (University of Kansas), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
Abstract:

Response acquisition with delayed reinforcement is a reliable and general phenomenon. However, acquisition of response sequences under delay of reinforcement conditions have yet to be examined extensively in non-humans. In this study, two groups of four nave rats learned a left-right lever press sequence with a short (0.25 s) or long (5 s) unsignaled, resetting delay to reinforcement using a tandem FR 1 FT x schedule. All subjects in the short delay group acquired the sequence within four sessions, whereas up to twenty sessions were required for all rats in the long delay group to learn the sequence. Within-session analysis of homogenous (e.g., left-left) and heterogeneous (e.g., right-left) response sequences revealed variations in the proportion of sequences emitted outside of and during the delay, suggesting differential control by the FR and FT components of the tandem schedule. Results bring to bear the selective effects of reinforcement on functional operants composed of more than one discrete response and extend previous findings regarding acquisition with delayed reinforcement to more complex behaviors.

 
16. Combined Influence of Variability in Amount of Reinforcement and Schedule on Within-Session Decreases in Responding
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ALYSSA HOSKIE (University of Alaska Anchorage), Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage), Mikaela Mulder (University of Alaska Anchorage), Shea Lowery (University of Alaska Anchorage), Amanda Hesser (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract:

The present experiment tested the hypothesis that habituation contributes to within-session decreases in operant responding. In particular, we tested for the variety effects property of habituation which states that habituation should develop more slowly and overall responsiveness should be higher when reinforcers are presented in a variable, rather than in a constant, manner. The experimental design was a 2 (Amount: constant vs. variable 5 food pellets) X 2 (Schedule: fixed interval 8-s vs. variable interval 8-s schedule of reinforcement). Four rats responded on either a FI 8- or a VI 8-s schedule in which pressing a lever produced a constant amount of 5 food pellets or an average of 5 (1 or 9 with a probability of .50) food pellets per delivery during 30 min daily sessions. When both amount and schedule of reinforcement were constant, rates of responding were lower and within-session decreases in responding were steeper than when one or both reinforcement parameters were variable. These preliminary data suggest that varying one or more reinforcement parameters increases the effectiveness of a repeatedly presented reinforcer. The results of the experiment are consistent with the idea that habituation to the reinforcer contribute to within-session changes in operant responding.

 
17. Effects of Reinforcer Delay on Within-Session Changes in Responding
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KENJIRO AOYAMA (Doshisha University)
Abstract:

Delay of reinforcer is supposed to devalue the reinforcer. This study tested the effects of reinforcement delay on within-session changes in responding. Six rats were trained to press a lever for food reinforcer during 30-min sessions. In No-Delay condition, every lever-pressing was reinforced by a food pellet immediately after the response. In Delay condition, delivery of reinforcer was delayed for 1 second. The experiment lasted for 10 days and the 2 conditions were alternated using an ABBA design. During the early part of the session, response rates in Delay condition were lower than in No-Delay condition. However, within-session decreases in responding were steeper in No-Delay than in Delay condition. As a result, response rates were similar during the later part of the session between the 2 conditions. In addition, response rates were well-described as linear functions of the cumulative number of reinforcements in both conditions (R2s>.96). The regression line for No-Delay condition had larger y-axis intercept and steeper slope than that for Delay group. However, the x-axis intercepts No-Delay and Delay conditions were similar. This pattern is different from the effect of reinforcer devaluation induced by taste aversion learning.

 
18. Attenuating the Behavioral Disruption Engendered by Negative Shifts in Food Reinforcement via a Bonus Food Contingency at Session Completion
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ROBERT ALEXANDER SAUER (College of Charleston), Chad M. Galuska (College of Charleston)
Abstract:

Negative incentive shifts involve transitions from relatively favorable to unfavorable reinforcement contexts and are known to produce clinically relevant behavioral disruptions in both animals and humans. This series of experiments was designed to assess if providing additional incentives at session completion attenuated these disruptions in an animal model. Long Evans rats lever pressed under a multiple fixed-ratio (FR) schedule (e.g., FR 80) for reinforcers of 2 different magnitudes. Half of the ratio completions resulted in delivery of a large reinforcer (3, 45-mg food pellets) and half resulted in a small reinforcer (1 pellet). The upcoming reinforcer magnitude was signaled by either the left lever (e.g., large) or the right lever (e.g., small) being inserted into the chamber at the start of each component. In each session, components were presented pseudo-randomly yielding 4 different transitions between just-received and signaled upcoming reinforcers: small-small, small-large, large-small, large-large. Consistent with prior studies, the negative incentive shift (large-small transition) engendered extended pausing. To attenuate this pausing, a bonus period of reinforcer availability was added at session completion. A lever was reinserted into the operant chamber and each press on it produced 1 food pellet until 50 pellets were earned. Implementing the bonus contingency on the lever associated with the small component, but not the large component, decreased within-session pausing during the large-small transition. Overall, the results suggest that strengthening stimulus-reinforcer and response-reinforcer associations via an enriched reinforcement context at session completion may decrease the behavioral disruption engendered by negative incentive shifts.

 
19. Effects of Food Deprivation on the Stimulus Control of Eating
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), CARLOS A. BRUNER (Universidad Nacional de Mexico)
Abstract:

Rats feed periodically in bouts of about 10 minutes separated by inter-bout periods of about 180 minutes. Whether food is freely available or restricted by a schedule with similar durations (e.g., multiple FR1 EXT), has no effect. This investigation involved altering the regularity of the inter-access interval to either 20 or 300 minutes while holding constant the access duration to 10 minutes in daily 24 hour sessions. In addition, the temporal location of a 5-minute neutral stimulus was varied within the inter-access interval to either 5, 10 or 20 minutes before the subsequent access. Rats ate more when the inter-access interval was 300 than when its was 20 minutes. For both inter-access intervals the amount of food eaten was a decreasing function of lengthening the stimulus-to-access interval. However, the stimulus-control functions were more pronounced when the inter-access period was 300 minutes than when it was 20 minutes. These results show that food deprivation can be varied experimentally within single 24-hour periods and that the longer of the two deprivation periods enhanced stimulus control over eating.

 
20. The Effects of an Olfactory Stimulus (Fox Urine) on Reward Sensitivity and Bias in an Open Field Foraging Paradigm
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
VALERI FARMER-DOUGAN (Illinois State University), Kari Chesney (University of Missouri)
Abstract:

That olfactory stimuli are important for learning and avoidance tasks is well supported in the literature. However, olfactory cues have rarely been used as avoided stimuli themselves. Results of recent studies suggest that odors that may have biological relevance to the animal, for example, fox urine should produce reliable avoidance responses. It was hypothesized that an odor with potential survival relevance, such as a predator scent, should affect the reward sensitivity, and not just bias, when Sprague Dawley rats foraged for food reinforcers in an open field matching law paradigm. Five Sprague Dawley rats were individually placed for 20 minutes per session in one of two large open foraging fields (2.5 M by 1.25 M with 30 cm walls) containing two foraging pans in opposite corners of the field. Four separate concurrent Variable Time Variable Time (conc VT VT) reinforcement schedules were used across the four week time span for the experiment. During baseline (Monday-Wednesday) rats were exposed to the schedules with no fox urine present, but water-saturated cotton balls were placed in each feeder pan. On Thursdays, 10 droplets of commercially prepared fox urine were placed on the cotton ball placed in Feeder 2. The baited feeder remained constant across reinforcement schedules. On Fridays, the recovery day, water-saturated cotton balls were once again placed in both feeders. Using Baums (1974) Matching equation, reward sensitivity and bias were calculated for baseline, fox urine scent,and recover days. Given that the same feeder was baited across schedules, the Generalized Matching Law would predict changes in bias, but not reward sensitivity. However, results showed significant changes in bias, and significant attenuation of reward sensitivity when rats were presented with the fox urine, compared to baseline and recovery days.

 
21. Can type of maintenance diet act as an establishing operation to change demand for reinforcers with hens?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Surrey Jackson (University of Waikato), Therese Mary Foster (University of Waikato), James McEwan (University of Waikato), LEWIS A. BIZO (The University of Waikato)
Abstract:

This study investigated whether the food used as the maintenance diet affected demand when either the same or a different food served as the reinforcer. Hens preferences between wheat, laying pellets and puffed wheat were assessed using a free-access procedure. The hens were then maintained at 80% 10% of their free-feeding body weights by one of the foods while responding under progressive-ratio schedules (with the response requirement doubled each reinforcer) for each of the three foods. Sessions terminated when the hen ceased responding for 300 s. All three foods were used as reinforcers and the maintenance food. Response rates, post-reinforcement pauses and demand functions (i.e., the relation between estimated consumption rate and response requirement) under each response requirement were examined. The hens were then maintained at 80% 10% of their free-feeding body weight by pellets and responded under fixed-ratio schedules with the response requirement doubling each session until the hen received no reinforcers (each of the three foods were used as reinforcers) in a session. Sessions terminated after 40 reinforcers or 40 min. There were no systematic relations between the individual hens food preferences and any of the performance measures under either the progressive- or fixed-ratio schedules.

 
22. Foraging by Free-Ranging Eastern Fox Squirrels and Response Effort
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BRADY J. PHELPS (San Diego State University), Caitlin Gilley (South Dakota State University), Caroline Hicks (South Dakota State University), Ryan A. Richmond (South Dakota State University)
Abstract: Preferred food for free-roaming eastern fox squirrels (Sciurus niger) will be available in feeders. The effects of response effort will be manipulated by adding 25 gm weights to the lid of feeders. In approximately 75 days of initial observation, when squirrels prefer a feeder, based on access and escape routes, approximately 200 gms or more is needed before a squirrel will forage at an adjacent feeder with identical food. Effects of an altered food were also examined.
 
 
 
Poster Session #89
EDC Poster Session 1
Saturday, May 26, 2012
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center)
1. The Effects of Reading Mastery With Flashcard Practice on the Development of Word Recognition With a Middle School Student
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
WENDY M. WINGEARD (Gonzaga Univeristy), Melaina M. Cole (Gonzaga Univeristy), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University)
Abstract:

This case study was conducted to increase word recognition of the participant, "Peter," an adolescent with mental retardation using a model-spell-test procedure along with Reading Mastery curriculum and flashcard practice. Throughout the study the researchers utilized the data to make decisions regarding treatment strategies as seem by the temporary returned to baseline in Set 1 after the completion the Reading Mastery lessons. This return to baseline indicated that Peter had not reached mastery of Set 1 words; therefore, another teaching strategy (flashcard practice) was implemented across all sets. After an increasing and/or stable trend was established intervention began on the next set of words. The results showed the implementation of Reading Mastery to be effective at increasing word identification. Once lessons were complete a flashcard practice procedure was used to assist with maintenance of word recognition. The success of the study was demonstrated through Peter's post–test scores, increasing from an average of7 words correct out of 40 on the pretest to an average of 39 out of 40 words correct on the post–test.

 
2. The Effects of a Model Lead Test Format to Teach a 13-Year-Old Boy with Moderate Disabilities Sounds and Words
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN M. WORCESTER (Gonzaga Univeristy), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University)
Abstract:

This study was designed to evaluate the model lead test procedure for effectiveness in teaching sounds and words to a 13-year-old boy with moderate disabilities in his middle school self-contained classroom. The participant had no reading skills prior to this study and since reading is a necessary skill in everyday life this topic was targeted by the researcher for change. In this procedure, the researcher modeled, prompted the participant to say it in unison with the researcher, and then asked the participant to say it independently. In addition a repeated sound out procedure, in which the participant was asked to sound out the word multiple times increasing in speed from one trial to the next, was used in order to teach words. The results showed an immediate increase in the number of correct sounds in set one upon implementation of the model lead test procedure, while in the second set there was a gradual increase in the number of sounds correct. The model lead test procedure with repeated sound out was also effective at teaching words as evident in the progressive increase of correct words in set one and rapid increase in set two words. Overall, the study showed that for individuals with little or no reading skills, the model lead test procedure in addition to a repeated sound out procedure was an effective method.

 
3. Employing a Structural Analysis to Choose and Implement an Academic Intervention for a High School Student With ADHD
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KEVIN D. PIERCE (Gonzaga Univeristy), Olivia K. Owen (Gonzaga Univeristy), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University)
Abstract:

This case study utilized a structural analysis to determine possible causes for the participants aberrant behaviors. The assessment utilizing a functional behavior assessment manipulated easy and hard math tasks as determined by the classroom teacher. The results of the structural analysis indicated "inappropriate" behaviors were due to difficulty of assignments. Next, the researchers assessed mathematical skill level in order to provide appropriate classwork. The researchers determined that the participant's general classroom assignments we well above her instructional level and then adjusted her work to match the identified instructional level. The researchers found that when the participant was given work at her instructional level aberrant behaviors decreased and therefore focused on instructional strategies and increased instructional performance. The researchers then implemented a strategy-model-test (SMT) procedure to teach her skills pertaining to addition/subtraction, multiplication, and division of positive and negative integers. Results from the SMT procedure illustrated an increase in math skills. An additional benefit of the study was that it enabled the participant to generalize the strategies that were introduced in this study, over all three sets. The generalization effect was noted when reviewing the data on Figure 2. It was noted that the scores in Set 3 begin to increase once the SMT method began in Set 2.

 
4. The Effect of the Math Racetrack and Model/Lead/Test Procedures on Counting Skills of Two Preschool Students With Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
STEFONI OLMSTEAD (Gonzaga University), Mika Aoyama (Gonzaga Unviersity), Randy Lee Williams (Gonzaga University)
Abstract:

The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of the Math Racetrack and Model/Lead/Test procedures on the accuracy of rational counting from 1-10 by two preschool special education students. A multiple baseline design across three sets of target numbers to be counted was used to evaluate the combination of the Math Racetrack and Model/Lead/Test procedures. The sets included counting 1-4, counting 5-7, and counting 8-10. There was a clear functional relationship between the Math Racetrack and Model/Lead/Test procedures and increases in the accuracy of counting by both children. The procedures used were inexpensive and required little time or effort to implement.

 
5. Effects of Direct Instruction Flashcard System on the Mastery of Sight Words and Letters by Two Elementary Special Education Students
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Jessica Mangundayao (Gonzaga University), Christine Clenin (Gonzaga University), RANDY LEE WILLIAMS (Gonzaga University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate if the effects of the Direct Instruction Flashcard procedure on (1) the accuracy of identifying lowercase letters by a 3-year-old male with developmental delays and (2) on the accuracy of reading sight words by a 9-year-old male with developmental delays in a special education classroom setting. A single-subject multiple baseline design across three sets of words and three sets of lowercase letters were used to evaluate the effectiveness of the intervention. A clear functional relationship was shown between the Direct Instruction Flashcard procedure and improvements in identifying letters by the 3-year-old boy and in oral reading of sight words by the 9-year-old boy. The procedure was cost effective and required little training to implement.

 
6. Effects of Direct Instruction Flashcards and Math Racetrack on the Basic Subtraction Skills of an 11-Year-Old Girl and an 8-Year-Old Boy
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Samantha Spalding (Gonzaga University), Elisa Gibian (Gonzaga University), Jessica Griffith (Gonzaga University), RANDY LEE WILLIAMS (Gonzaga University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to determine if a ten-year-old girl with a learning disability and an at-risk 8-year-old boy could master math facts using the Direct Instruction Flashcard and Math Racetrack procedures. During each session, both students were presented with 15 subtraction facts on flashcards and were given 2 seconds to say the correct statement and answer. After this process was completed, the students were then presented with the Math Racetrack, a track consisting of 28 different subtraction facts. The child had to verbalize each fact along with the correct answer as quickly as possible. A clear functional relationship was shown between the Direct Instruction and Math Racetrack procedures and an increase in the number of subtraction facts answered correctly. At the end of the study, both students had increased their accuracy in answering the subtraction facts to 70. The procedure was cost effective and required little training to supplement.

 
7. Reliability of the Questions About Behavioral Function Rating Scale Between Teachers and Paraprofessionals in a School Setting
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL E. MAY (Southern Illinois University), Morgan Chitiyo (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

There has been considerable emphasis on indirect functional behavior assessments in school settings. Although the most likely candidates for conducting these assessments are teachers and paraprofessionals, little research has evaluated the reliability of indirect assessment methods in school settings by personnel with diverse educational backgrounds. Various assessment scales have been published, such as the Questions About Behavioral Function (QABF). The QABF has not been studied in a school setting even though psychometric evidence suggests it is a viable indirect assessment of the functions of a variety of problem behaviors across settings and disabilities. The purpose of this study was to further examine the reliability of the QABF in a school setting conducted by teachers and paraprofessionals. Overall, results of this study suggest that the QABF has low to moderate inter-rater reliability and internal consistency for identifying functions of problem behavior in school settings. Factors that may have contributed to this outcome are discussed, including suggestions for future research using rating scales in school settings.

 
8. Evaluating Combined-Antecedent Influences on Noncompliance in a Preschooler with Intellectual Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
MICHAEL E. MAY (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Noncompliance is often maintained by escape from instructional activities. However, attention is typically inseparable from the consequences imposed by teachers. Testing consequent conditions in a functional analysis in these instances could lead to inconclusive results. Therefore, antecedents could be manipulated to parse out attention versus escape functions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate noncontingent attention combined with contingent escape and contingent attention conditions for noncompliance in a 4-year-old preschool girl. Results showed that noncompliance in the free play condition was lower than the demand + noncontingent attention + contingent attention and the demand + noncontingent attention + contingent escape conditions. Although noncompliance was maintained by both attention and escape, noncontingent attention reduced the rate of noncompliance in the contingent attention condition. Treatment packages including antecedent attention as an abolishing operation may be beneficial for reducing noncompliant behavior during academic tasks.
 
9. Functional Behavioral Assessment and Behavior Intervention Plans: The Perspective of Students With Problem Behavior, Their Parents, Teachers and School Administrators
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
SESSELJA ARNADOTTIR (University of Iceland)
Abstract:

Functional behavioral assessment (FBA) and behavior intervention plans (BIPs) are mandated through federal law and there is considerable evidence that these practices can improve the behavior and academic functioning of students with problem behavior. In this qualitative study, semi-structured interviews were conducted with students to determine their views on their school functioning, teacher practices, and general well-being at school, before and after function-based BIPs were implemented. These students were four boys with ADHD, 7 to 14 years old, with long-term behavior problems that were in some cases alleviated through the use of function-based BIPs. In addition, their parents as well as teachers and administrators in their schools were interviewed to determine their perspectives on FBA and BIPs practices. Findings revealed a generally positive view on function-based BIPs. Students and parents felt that the function-based BIPs had helped the students to improve their social and acdemic functioning at school. Teachers expressed that FBAs and BIPs were effective practices, but found them somewhat time-consuming and at times difficult to implement in inclusive settings. School administrators emphasized that the key to success was the teachers positive attitude and consistent implementation of the function-based BIPs. Limitations and implications of these findings are discussed.

 
10. Students' Perspective on Aggression Replacement Training and Attending a Special School for Students With Severe Behavioral and Emotional Difficulties
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ANNA-LIND PETURSDOTTIR (University of Iceland), Gudrun Vala Jonsdottir (University of Iceland)
Abstract:

This study explored students perspective on attending a special school for students with severe behavioral difficulties and examined the effects of Aggression Replacement Training (ART) on their anger management, social skills and moral reasoning. Both quantitative and qualitative methods were used. Participants were ten students of a special school for students with behavioral and/or emotional difficulties. Most participants had diagnoses of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, oppositional defiant disorder and/or had symptoms of depression and/or anxiety. Teachers were asked to rate social skills of students with Goldstein & McGinnis (1997) rating scale. Students were asked what they would do in anger-provoking situations, and to describe steps in performing particular social skills. After four months in the special school, including ten weeks of ART, the evaluation was repeated. Findings indicate that teachers found their students to be more organized, but no other significant differences emerged on the rating scales. However, students had more knowledge of social skills (d = 0.75) and knew more ways of dealing with anger (d = 0.71). The majority of students expressed that ART had helped them, and spoke of increased anger control. Most students indicated that they were unhappy at the special school, but the majority said that they had experienced ART positively.

 
11. Decreasing Long-term Behavior Problems of Students With Function-based Behavior Support Plans: The Effects of a University Course
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ANNA-LIND PETURSDOTTIR (University of Iceland)
Abstract:

Functional Behavioral Assessment (FBA) and Behavior Support Plans (BSP) are evidence-based practices for dealing with behavior difficulties of children with behavior problems, recommended by professional associations and part of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act from 1997 and 2004. Lectures and supervised training in conducting FBA and implementing BSPs have been part of an elective course on Emotional and Behavioral Difficulties (EBD) at the School of Education, University of Iceland since 2009. Over hundred graduate students have taken the course, most of them pursuing a master degree in special education. Enrolled students have received 18 class hours on applied behavior analysis, 16 class hours on EBD in addition to specific instructions and feedback on conducting FBAs, designing and implementing BSPs with students with behavioral difficulties. Results are presented on repeated behavior measures on students in elementary or secondary school with a long history of behavior problems. After FBAs and BSPs were implemented a significant decrease in disruptive and aggressive behaviors was observed along with considerable increase in active class participation of the students. Implications and future research are discussed.

 
12. Decreasing Long-term Behavior Problems of Students Through Function-based Behavior Intervention Plans
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
GUDRUN BJORG RAGNARSDOTTIR (University of Iceland)
Abstract:

Functional behavioral assessment (FBA) can facilitate the development of effective behavior intervention plans (BIPs). This study assessed the effects of increasingly demanding versions of function -based BIPs on students disruptive and on-task behaviors. Four male students with ADHD and long-term behavior problems participated in a team-based assessment and intervention process. The students were in 2nd to 3rd grade in two elementary schools and their teachers took part in constructing and implementing the function-based BIPs along with special education teachers and a behavioral consultant. For each student, four to seven versions of BIPs were created over the course of 6 to 13 weeks with gradually increasing demands to foster endurance and independent skills. Single subject ABAB multiple baseline designs over participants were used to demonstrate a functional relationship between BIPs and students disruptive and on-task behaviors in general education settings. Results showed that on-task behavior increased from an average of 56% during baseline (A) to 85% during intervention phases (B) and that the frequency of disruptive behavior decreased from on average of 24 per 20 min sessions during baseline to an average of 7 per 20 min sessions during intervention phases. Large effect sizes were observed. Limitations and implications are discussed.

 
13. Academic Gains Through the Use of Precision Teaching
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
JILL HUNT (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Michelle Harrington (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

School age students at the Judge Rotenberg Center complete bi-annual testing to determine if progress is being made in the areas of reading decoding, spelling, math computation and reading comprehension. We will be showing our data for each subject area over the past three years. Discussion of the teaching methodology (precision teaching) for each subject area will be included, as will how this methodology affected academic gains over time.

 
14. Paraphrase and Verbal Ability in University Students:A Pilot Study.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MARIA LUISA CEPEDA ISLAS (FES Iztacala UNAM), Maria del Refugio Lopez Gamiño (FES Iztacala UNAM), Carlos Santoyo Velasco (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico)
Abstract:

Some recent research has raised the paraphrase as a promoting factor of reading comprehension. The paraphrase implies where the original idea is integrated expanding or restructuring the background, leaning on a vocabulary and grammatical organizers learned from past experiences, including references. The importance of this study is to show the interaction between participants' verbal ability (vocabulary, reading, antonyms, and the paraphrase). A random selection of group of psychology students of the first courses was conducted. The materials were a test standardized on verbal ability and the summary of a theoretical article made by the participants. The test of verbal ability was described in relation to the established instructions and the summary was analyzed with base to the types of paraphrase (synonymic, syntactical, synonymic-syntactical, and total reconstruction). The results were analyzed descriptively using as a primary measure achievements both in test standardized on verbal ability and the summary. The results show that students more often emit low levels of verbal ability and low levels of paraphrase when they identify textually the information in the paper. The main finding of this study identifies an interaction between verbal ability and paraphrase. This means that the students require of training in the paraphrase.

 
15. Teachers Engaging Parents as Tutors to Improve Oral Reading Fluency
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SARA S. KUPZYK (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Edward J. Daly III (University of Nebraska-Lincoln)
Abstract: One way to provide students with additional opportunities to practice reading is to teach parents how to tutor their children. Despite the promising effects of parent tutoring research, there is a lack of research in natural settings with educators as opposed to researchers and clinicians serving as parent trainers. The purpose of this study was to extend the research to use teachers as parent trainers and to systematically measure multiple dimensions of treatment integrity. Six teachers (second through fourth grade) were trained in a three-hour workshop to develop individualized tutoring programs with parents. Following training, teachers sequentially trained seven parents and students to use individualized tutoring programs. A multiple baseline design was used to evaluate the effect of training on the parents’ use of evidence-based reading strategies and the effect of tutoring on students’ oral reading fluency. Results show that teachers’ integrity of parent training was high. Six parents showed improvement in their use of evidence-base strategies, but levels of adherence and dosage varied across parents. In addition, four out of seven of the students showed improvements in reading fluency. Discussion will focus on the need for additional research in natural settings to enhance implementation and student outcomes.
 
16. Using Social Scripts to Decrease Bullying Among Regular Education First Graders
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JILL SWIRSKY (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University)
Abstract:

The purpose of the current study was to determine the efficacy of a social script on decreasing bullying behaviors implemented in a regular education first grade classroom. Bullying can begin as early as preschool and the effects can be detrimental (Craig, Pepler, & Atlas, 2000). Thus, research in early intervention measures is warranted. Social scripts, based on social stories, are intended to provide scripts to individuals who may lack the strategies to handle specific social situations. Based on researchthat has found social stories to effectively address social deficits, it is likely that similar strategies may be successful as an intervention for more typical and widespread behavior, such as bullying. This study examines three uses for a social scriptthat have not yet been established in the literature: (1) the use of a script as an intervention for typically developing children, (2) a script as an intervention for bullying, and (3) the use of a group-wide script intervention as opposed to the traditional individualized version. The implementation of a social script about being a good friend was accompanied by a decrease in bullying behavior, indicating a strategythat may be effective in preventing future bullying from occurring.

 
17. Reviewing the Evidence for the Effectiveness of the Behavior Education Program
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
LEANNE S. HAWKEN (University of Utah), Breda O'Keeffe (University of Utah), Kaitlin Bundock (University of Utah)
Abstract: The Behavior Education Program (BEP) is one of the most widely implemented Tier 2 interventions in schools for students who are at risk for significant problem behavior. The BEP involves checking in and out with a preferred adult before and after school along with frequent, contingent feedback on student behavior by teachers throughout the school day. This literature review summarizes findings across studies that have evaluated the effectiveness of the BEP. Studies report high rates of fidelity of implementation by school staff (average > 80%). Overall, the majority of the studies indicate the BEP is effective in reducing problem behavior with more than 65% of students who receive the intervention. These findings have been documented across both elementary and middle school settings. In addition, the majority of studies report high social validity ratings for intervention implementation. Recent studies are beginning to identify specific factors influencing the effectiveness of the BEP (e.g., operant functions of problem behavior). Specific recommendations are made regarding future research and practice in this area.
 
18. Nonverbal Mirroring: An Effective Teaching Tool in Typical Classroom
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
JIANGYUAN ZHOU (Binghamton University, State University of New York)
Abstract: Nonverbal mirroring relays a significant amount of information in social interactions. Each of 20 college students was taught six GRE vocabularies during one-on-one teacher-student interaction. Analysis of students’ self-rating survey of rapport and learning and students’ quiz scores of six vocabularies were used to determine (a) if nonverbal mirroring influenced students’ feeling of rapport and learning, and (b) if nonverbal mirroring improved students’ quiz scores. The results showed that when teacher mirrored students’ behaviors, students reported significantly higher feeling of rapport and satisfaction and confidence towards their learning, and they had higher quiz scores. This study suggests important implications for teachers in using nonverbal mirroring as an effective teaching tool to build teacher-student rapport and enhance student’s learning.
 
19. Using Stimulus Discrimination and Generalization Training Procedurs to Teach Recognition of ASL Signs Across Five Interpreters
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
PAUL D. LUYBEN (State University of New York College at Cortland)
Abstract: This purpose of this study was to develop and evaluate a training program designed to produce acquisition, fluency, and generalization in recognizing words signed in American Sign Language across five interpreters. Five female undergraduate students volunteered to participate in the experiment.Thirty video clips of words signed in ASL were obtained from five interpreters and randomly assigned to one of two sets with 15 signs per set. These sets were presented in four teaching modes using Relate software, a program designed to produce acquisition and fluency. The four teaching modes were: Browse Answers, Say Answer, Select Answer, and Type Answer. Participants were tested and trained in sign recognition across Sets A and B in Sessions 1 3 across two interpreters. Remedial training was implemented if participants did not reach critera for accuracy(90% correct) and fluency (15 correct responses per minute). During Sessions 4, 5 and 6 we tested for generalization using Set C across three novel interpreters, with additional training provided during Sessions 4 & 5 as needed. We used a multiple-baseline design across Sets A and B during Sessions 1 and 2.These were embedded within a overall pre-post design. During Sessions 4 6 we tested for generalization using Set C across three additional novel interpreters. Our training procedures produced significant increases in acquisition, fluency, and generalization of sign recognition across sets of signs and novel interpreters. We suggest that this program could be used effectively to build a recognition vocabulary and supplement courses in sign language.
 
 
 
Poster Session #90
OBM Session 1
Saturday, May 26, 2012
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center)
1. Organizational Behavior Management: Where We Started, and Where We May Be Headed in Research and Practice
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
AMY KATHERINE LOUKUS (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Organizational behavior management (OBM) is a growing discipline, with an ongoing development in research directing the practice of OBM consultants on a global scale. With each new idea, a shift occurs in the literature available to consultants and students, with certain trends discernable through strict review of publications over time. The current paper provides an in-depth analysis of the published OBM literature, with relevant discussion highlighting the morphing trends in interest and methodology as the field progresses. Implications for consultants who rely on peer-reviewed works to guide their practice are illustrated and supported using direct examples from published works. Benefit provided by the literature, potential limitations in publications available, and future directions for the OBM community enhance the discussion regarding the importance of empirical demonstration for consultants and active members of academia.

 
2. On Discounting and Time Management
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
ASLE FAGERSTRØM (The Norwegian School of Information Technology), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College), Dag Aksnes (The Norwegian School of Information Technology)
Abstract: The basic idea of discounting theory is that organisms discount future consequences of their choice. In an organizational behavior setting this means that people work on smaller tasks with sooner outcomes rather than on tasks with larger but later outcomes. We performed an experiment to study time management problem in a workplace setting. Participants were given a task which should be solved within 40 minutes. They were interrupted by an incoming telephone call five times during the task period (after 7-, 14-, 21-, 28- and 35- minutes). Results indicate that six out of ten participants spend less time on an interruption if it occurred late in the task session. Hence, the results support the idea that discounted utility of outcomes plays an important role in time management.
 
3. The Effects of Token Economy System on Tax Preparers' Tax Filing Efficiency
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
HYUNAH CHO (Baruch College)
Abstract:

We tested the effects of token economy system on the accuracy of tax filing task ata CPA office. A time delayed multiple baseline across participants design was implemented for this study. The dependent variables were the number of correct and incorrect data inputs for tax filing. The independent variable was the implementation of token economy system with which the tax preparers' accurate data inputs were reinforced by the reward points. The predetermined number of reward points was exchanged with the backup reinforcers such as longer break time, gift card, etc. Results showed that the participants' accurate data inputs significantly increased after the implementations of the token economy system; their inaccurate data inputs decreased. Overall, the efficiency (i.e., the total number of data inputs per day) also increased. This study will discuss the possible interventions to improve the productivity of working environment for paper work tasks.

 
4. The Advantages of Using a Tiered Punishment System When Improving Employee Adherence to Restaurant Policy
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA WATTS (Florida Institute of Technology), Kaitlynn Gokey (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

This study evaluated a package intervention consisting of task clarification, visual prompts, graphic group feedback, and a tiered punishment system with a group of 60 restaurant employees and 1 manager. The goal of the intervention was to increase the frequency/percentage of correct employee parking, and to train the manager to maintain the new parking policy following termination of the study. Additional efforts were made to the program to decrease response effort and increase the probability that the manager would reliably continue the program following termination of the study; these efforts were especially important due to the initial resistance of the manager when discussing his responsibility of continuing the program. Results of an AB1B2 analysis showed that the intervention package resulted in an immediate and sustained decrease in parking violations by employees; following termination of the study, the manager reported an additional 2 weekends of 100% correct parking. The advantages of using a tiered system of punishment are discussed, in addition to the issues that sometimes prevent the use of reinforcement-based procedures in the workplace.

 
5. Discounting of Perceived Occupational Risk as a Function of Response Effort
Area: OBM; Domain: Basic Research
SIGURDUR OLI SIGURDSSON (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Matthew A. Taylor (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health), Oliver Wirth (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health)
Abstract:

Construction workers are faced with safety choices every workday. Choices might be between wearing versus not wearing personal protective equipment, securing versus not securing ladders and scaffolding, using versus not using appropriate tools for a given task, and so on. To date, the factors that influence safety choices of construction workers have not been investigated using a behavioral economic paradigm that assesses successive choices across various analog work scenarios. This gap presents an opportunity to explore how safety-related choices are affected by work and organizational factors. Eleven undergraduate students completed a computer-based analog task that required participants to choose in which of2 hypothetical scenarios, they would be more likely to engage in a safe behavior (e.g., donning a safety harness while working on a roof). Scenarios varied in roof height (feet) and effort associated with donning the safety harness (minute). Each trial presented a choice between a standard scenario with fixed height and effort and an alternative scenario with varying height. Effort in the alternative scenario was also varied across blocks of trials. Participants’ choice patterns revealed a switch point that provided a measure of subjective risk in the alternative scenario compared with the standard. A hyperbolic equation provided a good fit of the data (R2 = 0.944, p = .0032). This novel laboratory-based study extends the concepts and methods of behavioral economics to the topic of human choice and decision making in risky occupational settings. Because workers’ health and safety often depend on workers recognizing hazards and risk and then making appropriate behavioral choices, the application of behavioral economics might reveal important new or fundamental insights that will lead to more effective prevention and intervention strategies.

 
6. The Effect of Graphic Displays of Employee Performance Feedback on the Utilization of Prescribed In-home Hours for the Treatment of Autism
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
JODI DUGAN (Wesley Spectrum Services), Kate Pompa (Wesley Spectrum Services)
Abstract:

Children with autism benefit from consistent behavioral therapy conducted in the least restrictive environment such as homes, schools, and community settings. One challenge faced by agencies that provide this type of service include family and staff cancellations which result in reduced quality of care for clients and a strain on the financial sustainability of the agency. This study examines the effect of graphic individual and social comparison feedback on utilization of prescribed autism therapy hours. The study consists of a multiple baseline design across six employees. Employees are masters level clinicians providing behavioral therapy services as prescribed by a licensed psychologist or psychiatrist to children with Autism in the home, community, and school settings. The dependent variable is the percentage of utilized therapy hours. During baseline phase employees received no feedback regarding utilization performance. During experimental phase employees received two graphic displays consisting of individual utilization data for each client and social comparison data relating their performance to that of the group. Initial findings show that providing graphic individual and social comparison feedback has increased utilization of prescribed therapy hours.

 
7. Implementing a Treatment Package Based on a Modified Performance Diagnostic Checklist
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
LINA MAJDALANY (Florida Institute of Technology), Emily Meyer (Florida Institute of Technology), Sandy DeLuca (Florida Institute of Technology), Melissa Fenske (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

We evaluated a treatment package based on a modified performance diagnostic checklist and then compared this treatment with a treatment suggested by a manager. We also compared manager-suggested items that might function as reinforcers to actual employee preference for items. Results showed that for all participants the consultant-designed treatment package produced a greater increase in employee performance, and that the manager was unable to accurately predict employee preferences. The study suggests that organizational behavior management consultants are effective to improve employee performance.

 
8. Effects of Self-Directed Video Feedback on Prompting by Therapists in Home Based ABA Programs
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
KATELYN MULLEN (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract:

The effects of self directed video feedback was examined in the current study with therapists of home based ABA programs working with children with a pervasive developmental disorder. A multiple baseline design was used to systematically implement the intervention which consisted of the therapists watching a self recorded video of implementing a prompting procedure, completing a questionnaire and setting a goal for the next therapy session. Results of the intervention showed that the intervention was effective for one participant, while the other participant's prompting behavior only increased after further instruction and modeling of the behavior by the author. Implications for the current study as well as possibilities for future research are discussed.

 
9. Total Performance Service Review in the Smaller Organization: The Use of Scorecards
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CHRISTINA A. LYDON (University of Nevada, Reno), Thomas G. Szabo (University of Nevada, Reno), William D. Newsome (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada,Reno)
Abstract:

The current study combined biweekly clinical meetings prescribed in the Total Performance Service Review system with performance scorecards to promote effective staff and consumer behavior in a human service setting. Participants consisting of eight staff teams that were assembled around eight focus persons with special needs received training, consultation, and the scorecard intervention. Results of our intervention showed that scorecards produced significant staff behavior changes. Consumer outcomes correlated with staff performance changes were 1) an improvement in life skills and 2) a decrease in the severity of observed problem behaviors. In smaller organizations, the behavioral package of training, clinical consultation, biweekly clinical meetings, and scorecards could improve staff performance and reduce costs by eliminating the added administrative and financial strain of a managerial service review.

 
 
 
Poster Session #91
TPC Poster Session
Saturday, May 26, 2012
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center)
1. B. F. Skinner, J. R. Kantor, and the Causal Construct: Who Got It Right?
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
SIERRA LOCKWOOD (University of Nevada), Thomas G. Szabo (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada,Reno)
Abstract:

The topic of causality is often debated in the field of behavior analysis and may be seen as foundational. Two opposing viewpoints of causality are advanced by B.F. Skinner and J.R. Kantor. Though both consider the behavior of an organism in relation to the stimulating environment, causal explanation for Skinner is ultimately achieved by reduction to biology. According to Skinner, it is an organisms physiological capacity to be operantly conditioned that is responsible for the lasting effects of reinforcement. In contrast, J.R. Kantor opposes this kind of reductionism and suggests that psychological events must be described in purely psychological terms. The descriptive and functional view of causation inherent in interbehaviorism does not involve a reductionism to biology. To Kantor, explanation reduced to the level of analysis of other disciplines defeats the pursuit of behavior scientists searching for a valid psychological account. In contrast, Skinners functional approach has yielded potent treatments in such far reaching the areas of autism, education, and organizational behavior analysis. An account that includes both the pragmatic effectiveness of Skinners procedures and the conceptual clarity of Kantors philosophical system is needed. In this poster, we will propose a way of integrating these approaches.

 
2. The Relationship Between Misconceptions and General Principles of Behavior Analysis
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
ALYSSA COZINE (California State University, Chico), Paul Romanowich (California State University, Chico)
Abstract: In psychology, the field of behavior analysis has an image problem. Misconceptions concerning many of its major principles are prevalent, and range from simple technical misunderstandings (i.e., using the terms negative reinforcement and punishment interchangeably) to the belief that behavior analysts tend to skew towards totalitarianism. Our main questions are 1) whether students misconceptions about behavior analysis change throughout a course on Learning and Behavior and, 2) whether the misconceptions are related to the students general knowledge of behavior analysis. Students taking a senior-level Learning and Behavior course were tested twice, once at the beginning and once at the end of the academic semester. During the first test, a negative correlation was found between the knowledge of basic behavioral principles (M = 7.73 out of 20) and knowledge of behavior analytic beliefs (M = 2.73 out of 7), r2 = -0.47 (Figure 1). At the end of the semester, the second tests showed no significant correlations (Figure 2). The results showed that some misconceptions of behavior analysis are more prevalent than others. In addition, a lack of knowledge for basic behavioral principles does not necessarily imply an increase in the misunderstandings about behavior analysis (see Figure 2).
 
3. Social Behavior and the General Form of the Prisoner's Dilemma Contingency
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
FRANCIS MECHNER (The Mechner Foundation)
Abstract: Many of the behavioral contingencies that underlie much of our social behaviorkindness, courtesy, honesty, self-sacrifice, altruism, voting, etc.can be described by a generalized form of the prisoners dilemma. Various generalized formulations of the prisoners dilemma have already been shown to generate behavioral phenomena that are of interest in sociology, economics, politics, international relations, and biology. The dependent variables in such studies are usually the behavior patterns of participating individuals, as well as the effects of these behavior patterns on consequences for the individual and for the larger group. The independent variables are the features and parameters of the contingencies studied. These features and parameters can be analyzed and specified by means of a formal symbolic language for codifying behavioral contingencies. Among these features and parameters are: the number of parties, the attributes of the consequences for each party, the information that each party obtains regarding other parties actions and the various operative consequences (including the delays and predictability of such information), and the length and content of each partys history of prior exposures to the contingencies and consequences. These and other features and parameters of the generalized prisoners dilemma contingency effectively provide a road map for a long-term research program in this important field.
 
4. Memes - The New Ghosts in the Machine? To What Extent Does the Concept of Meme Contribute to a Scientific Account of Cultural Practices?
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
William M. Baum (University of California, Davis), CARSTA SIMON (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Abstract: Causes of behavior are not illuminated by reference to hidden variables when those are merely derived from the observation they are supposed to explain. In psychological theories, reference to variables like mental representations, personality, or beliefs often amounts to restating the observed or naming illusionary immediate causes of behavior. What leads to actions in people can be more consistently illuminated by historical explanations referring to causes of behavior in past and present events in the environment, much as in evolutionary biology. An up-to-date example of a biological-psychological theory providing a pseudo-explanation for the causes of the spread of behavior is the concept of meme in its most common mentalistic interpretation. Other, non-dualistic, interpretations regard memes as neurological patterns. Alternatively, abstract memes in terms of representations, information or ideas of cultural practices could be interpreted from an instrumentalists stance. Another approach views behavioral units to be selected directly by their consequences. We argue that the latter, the behavioral approach, qualifies much better for a scientific theory than the view of memes as neuronal patterns or abstractions does.
 
 
 
Business Meeting #92
Behavior Analyst Certification Board: University Contact Faculty
Saturday, May 26, 2012
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
4C-1 (Convention Center)
Chair: James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Presenting Authors:

This meeting will address new developments in the Behavior Analyst Certification Board that relate to universities with BACB approved course sequences and approved experience courses. All BACB university contact faculty are urged to attend or send a faculty representative.

Keyword(s): BACB, certification, training, university
 
 
Business Meeting #93
Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 26, 2012
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
607 (Convention Center)
Chair: Nicholas L. Weatherly (Spalding University)
Presenting Authors:

The Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis will be holding its annual business meeting to discuss the direction of the chapter, provide updates on current business items, and receive feedback on chapter activities. All current members and all individuals interested in Kentucky behavior analysis are invited to attend.

 
 
Business Meeting #94
Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 26, 2012
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
606 (Convention Center)
Chair: Evelyn Jo Horton (The Homestead)
Presenting Authors:

The Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis (IowaABA) was chartered in June 2008 as a state chapter of ABAI for professional, scientific, and education purposes. IowaABA's primary functions include serving as a scientific and professional reference group for all in the State of Iowa who identify themselves as scientists, practitioners, or providers in disciplines that embrace the principles and practices of behavior analysis. IowaABA supports the development of professional credentialing for the practice of behavior analysis within the State of Iowa. The chapter also supports and encourages expanding the educational and supervisory resources to aid individuals in meeting current and future credentialing requirements. IowaABA also supports the development of ethical and professional standards of practice for behavior analysts within the State of Iowa. IowaABA promotes the use of effective and humane behavioral procedures in meeting the educational and habilitative needs of both normal and intellectually disabled persons. IowaABA provides education and advises political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis in the State of Iowa. IowaABA promotes and supports the conduct of behavior analytic research within the State of Iowa.

Keyword(s): Business Meeting
 
 
Business Meeting #95
Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 26, 2012
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
610 (Convention Center)
Chair: Wendy A. Machalicek (Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis)
Presenting Authors:

This is our annual business meeting.

Keyword(s): Behavior Analysis, WisABA, Wisconsin
 
 
Business Meeting #96
Northwestern Association for Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 26, 2012
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
608 (Convention Center)
Chair: Dana J. Stevens (Whitworth University)
Presenting Authors:

The Northwestern Association for Behavior Analysis (NWABA) is excited to announce that it is once again an active chapter of ABAI. NWABA recently has moved its annual conference from October to March in hopes to increase participation from school personnel and institutions of higher education. Please join us in attending the business meeting where we will discuss key issues regarding our chapter. We are always looking for new members who are dedicated to the acquisition, evaluation, and dissemination of information regarding behavior analysis, so we hope to see you there.

Keyword(s): Business Meeting, NWABA
 
 
Business Meeting #97
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2012
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
605 (Convention Center)
Chair: Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Presenting Authors:

The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group's (EAHB SIG) mission is to contribute to the continued growth and development of endeavors related to the experimental analysis of human behavior. The SIG has several initiatives that contribute toward this goal. First, the SIG sponsors and maintains the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin—an on-line journal focused on publication of studies with human subjects. Second, the SIG sponsors a student paper competition to recognize novel and effective strategies and tactics in the experimental analysis of human behavior. Third, the SIG sponsors an annual Distinguished Career Award, with which we recognize individuals who have made large and sustained contributions to the literature on the experimental analysis of human behavior. Finally, we sponsor an annual meeting to discuss issues related to the initiatives described above as well as to recognize our student paper-contest winners. The meeting also serves as the context to discuss any other issues of interest to SIG members and attendees of the meeting.

Keyword(s): Career Award, EAHB Bulletin, Experimental Analysis, Human Behavior
 
 
Business Meeting #98
Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2012
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
603 (Convention Center)
Chair: Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University)
Presenting Authors:

The Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group provides intellectual, clinical, and organizational support to other professionals interested in aging and fosters behavior analytic research in aging. The goal of the meeting this year is to discuss issues in the field as well as issues of professional development. In addition, members will provide feedback on student presentations of related research in the area of aging, which will be used to award the student researcher award. Finally, new officers will be chosen for any vacated positions in the special interest group.

Keyword(s): Aging, dementia, older adult
 
 
Business Meeting #99
Evidence-Based Practice Special Interest Group (EBP SIG)
Saturday, May 26, 2012
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
604 (Convention Center)
Chair: Mark T. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology)
Presenting Authors:

The Evidence-Based Practice Collaborative (EBP SIG), a special interest group of ABAI, was founded in 2007. The purpose of the Evidence-Based Practice SIG is to promote socially important behavior by facilitating evidence-based effective and sustainable practices in real-world settings. The focus of the EBP SIG is the identification of efficacious and effective skill sets that can be implemented and monitored in educational settings; replication and sustainability are emphasized. Our goal is to develop a SIG that reflects member input and focuses on a select number of activities that can be completed yearly. During the annual convention nominations and election of officers will be completed. Come by to learn about past and future activities and find out how you can become involved with the Evidence-Based Practice SIG.

Keyword(s): Evidence-Based Practice, SIG, Special Interest
 
 
Business Meeting #100
Arizona Association for Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 26, 2012
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
4C-4 (Convention Center)
Chair: Rebecca Renee Wiskirchen (ACCEL)
Presenting Authors:

Arizona Association for Behavior Analysis will be holding its annual meeting to discuss progress of the chapter in the last year and report on current business items, current legislature in Arizona regarding BCBAs, upcoming events and programs, and future directions the chapter would like to go. All current members as well as those interested in being members are invited to attend.

Keyword(s): Arizona ABA, Arizona Chapter, AZ ABA, AZABA
 
 
Business Meeting #101
Autism Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2012
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
4C-3 (Convention Center)
Chair: Lori E. Bechner (Autism Center, at University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey)
Presenting Authors:

A business meeting will be held to address various administrative matters relevant to the Autism SIG. The Autism SIG brings together those who specialize in or have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the education and treatment of individuals with autism throughout the lifespan. The SIG was created to promote behavior analytic research and the exchange of scientific information in the area of autism treatment, to advocate for and promote high standards in the application of behavior analytic treatment, and to support consumers of ABA services. The Autism SIG maintains a website and publishes a quarterly newsletter to provide clinicians, educators, and parents with information regarding scientifically supported interventions for individuals with autism. Other ongoing initiatives include participating in the ABAI Annual Convention and Autism Conference exhibitions; presenting an annual student research award; and maintaining consumer guidelines for identifying, selecting, and evaluating behavior analysts working with individuals with autism. All are welcome to attend.

 
 
Business Meeting #102
Behavior Analyst Online Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2012
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
602 (Convention Center)
Chair: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
Presenting Authors:

This is a meeting of the editorial staff and governing board of the BAO journals. Prospective authors are also welcome. Discussion of the history and current status of the journals published by the BAO will take place, including editorial staff needs, publication deadlines and schedules for each journal, current submission data, and other business of the journals. The meeting will be chaired by both Michael Commons and Darlene Crone-Todd.

Keyword(s): authors, BAO, Editing, journal
 
 
Business Meeting #103
Pediatric Feeding Disorders Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2012
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
609 (Convention Center)
Chair: Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Presenting Authors:

The purpose of the Pediatric Feeding Disorders Special Interest Group meeting is to generate interest; foster collaborative research; share clinical information; and impact training, practice, and reimbursement for pediatric feeding disorders.

Keyword(s): feeding, food refusal, pediatric
 
 
Expo Poster Session #104
Expo Session 2 - Accredited Programs
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center)
1.

Western Michigan University: ABAI Accredited Behavior Analysis Graduate Programs

STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

This poster describes the ABAI accredited graduate training programs in behavior analysis at Western Michigan University.

 
2.

Behavior Analysis at West Virginia University

KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University), Sacha T. Pence (West Virginia University), Adam E. Fox (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

The behavior analysis program at West Virginia University exists to train students in basic research, theory, and applications of behavior principles. Through research, coursework, and practica, students develop skills in the experimental analysis of animal and human behavior, as well as a strong methodological and conceptual background for developing and applying behavioral technologies. The basic, conceptual, and applied areas are integrated in the curriculum; however, a student may emphasize either basic or applied research. The goal of the program is to produce a psychologist who can function effectively in either an academic or an applied setting and who can use the principles and findings of the science of behavior in solving significant problems of human behavior.

 
3.

Southern Illinois University Carbondale: Behavior Analysis and Therapy

MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University), Becky L. Nastally (Southern Illinois University), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University), Brandon F. Greene (Southern Illinois University), Joel Ringdahl (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

There are vast graduate training opportunities at Southern Illinois University for individuals interested in pursuing master's or doctoral degrees. We offer a comprehensive program that teaches students basic science, applied technologies, and the conceptual framework of radical behaviorism. Degree programs are available on campus and off site in the Chicagoland area, while five course sequences for BACB certificationare offered online.

 
4.

St. Cloud State University Applied Behavior Analysis Program

ERIC RUDRUD (St. Cloud State University), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University), Chaturi Edrisinha (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

St. Cloud State University offers applied behavior analysis programs on campus and online for full and part time students. Programs include an MS in applied behavior analysis and BCBA and BCaBA coursework approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board.

 
5.

Graduate Programs in Special Education at The Ohio State University

SHEILA R. ALBER-MORGAN (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University), Gwendolyn Cartledge (The Ohio State University), Terri Hessler (The Ohio State University Newark), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

The MA and Ph.D. programs at The Ohio State University have been accredited by ABAI since 1995. Each program includes a course sequence pre-approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board as meeting the coursework requirements to sit for the BCBA examination. The MA program in applied behavior analysis emphasizes the development, implementation, and evaluation of behavioral interventions for improving socially significant behavior. Full- and part-time MA students fulfill their practicum and research program requirements in a wide variety of school, residential, employment, and other community settings. The Ph.D. program prepares full-time students for leadership positions in special education whose research and teaching are guided by the philosophical, scientific, and technological principles of applied behavior analysis. The curriculum develops each student's knowledge and skills in six competency areas: 1) conceptual analysis, 2) research and scholarship, 3) design and application of educational interventions, 4) professional communication, 5) administration and collegial relations, and 6) teaching and advising.

 
6.

University of Cincinnati School Psychology Program

RENEE HAWKINS (University of Cincinnati), Janet L. Graden (University of Cincinnati), David W. Barnett (University of Cincinnati), Julie Morrison (University of Cincinnati), Francis E. Lentz (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract:

The ABAI accredited Ed.S. and Ph.D. school psychology programs at the University of Cincinnati are dedicated to preparing highly competent professional school psychologists in accord with the scientist-practitioner model. As a result of their comprehensive training, graduates are prepared to make significant contributions to the challenging field of education through up-to-date professional practice, research, child and family advocacy, and leadership for best practices. The poster will describe the training model and curriculum of the programs and provide important information for those considering a career in school psychology.

 
7.

Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno

RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada,Reno)
Abstract:

This year marks the 22nd anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at UNR. We look forward to celebrating the following accomplishments with our colleagues and students at the ABAI 2012 Convention: 1) we received the Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis by the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis in May 2010; 2) the program has conferred more than 40 Ph.D. degrees; 3) the on-campus master's program has conferred more than 80 master's degrees; and 4) the satellite master's program has conferred more than 100 off-campus master's degrees in multiple locations in the United States and internationally.

 
8.

Graduate Training in the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas

RICHARD G. SMITH (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas), Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

The mission of the Department of Behavior Analysis is to provide a program of learning opportunities for graduate and undergraduate students that is nationally recognized for excellence and that establishes knowledge and skills that allow graduates to compete successfully in and make significant contributions to society; to contribute to the discipline of behavior analysis and to the community by conducting applied and basic research that furthers understanding of human behavior and results in demonstrative positive behavioral change; to form lasting partnerships in the region, nationally, and internationally; and to develop behavioral solutions for social problems at local, national, and international levels. This poster will present opportunities for interested students to learn about opportunities for training and research across the wide range of faculty expertise offered at the University of Norht Texas's Department of Behavior Analysis. Experience in research and application is offered in areas including intervention for autism and related disabilities, applied behavior analysis with animals, verbal behavior, college teaching and learning, behavioral pharmacology, behavior analysis of memory, and more.

 
9.

University of Kansas: Graduate Training in Applied Behavioral Science

DEREK D. REED (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), Ariana Ronis Boutain Hopstock (University of Kansas), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (University of Kansas), Joseph Dracobly (University of Kansas), Todd Merritt (University of Kansas), Steven W. Payne (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

The Department of Applied Behavioral Science trains researchers and scientist-practitioners in the discovery, translation, and application of knowledge toward solving human behavior problems of societal importance. For this, the department offers a master of arts (MA) in applied behavioral science and a doctor of philosophy (Ph.D.) in behavioral psychology. The department welcomes applications from students wishing to pursue these degrees.

 
10.

Graduate Program in Behavior Analysis at the University of Houston-Clear Lake

MELISSA NISSEN (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Barbara S. Wimberly (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Mia Caccavale (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Tereza Hopewell (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Y. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

The behavior analysis program at the University of Houston-Clear Lake provides students with a well-rounded foundation in psychology and applied behavior analysis through an integrated sequence of coursework, practicum, and research activities. Students obtain competency in the basic principles of learning and the application of these principles with particular emphasis on interventions for children with developmental disabilities. Practicum and research experiences are provided in home, school, and clinic settings. All students complete a major research project prior to graduation. The program is accredited by ABAI and includes a course sequence and practicum that have been approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc. as meeting the requirements for eligibility to take the BCBA exam. The coursework also prepares graduates who are interested in becoming licensed psychological associates. Furthermore, graduates will be prepared to pursue doctoral degrees in psychology or behavior analysis. Graduate assistantships, paid internships, and other forms of financial assistance are available to qualifying students.

 
11.

University of Maryland, Baltimore County Applied Behavior Analysis MA

JOHN C. BORRERO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Mastery of applied behavior analysis calls for competence in basic psychology, in the detailed knowledge base of behavior analysis, in statistical and measurement techniques for evaluating existing behavior and for designing treatment programs for individuals, and in the various skills essential to delivering services and maintaining their effectiveness. Applied behavior analysis includes accountability in its service delivery. The UMBC MA track is responsive to the increasing call for such services. The UMBC Department of Psychology together with the Kennedy Krieger Institute's Department of Behavioral Psychology are uniquely suited to developing and maintaining such a program. Our track is accredited by ABAI and the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, so that students who have completed our MA degree have met the coursework requirement to sit for the BACB certification examination.

 
12.

Learning Processes and Behavior Analysis: Queens College and the Graduate Center, City University of New York (CUNY)

JEFFERY HAMELIN (Queens College and The Graduate Center, The City University of New York), Nicole Neil (Queens College and The Graduate Center, The City University of New York), Jack Spear (The Graduate Center of the City University of New York)
Abstract:

The Learning Processes and Behavior Analysis Subprogram of the City University of New York Doctoral Program in Psychology, located at Queens College, offers doctoral students in psychology training in the experimental and applied analysis of human and animal behavior, including behavioral neuroscience and behavioral pharmacology. Students and faculty investigate a wide spectrum of behavioral processes, from environmental and neural perspectives, through lectures and experimental laboratory coursework, advanced seminars, informal student-faculty discussions, practica, internships, and individual research projects. Faculty and students publish regularly in peer-reviewed journals on a wide variety of research topics. Faculty members serve on the editorial boards of major behavioral journals, and are strongly represented at major national and international conferences and organizations. The Learning Processes and Behavior Analysis Subprogram is accredited by ABAI and is license-eligible for New York State.

 
13.

The Graduate Programs in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University

R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University), DEREK JACOB SHANMAN (Teachers College, Columbia University), Laura E. Lyons (Teachers College, Columbia University), Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

We will present the features of the MA and Ph.D. programs in teaching as applied behavior analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University. We will outline the requirements for each degree and focus on the critical features of our graduate training programs. We will present our three-tiered module system of teacher training that incorporates verbal behavior about the science (content area expertise), contingency-shaped teaching repertoires (application expertise), and verbally mediated decision analysis (analytic expertise). In addition, we will highlight our research and demonstration (R&D) CABAS model schools, where our students and gradates work and train.

 
14.

Florida State University Master's Program in Applied Behavior Analysis

H. ALLEN MURPHY (Florida State University at Panama City), Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University), Amy S. Polick (Florida State University at Panama City)
Abstract:

Information about the FSU ABA program will be available via handouts and personal contact with the faculty. The FSU program is based at the Panama City campus; however, students are able to reside in Panama City or Tallahassee. Currently, all students receive an assistantship including a tuition waiver by working with approved behavior analytic providers in the local communities. The program was specifically designed to prepare students to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts and secure employment upon graduation. To date, approximately 99% of graduates have passed the BCBA exam on the first attempt. All who have sought employment as behavior analysts have been successful.

 
15.

Behavior Analysis Programs at the Florida Institute of Technology

DAVID A. WILDER (Florida Institute of Technology), Jose A. Martinez-Diaz (Florida Institute of Technology), Mark T. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Elbert Blakely (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Meagan Gregory (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

The MS and Ph.D. programs in behavior analysis at the Florida Institute of Technology will be described. Programs in applied behavior analysis and organizational behavior management are available.

 
16.

Applied Behavior Analysis Master's Program at the University of South Florida

JACKIE LANSDALE (University of South Florida), Samantha Lynn Fuesy (University of South Florida/ABA Solutions), Mary Sawyer (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Three graduate students from the Applied Behavior Analysis Master’s Program at the University of South Florida (USF) will present the program poster at the ABAI Expo. Jackie Lansdale, USF ABA program representative to ABAI, Samantha Fuesy, and Mary Sawyer will be present to answer questions about the program. The poster describes the mission of the program, program requirements, curriculum, faculty research interests, and the application process. Hand-outs describing the program will be available.

 
17.

Behavior Analysis at California State University, Stanislaus

WILLIAM F. POTTER (California State University, Stanislaus), Bruce E. Hesse (California State University, Stanislaus), Jane S. Howard (California State University, Stanislaus), Carrie M. Dempsey (California State University, Stanislaus), Emily Branscum (California State University, Stanislaus)
Abstract:

CSU Stanislaus has a comprehensive master's degree in behavior analysis leading to the BCBA. We are accredited by ABAI, and our program is approved by the BACB. In addition, we have a new international dual MA in behavior analysis, in which students study abroad in Wales and Poland and receive a $12,000 stipend. We have five Ph.D. level behavior analysts in the department, a working animal lab, and good relations with the community—thus offering unique opportunities for practicum placements. Additional information can be obtained by contacting Dr. Bruce Hesse at bhesse@csustan.edu or Dr. Bill Potter at wpotter@csustan.edu.

 
18.

Behavior Analysis at California State University, Los Angeles

HENRY D. SCHLINGER (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Daniel B. Shabani (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

The master's program in applied behavior analysis (ABA) at California State University, Los Angeles (CSULA) was first accredited in 1994 by ABAI, and only the second ABA program accredited by the organization. The program, founded by Barry Lowenkron and G. Roy Mayer, is unique in a number of ways, not the least of which is that it is an interdisciplinary program involving two different departments—the Department of Psychology and the Division of Special Education and Counseling—in two separate colleges within the university. Students apply to either the Psychology Department or the Division of Special Education and Counseling, and once admitted, take courses in both departments. The aim of the program is to provide comprehensive training in behavior analysis. Students are expected to develop both a theoretical understanding as well as mastery of the application of the science of behavior analysis. The program is designed to prepare students for employment at the master's level or for doctoral study. The program's core curriculum has been approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board.

 
 
Expo Poster Session #105
Expo Session 3 - Graduate Training Programs
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center)
1.

Western Michigan University: APA Accredited Doctoral Program in Clinical Psychology

SCOTT T. GAYNOR (Western Michigan University), Amy E. Naugle (Western Michigan University), C. Richard Spates (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

This poster describes the APA accredited Doctoral Program in Clinical Psychology at Western Michigan University. This program is nationally recognized for its emphasis on clinical behavior analysis and cognitive behavioral therapy.

 
2.

Western Michigan University: Industrial/Organizational Psychology Master's Program

ALYCE M. DICKINSON (Western Michigan University), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University), Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

This poster describes the industrial/organizational psychology master's program at Western Michigan University. This program emphasizes behavioral systems analysis, performance management, and behavior based safety.

 
3.

Behavior Analysis and Behavior Therapy Graduate Training at Eastern Michigan University

JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Caitlyn Sorensen (Eastern Michigan University), Lauren P. Byrnes (Eastern Michigan University), Aimee Moore (Eastern Michigan University), Gyða Dögg Einarsdóttir (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Eastern Michigan University offers graduate education in clinical behavior analysis and behavior therapy at the master's (2 years, thesis optional) and doctoral (APA accredited, 5 years with 4 years of tuition and stipend support) levels. The program is supported by seven behavioral faculty members with specialties in anxiety disorders, autism, basic behavior analysis, child and family therapy, sexual deviance treatment, and developmental disabilities. An on-campus psychology clinic and various laboratory facilities are available. The graduate course of study prepares the graduate to be a BCBA and for licensure at the master's and doctoral levels. A master's in experimental psychology (thesis required) is available.

 
4. University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee: Masters and Doctoral Training in Behavior Analysis
BRITTANY CATHERINE PUTNAM (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Caitlin Shea Peplinski (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jay Moore (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Douglas W. Woods (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Jonathan W. Kanter (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
Abstract: The University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee offers graduate training in behavior analysis at both the Masters and Doctoral Level. Students will learn from our talented and productive faculty with a breadth of expertise in applied, basic, and conceptual research.
 
5.

Youngstown State University Master's Program in Applied Behavior Analysis

ROCIO ROSALES (Youngstown State University), Stephen Ray Flora (Youngstown State University), Michael C. Clayton (Youngstown State University), Jane Kestner (Youngstown State University)
Abstract:

The purpose of the graduate program in applied behavior analysis (ABA) at Youngstown State University (YSU) is to train students in theoretical, experimental, and applied behavior analysis through a balanced combination of coursework and practical experience in community settings. The program employs a scientist-practitioner model of graduate training, whereby students are encouraged to take an empirical approach to their clinical experiences. The 36-credit program is typically completed in 2 years. Requirements include coursework, four semesters of practicum experience, and a thesis project. All coursework for the program has been approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc. (BACB.) As a result of this training, students earn a master of science degree in ABA and are eligible to sit for the BACB examination. Graduates of our program will also be prepared to enter a doctoral program for further training.

 
6.

The Chicago School of Professional Psychology in Chicago: Master's and Doctoral Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis

DIANA J. WALKER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Charles T. Merbitz (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Scott A. Herbst (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Guy S. Bruce (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

This poster provides information about the MA and Ph.D. programs in applied behavior analysis at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago campus. Our mission is to train exceptional scientist-practitioners who have a strong foundation in the philosophy and science of behavior. Our programs feature a BACB-approved course sequence and a variety of research and practicum experiences.

 
7.

Behavior Analysis at Auburn University

LINDA A. LEBLANC (Auburn University)
Abstract:

The Department of Psychology at Auburn University offers a 1-year, non-thesis master's program in applied behavior analysis (ABA). Students are trained to provide ABA services to diverse consumers, including individuals with autism spectrum disorders, adults with intellectual disabilities, children with behavioral challenges, families in the Alabama foster care system, and other individuals in need of behavioral services. Behavior analytic training at the doctoral level is available through programs in either the cognitive and behavioral sciences program or the clinical psychology program. Faculty members and graduate students in each of these programs are active in both basic and applied research.

 
8.

Ball State University: Autism and Applied Behavior Analysis

SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University), Brittany Dale (Ball State University)
Abstract:

This poster describes Ball State University's master's degree in applied behavior analysis. Ball State's program was developed in 2010 and now educates hundreds of future Board Certified Behavior Analysts per year. Our master's degree in applied behavior analysis is 100% online, and students can select an emphasis in autism spectrum disorders. The 30-hour program is approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). Our ABA program is one of only 27 on-line programs in the US, Canada, the United Kingdom, and South Korea with BCBA coursework, and one of only six on-line programs offering a master's degree in ABA with BCBA coursework. Our program allows students to create a plan of study that fits their lives, increasing the likelihood that those employed full time can attain this specialized training. The program can typically be completed in 18–24 months, plus course offerings are designed to be flexible.

 
9.

Graduate and Certificate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at Cambridge College and the University of Massachusetts Dartmouth Campus

BARRY HAIMSON (University of Massachusetts-Dartmouth), Robert F. Littleton Jr. (Evergreen Center), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services), Gordon A. DeFalco (Evergreen Center)
Abstract:

The poster will describe two graduate programs located in Massachusetts at Cambridge College and the University of Massachusetts Dartmouth campus. The Cambridge College program offers a master's in education with specialization in autism spectrum disorders incorporating an approved BCBA course sequence and a behavior analyst post-master's certificate program. The University of Massachusetts offers a master of arts in psychology with an applied behavior analysis option and a behavior analyst post-master's certificate program. All courses are offered under the direction of the psychology department at an APA approved research university. Both programs offer a fieldwork practicum supervised by Board Certified Behavior Analysts at approved placements or through alternative arrangements for students not currently employed in the field. In addition, both programs satisfy the academic eligibility requirements to sit for the BCBA exam. Cambridge College and the University of Massachusetts Dartmouth offer these programs in collaboration with the Evergreen Center and Beacon Services.

 
10.

Gonzaga University Graduate Programs in Special Education

KIMBERLY P. WEBER (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), Randy Lee Williams (Gonzaga University), Thomas Ford McLaughlin (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University)
Abstract:

Gonzaga University offers a master's of initial teaching (MIT) in special education as well as graduate training in 1) functional analysis, 2) early childhood special education, and 3) general special education content. The functional analysis program focuses on clinical procedures and training of candidates. Individuals completing this program will complete courses with content required for BCBA certification, and many courses are pre-approved through the BACB. The early childhood special education program provides instruction and application in working with young children with disabilities. The general special education program is designed for students who wish to extend their teaching area or are looking to work in non-certified positions. The MIT in special education is designed for candidates who are seeking teacher certification to work with students with disabilities.

 
11.

Whitworth University: Graduate Studies in Special Education

BETTY FRY WILLIAMS (Whitworth University), Dana J. Stevens (Whitworth University)
Abstract:

Whitworth's special education program has a number of distinctions that make it exceptional. Hands-on academic experiences are provided via placement with K–12 students in their school classrooms and through Whitworth's Literacy Center. A focus is placed on research-based practices; the program provides training in applied behavior analysis, direct instruction, positive behavior support programs, and other effective treatment approaches. All students engage in applied research. Service learning options are required; these projects provide real life experiences in agencies and schools, and in homes with families who have children with disabilities. Course schedules are designed to fit both traditional and adult students, with courses offered in the late afternoon or evening for working professionals and full-time students engaged in classroom experiences. Fieldwork may be scheduled during either semester, or during January term or summer. The program allows flexibility to meet specific educational and career goals; choices include graduate level endorsements in special education (P–12), early childhood special education (P–3),and deaf education (P–12), as well as the Master of Arts in Teaching Special Education. Students carry out behavioral research; prepare formal APA research papers and research posters; and participate in local, regional, and national conferences.

 
12.

Saint Joseph College Graduate Programs in Behavior Analysis

DEIRDRE LEE FITZGERALD (Saint Joseph College), John D. Molteni (Saint Joseph College)
Abstract:

Training in behavior analysis consistent with best practices and national standards is provided at Saint Joseph College through faculty with expertise in the science and application of behavior analysis, community collaborations fostering rich and diverse field experiences, and research. We offer a number of programs at the post-baccalaureate, master's, and post-master's levels in the Institute for Autism and Behavioral Studies, including a graduate certificate in autism, a graduate certificate in applied behavior analysis, a new master of science program in autism and applied behavior analysis, a developing doctoral curriculum, and collaborative programs of study in education, special education, social work, and counseling. Graduate students enjoy small classes that provide an intimate co-educational learning environment designed for a diverse group of working professionals, as well as personalized attention from knowledgeable professors who are recognized in their field.

 
13.

Special Education Program at the Pennsylvania State University

DAVID L. LEE (Penn State University), Jeffery Hart (Penn State University), Shelley Chapin (Penn State University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this Expo poster is to present information on the special education program at the Pennsylvania State University. The graduate program at Penn State has a rich tradition in training, research, and service in the area of applied behavior analysis.

 
14.

Master's Degree in Applied Behavior Analysis at Penn State University Harrisburg

KIMBERLY A. SCHRECK (Penn State University), Laura J. Seiverling (Westchester Institute for Human Development), Richard M. Foxx (Penn State University)
Abstract:

The PSU Harrisburg ABA master's program aims to instruct graduate level students in the principles, theories, and research methodologies of applied behavior analysis and the experimental analysis of behavior for the systematic application of behavioral technology in natural environments.

 
15.

Applied Behavior Analysis Studies at Mercyhurst College

THOMAS P. KITCHEN (Mercyhurst College), Jonathan W. Ivy (Mercyhurst College)
Abstract:

Mercyhurst College, in Erie, PA, offers a Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB)-approved graduate course sequence in applied behavior analysis. The program has been established to meet both the coursework and experience requirements to sit for the certification exam offered by the BACB. To achieve full BACB certification, a Mercyhurst College candidate must a) complete 225 hours of graduate instruction and b) complete a minimum of 750 intensive practicum hours in our BACB-approved program, as well as c) pass the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) examination. Students are individually responsible for meeting the exam requirements. A certificate of completion will be awarded to graduate students who complete the five courses and practicum below in sequence. EDSP 640—Basic Principles of Behavior, EDSP 502—Educational Research: Single Subject Design, EDSP 650—Extended Application: Functional Analysis and Treatment Selection, EDSP 501—Extended Application: Applied Behavior Analysis and Classroom Management, EDSP 660—Advanced Seminar in Applied Behavior Analysis, EDSP 672 (three terms)—Intensive Practicum: Applied Behavior Analysis (BACB: Intensive Practicum) Students may complete these education requirements as either a concentration in the Master of Science in Special Education Program or as a Post-Graduate Course of Study in Applied Behavior Analysis. (All graduate certificate credits may be transferred to the master's degree program.)

 
16.

The Center for Behavior Analysis at Rowan University

MICHELLE ENNIS SORETH (Rowan University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University), Alexander Ward (Rowan University), Amanda K. Mason (Rowan University)
Abstract:

Rowan University is a selective medium-sized public university located in Glassboro, New Jersey, approximately 20 miles southeast of Philadelphia. Rowan University currently offers Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc. (BACB) approved undergraduate and graduate coursework toward BCaBA and BCBA certification. The new master's degree program in applied behavior analysis is a 36 credit hour program that also fulfills the coursework requirement for the BCBA. The Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study (CAGS) in Applied Behavior Analysis is a 15 credit hour program designed for individuals who already possess a graduate degree and would like to complete the behavior analytic coursework requirements for the BCBA. The undergraduate Specialization in Behavioral Services for Children & Their Families consists of five courses designed to provide psychology majors with the required coursework for the BCaBA as well as some supervised experience in applied behavior analysis. The post-baccalaureate program in ABA is a three course sequence that provides the required coursework for the BCaBA for individuals currently possessing a bachelor's degree. In addition to behavior analytic coursework, further understanding of behavior analysis is fostered by the variety of research and field experience opportunities.

 
17.

Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at Caldwell College

TINA SIDENER (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell College)
Abstract:

Caldwell College, a private liberal arts college located in a quiet suburban New Jersey community 20 miles from New York City, is home to three graduate programs in applied behavior analysis (ABA). The Post-Master's Program in ABA consists of a BACB-approved eight-course curriculum (24 credits). These same courses make up the core of the 45-credit Master's Program in ABA. Building on the success of these programs, Caldwell College also offers a 45-credit Post-Master's in ABA Ph.D. Program (90 credits total). Students in the MA and Ph.D. programs are required to complete a research thesis and dissertation, respectively. Both graduate programs prepare students to work in a variety of applied and academic settings. In 2011, Caldwell College launched the new state-of-the-art Center for Autism and ABA, which provides a BACB-approved practicum experience (optional for graduate students) and both basic and applied research opportunities, while serving the community. New Jersey also boasts many successful private agencies and public school programs that work with Caldwell College to support training in behavior analysis and to provide additional practicum experience.

 
18.

Applied Behavior Analysis at Temple University

MATTHEW TINCANI (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University), Saul Axelrod (Temple University)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts at Temple University work within several programs in the College of Liberal Arts and the College of Education. Students can acquire behavior analytic expertise through programs in special education and psychology. Both master's and Ph.D. degrees are available, including a specialized master's degree in applied behavior analysis. Additional behavior analytic research and training opportunities are available in a variety of settings within Philadelphia and surrounding communities.

 
19.

Master's Programme in Applied Behaviour Analysis at the Bangor University, Wales, UK

JOHN CARL HUGHES (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis), Sandy Toogood (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis), Marguerite L. Hoerger (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis), Richard P. Hastings (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis), Stephen Noone (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis)
Abstract:

In 2003 we developed the first master's course in applied behaviour analysis in Europe. The course is designed and taught by Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) and has been approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) as providing content eligibility for students to sit for the full BCBA exam (third task list). In line with the British university system, the course is offered at three levels: post-graduate certificate, post-graduate diploma, and master's. In the design and running of the course we have attempted to use behavioural principles in the instructional materials, learning environments, and assessment of students' learning. We utilise computer based instructional packages, direct instruction, and Precision Teaching approaches, such as SAFMEDS and Standard Celeration Charting. The course can be taken in 1 year or on a part-time basis (either 2 or 3 years in duration). Each year we enroll approximately 60–70 students from a wide range of backgrounds: early autism intervention projects, challenging behaviour units, social services, special education, and new graduates. Our main aim is to make a significant contribution to training competent behaviour analysts in Europe.

 
20. Master, Learning in Complex Systems and Ph.D. in Behavior Analysis in Norway
INGUNN SANDAKER (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: Norway have more members of the national Association for Behavior Analysis per capita than any other country. We have not however a very long track record of teaching behavior analysis on a post-graduate level. Since 2004 Oslo and Akershus University College has offered the masters program; Learning i Complex Systems. The program offers three introductory courses; (1)Complexity, Science and Society, (2)Relational competencies, (3)Introduction to behavior analysis. The program offers the students a variety of advanced courses in behavior analysis, some of them adding up to a possible BACB approval. The students may also choose among courses in translational behavioral science like behavioral economics, human- technology interaction and OBM. The students accomplish a masters theses during the last part of the program. Since 2010 the Institute for Behavioral Science have offered a PhD program in Behavior Analysis. The program is open for international collaboration. There are grants offered for candidates who apply from developing countries.
 
21.

University of North Carolina Wilmington's Behavior Analysis Program

CASSANDRA LYNN STEM (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Lynda Hayes (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Amanda Logan Gibson (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Sean William O'Brien (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Kathryn S. Rankin (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Breyanna Marie Long (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Brian Coleman (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
Abstract:

At the University of North Carolina Wilmington, there are two terminal-degree master's concentrations in behavior analysis. One is a general track in which students are prepared for continuing graduate work at the doctorate level; the other is an applied behavior analysis track in which students are prepared to become certified through the BACB and licensed as Psychological Associates within North Carolina. All students take a series of core classes in areas of psychology, a research-methods sequence, and several courses in behavior analysis. Students in the ABA track also take clinical courses, a 10-hour-a-week practicum, and a 6-month internship. An empirical thesis is required of all students. This poster will highlight the faculty and their interests, the curriculum, and thesis titles and current jobs/graduate schools of recent graduates.

 
22.

Doctoral Programs in Psychology at the University of Mississippi

SOLOMON KURZ (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Alan M. Gross (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

The Department of Psychology at the University of Mississippi offers programs of study that lead to the doctor of philosophy in two separate areas: clinical psychology and experimental psychology. The clinical program has been fully accredited by the American Psychological Association since 1974. It is a scientist-practitioner model program that emphasizes an empirical approach to clinical practice. Clinical and research supervision is available from behavioral and cognitive behavioral approaches. The clinical program is designed to provide a sequence of research and practical experiences that require students to function at increasing levels of autonomy and independence. We provide the grounding for these experiences in a rigorous sequence of courses that are taken early in the program. The experimental program includes a behavioral neuroscience program of study. Experimental students in this area of concentration take courses and seminars in neuroscience methods, neurobiology, psychopharmacology, pharmacology, toxicology, and biostatistics. State-of-the-art research experiences are offered in the study of the behavioral effects of psychotherapeutic and abused drugs, neurochemical analysis of monoamines using in vivo dialysis, striatal and hippocampal behavioral function using stereotaxic techniques, and evaluation of neural tissue through histological techniques.

 
23. University of Memphis Applied Behavior Analysis Graduate Training Program
JAMES NICHOLSON MEINDL (University of Memphis), Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis)
Abstract: The University of Memphis is a large public research university with a strong Special Education program offering coursework and intensive practicum experience necessary to become a Board Certified Behavior Analysis (BCBA). Students gain a fundamental understanding of Applied Behavior Analysis through both coursework and hands-on experience, all while earning either a Master of Science (M. S.) or Doctor of Education (Ed. D.) degree. We partner with a variety of local organizations to ensure students emerge from our program as quality Behavior Analysts prepared to lead in a variety of settings and across a spectrum of behaviors and needs. In addition, we offer a non-degree certificate for individuals who already possess a Master’s degree and are interested in becoming board certified. Our program is the only program approved by the BACB in the Midsouth. Come join our dynamic team and enhance your skills as an agent of behavior change.
 
24.

Behavior Analysis at Jacksonville State University

PAIGE M. MCKERCHAR (Jacksonville State University), Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University), William L. Palya (Jacksonville State University), Steven C. Stout (Jacksonville State University), Heidi L. Dempsey (Jacksonville State University), Shannon Robertson (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract:

Jacksonville State University, nicknamed "The Friendliest Campus in the South," is nestled in the foothills of the Appalachian Mountains midway between Atlanta, GA, and Birmingham, AL. The master's program in psychology offers a Behavior Analyst Certification Board-approved program of study. Students in the program complete seven required courses in the conceptual, experimental, and applied analysis of behavior, as well as six related elective courses, which include practicum and research opportunities. Our overarching goals are to teach applied behavior analysts to think critically about the conceptual and experimental basis of the field, and to train them in the implementation of scientifically validated behavioral procedures. Students study basic behavioral processes in our sophisticated animal research facility and can practice applying behavioral principles in a variety of local agencies, such as The Little Tree Preschool—Jacksonville and Sirius Education. This poster provides more detail about our faculty and curriculum, including coursework and practicum opportunities.

 
25.

University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute: Doctoral Training in Applied Behavior Analysis

CHRISTY WILLIAMS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Michael E. Kelley (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Joseph H. Evans (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis began as a subfield of psychology and over time has developed a number of unique assessments and treatment procedures that are not routinely covered in traditional psychology training programs. Behavior analysis has three primary branches: a) behaviorism, which focuses on the worldview or philosophy of behavior analysis; b) the experimental analysis of behavior, which identifies and analyzes basic principles and processes that explain behavior; and c) applied behavior analysis (ABA), which analyzes and solves problems of social importance using the principles and procedures of behavior analysis. Our doctoral program provides instruction and training in all three of these areas, with a primary focus on applied behavior analysis with children, adolescents, and families. The guiding philosophy of the program is that learning is maximized by integrating didactic and experiential instruction such that principles and concepts are introduced in the classroom and immediately applied in coordinated clinical and research practica.

 
26.

Utah State University: Behavior Analysis Training in the Department of Psychology

TIMOTHY A. SHAHAN (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University), Andrew Samaha (Utah State University)
Abstract:

This poster provides an overview of the training program in behavior analysis in the Department of Psychology at Utah State University. Laboratory facilities and the current research interests of faculty will be described. An overview of admissions and funding opportunities will be provided.

 
27.

Utah State University Doctoral Program: Applied Behavior Analysis and Special Education

TIMOTHY A. SLOCUM (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Sarah E. Bloom (Utah State University), Scott Warren Ross (Utah State University), Robert L. Morgan (Utah State University), Charles L. Salzberg (Utah State University), James L. Soldner (Utah State University), Andrew Samaha (Utah State University)
Abstract:

The Applied Behavior Analysis Doctoral Specialization at Utah State University prepares graduates to be highly effective university faculty and behavior analytic practitioners who significantly improve children's lives through research, intervention, and teaching. The specialization offers students the opportunity to advance their behavior analytic skills by a) taking advanced coursework in behavior analysis theory, research, and practice; b) practicing applied behavior analysis in clinical and educational settings; and c) collaborating extensively with faculty in the areas of research, teaching, and staff supervision. Faculty and current doctoral students are engaged in research and development projects in autism, stimulus preference assessment, verbal behavior, direct instruction, fluency, functional analysis, function-based interventions, school-wide positive behavior supports, and other areas. Graduate students in the applied behavior analysis specialization have the opportunity to work and conduct research in the ASSERT Program, an early intensive behavioral intervention preschool program for children with autism; in the Severe Behavior Clinic, an outpatient program for the assessment and treatment of severe behavior disorders; in local school districts; or with service providers for adults with disabilities.

 
28. Applied Behavior Analysis Graduate Program at Central Washington University
WENDY A. WILLIAMS (Central Washington University)
Abstract: A look at the Applied Behavior Analysis Graduate Program at Central Washington University
 
29.

Applied Behavior Analysis at George Mason University

THEODORE A. HOCH (George Mason University), Vicky Spencer (George Mason University), Michael M. Behrmann (George Mason University), Johannes Rojahn (George Mason University)
Abstract:

Located in the northern Virginia suburbs of Washington, DC, George Mason University is home to two Behavior Analyst Certification Board approved courses of study. The graduate certificate in applied behavior analysis consists of five courses that can be taken after one has earned a graduate degree, or in conjunction with a master's or doctoral degree in special education. While this certificate program satisfies the coursework requirement to sit for the Board Certified Behavior Analyst certification examination, the optional BACB approved practica (and intensive practica) can satisfy the supervised experience requirement. The undergraduate minor in applied behavior analysis can be taken along with a number of undergraduate majors, and provides students with the coursework and supervision needed to sit for the Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst examination. This poster informs participants as to the specifics of these programs. Program faculty will be on hand to provide additional information.

 
30.

Applied Behavior Analysis Graduate Program at Spalding University

NICHOLAS L. WEATHERLY (Spalding University), Keith Hersh (Spalding University), David L. Morgan (Spalding University)
Abstract:

Spalding University is a private institution with undergraduate, graduate, and adult accelerated programs, whose academic mission is founded in social justice. Spalding University's Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis is a 43-credit-hour program that will provide students with a thorough understanding of behavior analysis and the application of behavioral principles while also providing them the training necessary for certification as Board Certified Behavior Analysts and behavior analytic licensure. As the flagship and only graduate program in Kentucky devoted to applied behavior analysis with board certification preparation, Spalding University's Applied Behavior Analysis Master's Program is centered on providing a professional environment devoted to empirically based behavioral standards across a range of behavior analytic training areas including behavioral systems analysis, the analysis and treatment of autism and related developmental disabilities, community applications, and performance-management strategies. Graduate students in Spalding University's applied behavior analysis program are offered a variety of student support opportunities, practicum placement through partnerships with multiple service provision agencies locally and throughout the state of Kentucky, and involvement with the Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis.

 
31.

University of Oregon School Psychology Program

VINCENT E. CAMPBELL (University of Oregon), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

The school psychology program at the University of Oregon is an APA-accredited program with a strong behavioral orientation. UO offers a master's and doctoral degree in school psychology. The master's degree requires 2 years of coursework and an internship. Students who earn their master's degree are eligible for school psychologist licensure in Oregon and typically meet requirements for certification and licensure in other states. The doctoral degree includes 4 years of coursework and a 1-year internship. Students earning a doctoral degree are eligible for board licensure as psychologists. We are in the process of having our programs accredited by ABAI and are submitting an application to the BACB for a pre-approved course sequence that will lead to eligibility to obtain certification as a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. Our faculty members have expertise in a variety of areas within the field of behavior analysis, including the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior, early intervention, instructional design, and curriculum-based measurement. The UO school psychology faculty members include Drs. Cynthia Anderson, Roland Good, Tiffany Kodak, Laura Lee McIntyre, and Angela Whalen.

 
32. University of the Pacific Masters Program in Applied Behavior Analysis
Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific), HOLLY AYN WHITE (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: The University of the Pacific offers a Master of Arts degree in Psychology with an optional emphasis in Applied Behavior Analysis. The 30-unit curriculum and the supervised experience students receive are both approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board®. The course sequence is typically completed in 2 years and includes an empirical thesis. Typically, all students receive substantial tuition and stipend support. Our program has practicum placements available in a wide variety of settings (e.g., schools, community programs). Practicum placements provide students the opportunity to participate in conducting, developing and implementing assessments and interventions in applied settings. Two faculty and two staff are board certified behavior analysts and can provide the supervision necessary for those interested in sitting for the Behavior Analysis Certification Board® examination. Alumni have been extremely successful in passing the BACB® certification exam, and in obtaining acceptance into doctoral programs or employment as a Behavior Analyst.
 
33.

California State University, Sacramento: Behavior Analysis Program

SARAH DICKMAN (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento), Kathryn Lee (Sacramento State University), Shu-wing Fu (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

The program at Sacramento State prepares students to practice as MA level behavior analysts, as well as enter doctoral (Ph.D.) programs in applied behavior analysis or the experimental analysis of behavior. Our program follows a small, boutique, scientist-practitioner model, where students work closely with faculty on research and clinical projects. We accept only six graduate students per year. Our graduates are extremely marketable in California and are typically employed by school districts, private schools, or agencies providing services to individuals with learning, emotional, or developmental disabilities. The ABA program coursework fulfills the requirements to sit for the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) exam.

 
34.

California State University, Fresno Master's Degree in Psychology With an Emphasis in Applied Behavior Analysis

AMANDA N. ADAMS (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno), Criss Wilhite (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

The master's degree in psychology with an emphasis in applied behavior analysis at Fresno State provides a rigorous course sequence approved by the BACB as well as funded student practicum opportunities, an on campus autism center, and numerous community experiences and opportunities. The student ABA club is incredibly active, hosting an annual conference, spring speaker series, and many community events promoting ABA. Fresno State has a large and supportive department of psychology and three dedicated ABA faculty along with three part time ABA lecturers. Our research program is extremely active, and students are highly engaged on the local, regional, and national levels.

 
35. The Chicago School of Professional Psychology in Los Angeles: MA and PhD programs in Applied Behavior Analysis
DAVID A. PYLES (Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Eric L. Carlson (The Chicago School - LA Campus), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles), L. Fernando Guerrero (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: The Chicago School, Los Angeles (TCS LA) MA and PhD programs in ABA were launched in Fall 2008 at the Southern California campus. The program is designed to meet the needs of working professionals wanting to obtain comprehensive graduate training in Behavior Analysis. The TCS LA ABA program is designed to prepare students in a wide variety of specialization areas. Coursework covers all domains of Behavior Analysis including ABA, EAB, Service Delivery and Theory and Philosophy. Program requirements include: thesis, dissertation, comprehensive examinations, and practicum.
 
36.

MA and Ph.D. Programs at the University of Manitoba, Canada

JAVIER VIRUES ORTEGA (University of Manitoba), Dickie C. T. Yu (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba), Flavia Julio (University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba), Mary Caruso-Anderson (University of Manitoba), Stephen W. Holborn (University of Manitoba), Gabriel Schnerch (University of Manitoba)
Abstract:

Graduate study in the Department of Psychology at the University of Manitoba is offered at both the MA and the Ph.D. levels. The primary purpose of the program is to provide training in several specialized areas of psychology for individuals desiring to advance their level of knowledge, their research skills, and their applied capabilities. The MA program is designed to provide a broad foundation in the scientific approach to psychology, as well as specialized skills. The Ph.D. program provides a higher degree of specialization coupled with more intensive training in research and application. The University of Manitoba offers admission into the areas of behavioural experimental psychology and clinical behavioural psychology, and has recently extended the areas of admission to include the applied behavioural analysis program. The Department of Psychology offers research and applied training at both the MA and Ph.D. levels in applied behavioural analysis. Programs and research opportunities are tailored to meet the interests of individual students. Students receive supervised training in the practice of applied behavioural analysis. The program is also BACB-approved.

 
37.

The Low Incidence Disabilities and Autism Program at Sam Houston State University

HYE-SUK LEE PARK (Sam Houston State University), Cynthia G. Simpson (Sam Houston State University)
Abstract:

The Low Incidence Disabilities and Autism (LIDA) Program at Sam Houston State University is a blend of special education and applied behavior analysis (ABA) coursework. Also, students have a year of supervised fieldwork in ABA with both individual and group supervision provided by faculty. The program is designed for working professionals with courses offered in the evenings and over the summer. We welcome students from a variety of backgrounds; students do not need to have an undergraduate degree in education. Most students take two courses per semester and graduate with an MA or MEd in special education in 2 years. Students who already have a master's degree can take courses for certification only. Both the course sequence and the field experience classes are approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board.

 
38.

ABA @ UTSA

LEE L. MASON (University of Texas at San Antonio), Billie Jo Rodriguez (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

The University of Texas at San Antonio's (UTSA) program in applied behavior analysis is designed for a) post-baccalaureate graduates who are not intending to pursue a graduate degree, b) master's or doctoral degree seeking students who want to develop job-specific skills in applied behavior analysis, and c) graduates who are interested in pursuing coursework that would allow them to become Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts (BCaBA) or Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA). The ABA program furthers the UTSA mission in providing extended specialized skill development in applied behavior analysis and helping students learn to meet a growing school and community need. Specifically, this certificate targets a) professionals who are interested in a master's degree but want to start with a certificate, b) professionals who are interested in specializing in the application of behavior supports, c) professionals who are pursuing a master's degree in school psychology or special education who would like a behavioral support specialization that in application could lead to their becoming BCBAs, d) professionals who already hold a master's degree but would like to become board certified in behavior analysis, and e) professionals pursuing a doctoral degree in special education who would like to become board certified in behavior analysis.

 
39.

Applied Behavior Analysis Graduate Training and Postdoctoral Research Opportunities at Texas Tech University

DAVID M. RICHMAN (Texas Tech University), Stacy L. Carter (Texas Tech University), Devender Banda (Texas Tech University), Wesley H. Dotson (Texas Tech University), Amanda Bosch (Texas Tech University)
Abstract:

Texas Tech University's College of Education offers an on-line applied behavior analysis graduate certificate. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc. has approved the five graduate course sequence as meeting the coursework requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst examination. Coursework is provided entirely online by instructors who are Board Certified Behavior Analysts and who have a wide range of applied experience in behavior analysis. The coursework sequence may be applied toward a master's in education, an Ed.D., or a Ph.D. Additional information can be obtained at www.de.ttu.edu/certificate/behavior-analysis/. In addition to master's level training we offer doctoral level training in special education and school psychology programs under the mentorship of Drs. David Richman, Wesley Dotson, Stacy Carter, or Devender Banda. Doctoral training experiences are research and teaching intensive with the primary goal of preparing future leaders in research and service for individuals with autism and related neurodevelopmental disorders. Doctoral graduate research assistantships and postdoctoral research fellowship funding are available. See www.burkhartcenter.org for additional information about research conducted through the Burkhart Center for Autism.

 
40.

Behavior Analysis at Stephen F. Austin State University

ROBIN RUMPH (Stephen F. Austin State University), Logan Clary (Stephen F. Austin State University), Kellie McKee (Stephen F. Austin State University), Catherine Collins (Stephen F. Austin State University), Elizabeth Kelly (Stephen F. Austin State University), Joshua A. Staley (Stephen F. Austin State University)
Abstract:

The School & Behavioral Psychology Program at Stephen F. Austin University offers extensive graduate training in applied behavior analysis at the master's and doctoral levels. The master's and doctoral degrees provide the needed training to become a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. Twelve graduate assistantships are available at the doctoral level at $18,000 per year. Current faculty include five behavior analysts with diverse interests. Internal and external practicum experiences are available, including an autism clinic housed within the department. The department is housed in a new state-of-the-art building with facilities for autism interventions, the study of brain-behavior relationships, an audiology lab, a family systems therapy lab, a counseling clinic, and a speech clinic. Current faculty interests include autism, verbal behavior, behavioral assessment software development, artificial intelligence, relational frame theory, stimulus equivalence, direct instruction, brain-behavior relationships, environmental and social issues, school psychology, organizational behavior management, behavioral systems analysis, response to intervention, school reform, ADHD, learning disabilities, instructional design, computer programming languages, and family systems therapy.

 
41.

University of Michigan-Dearborn On-line M.Ed. in Special Education, Inclusion Specialist Certificate

KIM KILLU (University of Michigan - Dearborn)
Abstract:

The on-line Master of Education in Special Education degree program with an Inclusion Specialist Certificate at the University of Michigan-Dearborn offers students the convenience of earning a graduate degree from anywhere in the world. Students learn to identify, manage, and teach students with disabilities in the general education classroom via Internet courses that may be completed at any time from home, school, work, or any other place with Internet access. The 30 credit hour degree program requires the completion of 10 courses and has many features, including all coursework offered via the Internet; courses in characteristics, assessment, strategies, collaboration, and classroom management; on-line assignments, discussions, and Internet activities; convenient anytime/anywhere learning; opportunities to interact with other teachers from many different geographic locations; and e-mail or phone advising. The program is fully accredited by the Higher Learning Commission and the Michigan Department of Education. University of Michigan-Dearborn faculty are devoted to teaching and committed to student achievement.

 
42.

Graduate Training in Applied Behavior Analysis at Trinity College Dubiln

KRISTEN A. MAGLIERI (Trinity College Dublin), Maeve Bracken (Trinity College Dublin)
Abstract:

Trinity College Dublin was founded in 1592 and is Ireland's oldest university. Set in Dublin's picturesque city centre, it is amongst the world's top research institutions. The School of Psychology at Trinity College Dublin offers two postgraduate degrees in applied behavior analysis. The Postgraduate Diploma in Applied Behavior Analysis fulfills the coursework requirements for the Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst (BCABA) qualification, and the Master's in Applied Behavior Analysis tops up this coursework to Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) level. With a number of internationally recognized faculty, the ABA courses at Trinity College Dublin combine top quality teaching, comprehensive student support, and innovation in research in a timeless setting.

 
43.

University of Auckland: Graduate Training in the Experimental Analysis of Behaviour

CHRISTOPHER A. PODLESNIK (University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland)
Abstract:

Obtain a master's or Ph.D. at the University of Auckland as part of the Experimental Analysis of Behaviour Research Unit (EABRU) with Doug Elliffe and Chris Podlesnik. Affiliated staff include Michael Davison and Corina Jimenez-Gomez, and a BCBA-certified applied behaviour analysis program is also available. The EABRU was the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis's 2009 recipient of the Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis Award and a part of the 27th ranked psychology department in the world, according to the 2011 QS World University Rankings. Research topics include choice, stimulus control, divided attention, stimulus equivalence, behavioral momentum theory, and quantitative analyses.

 
44.

Westfield State University

JORGE RAFAEL REYES (Westfield State University)
Abstract:

The program at Westfield State University consists of 48 credit hours and is designed to be completed in 2 years—although an extended, part-time option is available. The core courses in applied behavior analysis have been approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) as meeting the coursework requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst certification exam. In addition, students are required to complete a practicum each semester while enrolled in the program. Students are provided with a practicum placement as well as supervision that meet the field experience requirements of the BACB. In order to complete the program, students are given the option to successfully complete either an experimental thesis or a comprehensive exam.

 
45.

Florida International University Behavior Analysis Master's Program

PALOMA P. RODRIGUEZ (Florida International University)
Abstract:

The Behavior Analysis Program at Florida International University leads to a master of science in psychology and eligibility to become a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. The scientist-practitioner teaching model offers students well-rounded training in behavior analysis theory, experimental methods, and applied analysis of behavior across a range of clinical problems and diverse populations. This 2-year program consists of 36 credits, including six credits of supervised practicum. Practicum hours may be completed on campus or at affiliated sites in the community. Students have the option to complete a research thesis or a non-thesis case study project. Students enroll in two to three academic courses each semester. Classes meet once a week for 3 hours during the day. Practicum begins in the third semester, allowing students to concentrate on coursework and practicum preparation in the first two terms.

 
46.

PhD in Behavior Analysis at Western New England University

CHUNYING S. JIN (Western New England University), April N. Kisamore (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England Universtiy), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University), Dennis J. Kolodziejski (Western New England University)
Abstract:

The Doctoral Program in Behavior Analysis (Dr. Gregory Hanley, chair) at Western New England University (WNEU) prepares future scholars and scientist-practitioners to discover, translate, and apply knowledge of behavior to problems of social importance. Students in the doctoral program complete all coursework, practicum, and dissertation research requirements (54 credits total) within approximately 3 years. Competitive funding opportunities are available to doctoral students in the form of teaching fellowships at WNEU, clinical assistantships at the New England Center for Children (NECC), or federal research grant assistantships.

 
47.

ABA Training Opportunities at the New England Center for Children

SUSAN N. LANGER (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

This poster will present the graduate and undergraduate training programs, post-master's degree program in behavior analysis, graduate assistantships, internships, field placements, research opportunities, and financial support for graduate study available at the New England Center for Children (NECC). Two on-site master's degree programs, one in applied behavior analysis (Western New England University) and one in special education: severe special needs (Simmons College), and a Ph.D. program in ABA (Western New England University) are offered at NECC. A post-master's degree training program in behavior analysis is also offered. An undergraduate training program, modeled after semester abroad programs, provides full academic credit plus extensive practical experience. NECC provides internships for numerous Boston-area graduate training programs in a variety of health-care disciplines. An active research program includes nationally and internationally recognized experts in autism and behavior analysis. In collaboration with senior program staff, the research department provides opportunities for research experience and supervision of theses and dissertations. Financial support for all students who are employees of NECC is provided, and ranges from partial tuition reimbursement to full support (including full tuition, housing, stipend, plus regular employee benefits).

 
48. Masters In Experimental Psychology and Certificate in ABA Programs at Long Island University, Post
JOHN C. NEILL (Long Island University), Gerald Lachter (Long Island University)
Abstract: The ABA Advanced Certificate program is designed for individuals who wish to receive a formal background in the theory and practice of Applied Behavior Analysis. Behavior analysis is used most widely with clinical populations in the area of developmental disabilities, including but not limited to clients diagnosed as mentally retarded and/or autistic. A Masters Degree program in Experimental Psychology is also available. Hands-on experience is available in human and small animal labs.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #106
Expo Poster Session 1 - ABAI Boards and Commitees
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center)
1.

An Overview of the ABAI Program Committee and Convention Processes

RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-UIC), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Abstract:

The purpose of this poster is to provide a data-based overview of the ABA Convention Program System, and a behind the scenes view of the associated processes. A step by step depiction of the major processes highlights the activities of the Program Committee members. This presentation also includes data associated with the overall convention growth, expansion of the Program Areas, different types of presentation, and consumer satisfaction.

 
2.

ABAI Education Board

LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Michael J. Cameron (Cameron Consultation, LLC), Erick M. Dubuque (University of Nevada, Reno), Genevieve M. DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Maria Isabel Munoz Blanco (University of Nevada)
Abstract:

The mission of the Education Board is to develop, improve, and disseminate best practices in the recruitment, training, and professional development of behavior analysis. This year was again a very busy one for the Education Board and its subsidiary boards and task forces (Graduate Accreditation, Undergraduate Accreditation, Accreditation Recognition, Site Visitor Training, and Student Subcommittees). Our major efforts have included revising ABAI's accreditation standards and pursuing recognition of ABAI's standards by other agencies, among many other changes. Progress to date will be outlined, and any members interested in helping with these efforts are invited to join us. The Education Board also wishes to report that the National Center for Education Statistics of the U.S. Department of Education now recognizes applied behavior analysis (ABA) as a distinct type of academic program with its own numeric Classification of Instructional Program (CIP) code (42.2814). Please note that CIP data rely upon the reports of universities, so we request that faculty members notify their Office of Institutional Research or its equivalent to correctly categorize ABA programs and hence better inform policy-makers of ABA training resource needs.

 
3.

ABAI Practice Board

MICHAEL F. DORSEY (Endicott College)
Abstract:

The poster will review the recent accomplishments of the ABAI Practice Board. Efforts to coordinate the newly adopted Don Baer Lecture Series as well as the initiation of the development of ABAI position papers relative to evidence-based practices in ABA services delivered to individuals diagnosed with autism will be discussed.

 
4.

ABAI Science Board

M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University)
Abstract:

The Science Board was constituted in May 2008 to promote behavior science. The specific goals of the Science Board are organized into three broad categories: research support, research dissemination, and scientific education. This poster will discuss the Science Board activities in relation to these three goals.

 
5.

ABAI Membership Board

PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University)
Abstract:

This poster will present an update of the Membership Board's efforts over the past year.

 
6.

ABAI Student Committee

ANTONIO M. HARRISON (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Megan D. Aclan (The Chicago School, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

The ABAI Student Committee provides organizational support for ABAI student members to promote participation in ABAI, enhance professional development, and enable contributions to the science of behavior analysis. The Student Committee Expo poster provides members with the mission statement, information on student representation and activities, current programs represented, and ways to get involved with the Student Committee.

 
7.

ABAI Affiliated Chapters Board

GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates)
Abstract:

The mission and activities of the ABAI Affiliated Chapters Board will be presented. Information regarding chapter locations, membership, and activities also will be presented. Data will be displayed via charts and graphs.

 
 
Expo Poster Session #107
Expo Session 6 - Affiliated Chapters
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center)
1.

Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan (BAAM)

JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Aimee Moore (Eastern Michigan University), Caitlyn Sorensen (Eastern Michigan University), Lauren P. Byrnes (Eastern Michigan University), Gyða Dögg Einarsdóttir (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

The Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan (BAAM) has been organized to support and promote scientific research on the basic principles of behavior and the extension of those principles to create demonstrably effective and humane outcome-based therapies with the primary goal of establishing and enhancing functional independent living skills. BAAM conducts an annual convention supporting all aspects of behavior analysis in Michigan and the surrounding region. BAAM's growing website offers a variety of resources for behavior analysts and all those interested in behavior analysis.

 
2.

Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis

ROGER FRANK BASS (Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

The Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis (WisABA) was founded in 2004 as a state chapter of ABAI with the mission of promoting an evidence-based understanding of human behavior and helping the people of Wisconsin to improve their lives and the lives of those around them. WisABA is also an affiliate of the Association of Professional Behavior Analysts. WisABA's recurring and ongoing activities include the annual WisABA Conference (focused on behaviorally based solutions in Wisconsin), collaborative road shows with academic and professional organizations around the state, continuing education opportunities for behavior analysts, social networking activities for members and other interested parties, position statements on issues within the state of concern to behavior analysts and their clients, educating interested community groups about applied behavior analysis, and advocating for behavior analysts and behavior analysis through public policy input. Depending on interest, experience, and training, membership in WisABA may take one of three types: full, affiliate, and student. This Expo poster details the activities of WisABA and its members.

 
3.

Massachusetts Association for Applied Behavior Analysis (MassABA): Policy and Practice

STEVEN WOOLF (Massachusetts Association for Behavior Analysis), Mariela Vargas-irwin (Massachusetts Association for Behavior Analysis), Robert K. Ross (Massachusetts Association for Behavior Analysis), Rita M. Gardner (Massachusetts Association for Behavior Analysis), Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Massachusetts Association for Behavior Analysis), John C. Randall (Massachusetts Association for Behavior Analysis), Brian C. Liu-Constant (Massachusetts Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

The Massachusetts Association for Applied Behavior Analysis (MassABA) has been highly active and effective in shaping public policy to benefit behavior analysts in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Through active engagement with policy makers regarding autism insurance legislation and behavior analysis licensure, MassABA has become an important and respected voice in the behavioral community. The association has also drawn hundreds of participants at the MassABA annual conference. MassABA will review the policy initiative process, action steps for policy engagement, and conference planning.

 
4.

Connecticut Association of Behavior Analysis: The Voice of Behavior Analysis in Connecticut

MEGHAN BRAHM (Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis), Allison Gadbois (Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis), Elizabeth C. Nulty (Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis), John D. Molteni (Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis), Solandy Forte (Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis), Colleen DeMello (Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis), Steven Woolf (Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

The Connecticut Association of Behavior Analysis (CTABA) will review our growth and progress from our Eighth Annual Conference on March 9, 2012. Data on conference attendance and membership will be shared from our 8 previous years as an affiliated state chapter of ABAI. CTABA will share upcoming news and events affecting behavior analysts in the State of Connecticut, including CTABA's 1, 3, and 5 year projections. CTABA will report on any upcoming legislative issues that might affect the field of behavior analysis. The CTABA Executive Council encourages all members of CTABA, as well as non-members with an interest in the field of behavior analysis, to stop by our poster at the Expo to learn more about how CTABA represents behavior analysts in the State of Connecticut. Additional information can be found at our website: www.ctaba.org.

 
5.

New York State Association for Behavior Analysis (NYSABA)

VICKI MADAUS KNAPP (Summit Educational Resources), Michael J. Friga (Three Tier Consulting), Deborah A. Napolitano (University of Rochester)
Abstract:

The New York State Association for Behavior Analysis (NYSABA) represents scientists, scholars, and practitioners in psychology, education, and related fields who reside in and outside of New York State and are interested in the experimental analysis of behavior in all forms. We sponsor local presentations, publish a newsletter, and run an annual conference. NYSABA currently has more than 300 members and keeps them in touch with events that affect those of us here in New York State. NYSABA supports quality education for human services in New York State through the applications of ethical, humane, and effective principles of behavior analysis. NYSABA has active committees in the areas of legislation, education, publicity, finance, students, and membership. NYSABA has been actively working with state legislators to gain recognition for practicing behavior analysts by promoting an exemption for Board Certified Behavior Analysts from the psychology practice laws and by promoting the role of the behavior analyst in effective interventions for autism and other developmental disabilities.

 
6. Pennsylvania Association for Behavior Analysis: PennABA
LACEY R. BAILEY (Help Services, Inc.), Richard M. Foxx (Penn State University), Keith E. Williams (Penn State Hershey Medical Center), Richard Miller (Penn State University)
Abstract: There is a continued need to educate and inform professionals, administrators, educators, and students about the science and application of applied behavior analysis locally. Pennsylvania Association for Behavior Analysis is in its 14th year of service to Pennsylvania. Our primary concerns are fostering the creation of more behavior analysts within our state and beyond, clarifying BACB certification issues for our members, and maintaining the scientific integrity of the field in our practice as behavior analysts. PennABA's annual conference has provided speakers who encourage and foster behavior analysis within the lives of its members. To date, our annual conference has featured a one-track schedule and a remarkable line-up of presenters from across the country. In lock-step with our speakers, our members are diverse as well. Last year's conference brought over 120 individuals from 8 states. We also featured a two day schedule complete with four workshops and six one-hour presentations. PennABA's conference provides BCBA, BCABA, and Act 48 continuing education credits at no additional charge. Opportunities for poster presentations, a book exhibit and signing, and program exhibits will also be available.
 
7.

Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis

BRYAN K. SAVILLE (James Madison University), Tracy E. Zinn (James Madison University)
Abstract:

The Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis (VABA) is a state chapter of ABAI. We hold an annual meeting that provides up to six credits of CEUs for practitioners in the area. This poster will describe the conference and identify areas where we hope to grow as a chapter. We will also identify officers of the organization.

 
8.

Heartland Association for Behavior Analysis

AMBER R. PADEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), Valerie M. Volkert (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Steven L. Taylor (Glenwood Resource Center), Kathryn M. Peterson (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

The purpose of Heartland ABA (HLABA) is to promote the analytical science of behavior and its associated technologies within the Heartland area (Nebraska, Iowa, and the surrounding area). HLABA's objectives are to serve as a professional reference group for all in the Heartland whose work involves the principles and practices of behavior analysis; promote research that will advance the understanding of human behavior; identify and promote the use of effective treatment procedures in meeting the educational, therapeutic, and habilitative needs of persons in the Heartland within the ethical guidelines set forth by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board; organize and sponsor training events that serve as forums for presentation of technological achievements in behavior analysis; promote the development and expansion of education, training, and employment in the field of behavior analysis; and support efforts of allied organizations in providing behavior analytic services.

 
9.

Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis

TRAVIS BLEVINS (Behavior Services of the Rockies)
Abstract:

The Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis (4CABA) is an independent, nonprofit, professional organization affiliated with ABAI. Our members reside, teach, conduct research, and practice primarily in Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico, and Utah. 4CABA's mission is to promote the science of behavior and evidence-based technologies derived from the basic science in the Four Corners region. Our regional group has five objectives: 1) to serve as a scientific and professional reference group for states in the Four Corners region; 2) to promote basic and applied research that will advance understanding of human and other animal behavior; 3) to organize and sponsor an annual conference that will serve as a forum for presentation of scientific research and technological achievements, as well as demonstrations of successful transfer of technologies; 4) to promote the development and expansion of education, training, and employment in the field of behavior analysis; and 5) to support efforts of allied organizations in providing evidence-based behavior analytic services. The purpose of this poster will be to serve as an opportunity for ABAI convention attendees to learn about 4CABA and our mission.

 
10.

Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis (Iowa ABA)

EVELYN JO HORTON (The Homestead), Rose Vetsch (The Homestead), Sean D. Casey (Iowa Department of Education), Maria G. Valdovinos (Drake University), John Pokrzywinski (Woodward Resource Center), Susan M. S. Smith (Woodward Resource Center)
Abstract:

The Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis (Iowa ABA) was chartered in June 2008 as a state chapter of ABAI for professional, scientific, and education purposes. Iowa ABA's primary functions include serving as a scientific and professional reference group for all in the State of Iowa who identify themselves as scientists, practitioners, or providers in disciplines that embrace the principles and practices of behavior analysis. Iowa ABA supports the development of professional credentialing for the practice of behavior analysis within the State of Iowa. The chapter also supports and encourages expanding the educational and supervisory resources to aid individuals in meeting current and future credentialing requirements. Iowa ABA also supports the development of ethical and professional standards of practice for behavior analysts within the State of Iowa. Iowa ABA promotes the use of effective and humane behavioral procedures in meeting the educational and habilitative needs of individuals. Iowa ABA provides education and advises political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis in the State of Iowa. Iowa ABA promotes and supports the conduct of behavior analytic research within the State of Iowa. Iowa ABA serves as a resource for parents and service providers interested in research based practices in behavior analysis.

 
11.

Kansas Association for Behavior Analysis

EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (University of Kansas Medical Center), Nanette L. Perrin (University of Kansas), Jill M. Koertner (University of Kansas Medical Center), Todd Merritt (University of Kansas), Jason M. Hirst (University of Kansas), Kaston Anderson (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

The Kansas Association for Behavior Analysis (KansABA) poster describes this affiliated chapter's structure and function. Its structure includes its organization by committees, for instance, its executive committee (e.g., president, secretary, treasurer) and governance committees (e.g., conference, legislative affairs, website, membership committees). Its function includes activities such as its current conferences (e.g., clinical behavior analysis), legislative activities (e.g., passage of an insurance bill for autism treatment), and future plans (e.g., website development).

 
12.

Minnesota Northland Association for Behavior Analysis (MNABA)

LISA OTT (St. Cloud State University), Timothy R. Moore (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

The Minnesota Northland Association for Behavior Analysis (MNABA) was founded in 2005 to provide 1) a professional network and resource for behavior analysts in the Northland; 2) a forum for members to collaborate, disseminate recent research, share ideas, and discuss needs; 3) a voice to promote the ethical and effective use of behavior analysis; 4) a resource for those seeking ABA services in the Northland; 5) the organization of an annual regional ABA conference; and 6) continuing education for professionals in the Northland.

 
13.

Florida Association for Behavior Analysis (FABA)

KEVIN MURDOCK (Florida Association for Behavior Analysis), Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University), R. Steven Coleman (Agency for Persons with Disabilities)
Abstract:

Please come by to learn about our membership, goals, advocacy, outreach, and other activities. FABA celebrates its 32nd anniversary in 2012 and will have its big annual multi-track conference in Jacksonville from September 19–22. A great lineup of invited speakers and other presenters will provide CE workshops on Wednesday and Saturday plus two full days of symposia, panels, posters, IGNITE, and other presentations on Thursday and Friday. Favorite special events will include Speed Networking, SIG Roundtable Lunches, Poster Bingo, and more. Please visit to learn more about all aspects of FABA, give us feedback, ask questions, and get on our mailing list. Don't forget to add www.FABAworld.org to your list of favorite websites.

 
14.

Alabama Association for Behavior Analysis

JENNIFER M. GILLIS MATTSON (Auburn University), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Linda A. LeBlanc (Auburn University), Paige M. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract:

The Alabama Association for Behavior Analysis (ALABA) serves as a scientific and professional reference group that embraces the principles and practices of behavior analysis. ALABA's primary goals are to promote the profession of behavior analysis in the community, to disseminate information responsibly to our communities about best practices in the field of behavior analysis, and to provide the best continuing education opportunities to members. We will present on our annual accomplishments and events. In addition, we will announce our keynote speakers for our upcoming annual convention to be held in Birmingham, AL. Our membership draws from neighboring states, and we encourage anyone living in or moving to Alabama or a surrounding state to visit our poster to learn more about ALABA and how to become involved.

 
15.

North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis

R. M. (DUKE) SCHELL (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center), Mark W. Stafford (Mariposa School for Children with Autism), Jim Phillips (Murdoch Developmental Center), Kristie M. Thompson (United Behavioral Healthcare), Beth Schmitt (Murdoch Developmental Center), Nancy Poteet (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center), Calandra E. Plattner (Creative Consultants Inc.), Susan D. Flynn (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract:

The North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis (NCABA) celebrated its 23rd anniversary in 2012. Our NCABA president, Mark Stafford, coordinated outstanding speakers for our annual conference February 15–17, 2012, in Winston-Salem, including Denny Reid, Mark Sundberg, Dick and Muriel Saunders, Carol Pilgrim, Jim Bodfish, Tim Ludwig, Ray Pitts, and others. The NCABA conference featured more than 15 presentations, a poster session, and six workshops offered for both behavior analyst and psychologist continuing education credits. Attendees received up to 17 additional behavior analyst CEs for $30, making NCABA a great value for BCBAs and BCaBAs in NC and surrounding states. Visit our great NCABA website (www.nc-aba.com) for news and pictures of the conference and to view our NCABA newsletter. "Catch someone doing good!"

 
16.

Texas Association for Behavior Analysis

ANNA I. PETURSDOTTIR (Texas Christian University), Heather L. Barahona (University of North Texas), Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates), Jennifer N. Y. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Duy Le (Child Study Center), Lori Ann Russo (Behavioral Innovations, Inc.)
Abstract:

The Texas Association for Behavior Analysis (TxABA), founded in 1986, is a state chapter of ABAI. The mission of TxABA is to advance the science and application of behavior analysis to improve the world in which we live. To that end, TxABA strives to disseminate knowledge from the science of behavior analysis to the public and to professional behavior analysts working in Texas and its neighboring states. TxABA holds an annual conference that draws around 400 attendees, and engages in various other activities of relevance to its mission. This poster will present information on the membership of TxABA, current officers, TxABA committees, and recent activities of the organization.

 
17.

Lone Star ABA

GERALD E. HARRIS (Texas Young Autism Project), Ellen R. Catoe (Behavior Treatment and Training Center), Christie Enzinna (ABA Professional Services, LLC), Jeffrey C. Enzinna (ABA Professional Services), Deborah L. Grossett (The Center), Wendy J. Neely (Texas Young Autism Project)
Abstract:

Lone Star ABA (LSABA) serves the greater Houston area. The purpose of LSABA is to promote behavior analysis and its associated technologies in the Houston area. LSABA meets every other month. These meetings provide an opportunity for professional networking, professional discussions, participation on six committees within LSABA, as well as continuing education. Visit us at the Expo to see what we have to offer!

 
18.

Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis

KENDRA L. BROOKS RICKARD (Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis), Chelsea Wilhite (Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

The poster will present information about NABA, its business, its members, and its annual conference.

 
19.

California Association for Behavior Analysis

KRISTI L. MILLER (Therapeutic Pathways)
Abstract:

The California Association for Behavior Analysis (CalABA) is an affiliated chapter of ABAI. The mission of CalABA is to promote the science and theory of behavior analysis through the support of research, education, and practice. To fulfill its mission, CalABA commits to the following activities: 1) supporting a certification process for behavior analysts and assistant behavior analysts, 2) advocating for behavior analysis services and the profession, 3) promoting quality assurance in behavior analysis, 4) providing resources and information related to behavior analysis, and 5) advancing behavior analysis via professional development activities. This poster will present information regarding the organization's history, membership, and activities. Supplemental information will also be provided that details work products, educational activities, and public policy efforts.

 
20.

Northwestern Association for Behavior Analysis

DANA J. STEVENS (Whitworth University), Rick Shaw (Behavior Issues)
Abstract:

The Northwestern Association for Behavior Analysis (NWABA) is excited to announce that it is once again an active chapter of ABAI. The executive board has moved its annual conference from October to March in hopes to increase participation from school personnel and institutions of higher education. Please visit our new website, www.pacificnwaba.com, for more information on specific dates, keynote speakers, and registration/membership. The website also provides information regarding policy issues, current research, and other events taking place in the area. If you will be moving to the area or are interested in more information about NWABA, please visit our website and send us your contact information. We are always looking for new members who are dedicated to the acquisition, evaluation, and dissemination of information regarding behavior analysis.

 
21. Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis
JENNY FISCHER (Cascade Behavioral Intervention), Analise A. Herrera-Minteer (St. Cloud State University), Robbin Sobotka-Soles (Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: OR-ABA is a member organization for professionals, parents, caregivers, educators, researchers and others who are interested in promoting the field of behavior analysis within the community. OR-ABA is an affiliate chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI), an affiliate of the Association of Professional Behavior Analysts (APBA), and an approved CEU provider by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). Its mission is to encourage the understanding of all aspects of behavior analysis (e.g., the experimental analysis of behavior, applied behavior analysis, and radical behaviorism) in universities, schools, and community settings by encouraging competent practice, providing a forum for behavior analysts to gather and share information, and disseminating information on behavior analysis to the community. In addition, ORABA works to support the design and application of evidence-based practices to improve the quality of life of the citizens of Oregon, serve as a professional reference group for those who identify themselves as scientists or practitioners in disciplines that embrace the principles and practices of behavior analysis, advise political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis.
 
22.

Utah Association for Behavior Analysis

SARAH E. BLOOM (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Andrew Samaha (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University), Shawnee D. Collins (Chrysalis), Matthew T. Brodhead (Utah State University), Soraya Shanun Kunnavatana (Utah State University)
Abstract:

The Utah Association for Behavior Analysis (UtABA), founded in 2010, seeks to encourage scientific activity, professional training and development, and intellectual activity related to behavior analysis in the state of Utah. UtABA holds its annual meeting in June in cooperation with the Effective Practices for Teachers and Human Service Professionals conference at Utah State University. UtABA participates in that conference by offering presentations and research symposia within the behavior analysis strand, hosting a poster session, and holding its annual business meeting. UtABA is a BACB-approved Type II ACE provider. Current UtABA officers are Sarah Bloom (President), Tom Higbee (President-Elect), Andrew Samaha (Secretary/Treasurer), Amy Odum and Shawnee Collins (Members at Large), and Matthew Brodhead and S. Shanun Kunnavatana (Student Representatives).

 
23.

Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis

BEAU LAUGHLIN (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis would like to introduce its new officers and give you an update on ABA in Hawaii.

 
24. British Columbia Association for Behavior Analysis
HEIDI ST. PIERRE (Behavior Consultant), Richard A. Stock (ABA Learning Centre & Capilano University), Sara White (Sendan Center)
Abstract: This expo poster will outline and highlight the work being done by the British Columbia Association for Behavior Analysis. BC-ABA has been an affiliated chapter for the last four years and in that time has been very successful in promoting and supporting behavior analysis in BC. This poster will present data on the membership numbers, the various conference presentations and attendance, the CEU supported events, and the mission statement of BC-ABA.
 
25.

Experimental Analysis of Behaviour Group (EABG)—UK and Europe

JOHN CARL HUGHES (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis)
Abstract:

The Experimental Analysis of Behaviour Group (EABG) is the UK's leading behaviour analysis organisation. With more than 400 members, we have organised international meetings for more than four decades. In the recent past our meetings have been held at University College London and continue to provide an exciting forum for the dissemination and discussion of high quality behaviour analytic research from across Europe. The EABG now works in collaboration with the European Association for Behaviour Analysis (EABA) and holds biennial meetings. A special EABG edition of the European Journal of Behavior Analysis (EJOBA) was published in late 2011. The evidence from the EABG meetings suggests that behaviour analysis in Europe is faring well. The European Association for Behaviour Analysis and its allied journal, the European Journal of Behaviour Analysis, mark exciting endeavours in the continuing development of behaviour analysis across Europe.

 
26.

ICEABA: The Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis

INGIBJORG SVEINSDOTTIR (Primary Health Care of the Capital Area), Sigurdur Vidar (Reykjalundur Rehabilitation Center), Hafdis Lilja Gunnarsdottir (Service Center for Brei�holt), Z. Gabriela Sigurdardottir (University of Iceland), Anna-Lind Petursdottir (University of Iceland), Ragnar S. Ragnarsson (S-Iceland Office of School Services), Jon Gretar Sigurjonsson (National University of Ireland, Galway), Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Abstract:

ICEABA: The Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis is in its eighth year. It is a small but growing community of behavior analysts and others studying and working in the field. Its members are strongly committed to promoting behavior analysis in Iceland as a science and profession. Goals: Our goals are to disseminate and promote behavior analysis, support behavior analytic research, communicate with and support students interested in the field, correspond with behavior analytic associations around the world, and support the establishment of a union of behavior analysts. Annual Meeting: Our annual meeting is held each May and is open to all members. This meeting is the highest decision-making body of the chapter. Convention: The ICEABA second convention was held October 21, 2011, at the Geruberg Convention Center. We offered a pre-convention workshop on topics in organizational behavior management and an exciting conference with prominent speakers from Iceland and abroad. Icelandic Lexicon of Behavior Analytic Terms: We are excited to report that work on this large project is progressing well and nearing completion. Journal: Our on-line journal, Atferli, is a peer-reviewed electronic journal that publishes papers on research, practice, and conceptual issues in behavior analysis. It is the only journal in Icelandic devoted to these topics. Coffee House Meetings: Our popular coffee house meetings continue throughout the year where members present their research findings or other interesting topics in behavior analysis. Lively discussions usually ensue in this collegial environment. E-mail List: Since October 1999 members have had access to a very active forum of discussion via our electronic mailing list, http://groups.yahoo.com/group/isabar/. Legislative Issues: The three Icelandic BCBAs/BCBA-D in Iceland continue to monitor the international discussion on legislation and certification in the field with special attention to how it applies in the Icelandic environment. ICEABA Board: President—Ingibjorg Sveinsdottir, Ph.D., BCBA-D; Treasurer—Sigurdur Vidar, Cand. Psych.; Secretary: Hafdis Lilja Gunnarsdottir

 
27.

Norwegian ABA

TERJE GUNDHUS (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis), Jon A. Lokke (Ostfold University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Abstract:

Norwegian ABA is a registered nonprofit organization. Membership is open to anyone interested in behavior analysis and its application. At present it has 900 members and is steadily growing. The organization is run by a board of nine members with full executive powers, chaired by a president. There are several regional affiliated chapters and two special interest groups. The board is elected at the annual general assembly. Norwegian ABA is an affiliated chapter of ABAI.

 
28.

Polish Society for Behavioral Psychology (PTPB)

MONIKA M. SUCHOWIERSKA (Warsaw School of Social Psychology)
Abstract:

The poster presents the mission, structure, and history of the Polish Society for Behavioral Psychology (PTPB). Selected events and accomplishments in the years 2002–2012 are listed. The poster also includes a list of major events related to behavior analysis in Poland. The first specialization in ABA (in Poland) is described as well as a joint program of studies (with California State University, Stanislaus and Bangor University) focusing on behavior analysis. Lastly, future plans are listed.

 
29.

Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis

KERRI L. WALTERS (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba), Kirsten M. Wirth (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba)
Abstract:

MABA's purpose and mission are to develop and disseminate knowledge about behaviour analysis as a science. MABA's interests lie in basic science focusing on principles governing human and nonhuman behaviour (i.e., the experimental analysis of behaviour) as well as applied science focusing on application of those principles for improvement of socially important problems (i.e., applied behaviour analysis), and disseminating this information to stimulate interest in, and correct misunderstandings about, behaviour analysis. To achieve this, MABA is committed to ensuring opportunities to meet certification requirements within our province, providing information to our members and to the public about behaviour analysis, and hosting professional development opportunities including our annual conference. In 2011 MABA published two newsletters and hosted our sixth annual conference with Dr. Brian Iwata as our keynote speaker. MABA continues to focus its efforts on licensing behaviour analysts in the province of Manitoba, increasing membership, and disseminating information about behaviour analysis to members of the behaviour analytic community and to the public through workshops, the development of our new website, and the distribution of our bi-annual newsletter.

 
30.

Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis

KENJIRO AOYAMA (Doshisha University), Shigeki Sonoyama (University of Tsukuba), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba)
Abstract:

The Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis (J-ABA) is dedicated to promoting the experimental, theoretical, and applied analysis of behavior, which B. F. Skinner originated. The purpose of J-ABA is to provide opportunities for research, education, and practices of behavior analysis through its activities such as journal publication and an annual convention. The members of J-ABA come from a wide variety of professions, including researchers, school teachers, counselors, social workers, nurses, and businesspeople, but most of us share the same interest: the integration of basic and applied research to find out how to solve socially important problems. We are an international chapter of ABAI. J-ABA was established as the Society for the Study of Behavior Analysis in 1979 and changed its name to the Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis in 1983, when its first annual convention was held at Keio University. Currently, we have more than 400 members, and the number is increasing. J-ABA organizes an annual convention, holds an open seminar, publishes the Japanese Journal of Behavior Analysis, distributes a newsletter, operates a website, and offers other publications concerning behavior analysis. We have been actively collaborating with other academic societies in Japan and promoting international exchanges.

 
31. Taiwan Association for Behavior Analysis
SHU-HWEI KE (SEEK Education, Inc.), Yiing Feng Huang (Taiwan Association for Behavior Analysis), Sharon Chien Chien (SEEK Education, Inc), Mia Lieu (Taiwan Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: TABA’s accomplishments in the past year are illustrated. These include the 2011 TABA Annual Conference with the special topic on assessment and treatment of problem behaviors, and planning discussion for BCaBA® course sequences with Taiwanese universities. Additionally, SEEK Education completed the translation of the seminal textbook, Applied Behavior Analysis 2nd Edition in Chinese. The publication of this broadly used textbook will be a critical academic introduction to applied behavior analysis for Chinese-speaking learners. TABA’s cooperation with universities and non-profit organizations to promote behavior analysis will be discussed.
 
32.

New Zealand Association for Behavior Analysis

REBECCA SHARP (University of Auckland), Denys Brand (University of Auckland)
Abstract:

The New Zealand Association for Behavior Analysis (NZABA) is an affiliated chapter of ABAI. In addition to holding educational events that contribute to BACB certification and providing advice to government agencies concerning the best practices for the treatment of autism, NZABA hosts an annual conference in which papers span experimental and applied topics. The members of NZABA come from a range of organizations, training programmes, and universities around New Zealand, and many are involved in diverse research. Researchers in New Zealand are active in a wide range of topics in both the experimental analysis of behavior and applied behavior analysis, including conditional reinforcement, verbal behavior, temporal discounting, and measurement methods in behavior analysis. Research is also being conducted across a wide range of populations, such as people with intellectual disabilities; people with dementia; caregivers of people with disabilities; children with developmental disorders; and non-human populations such as dogs, chickens, possums, pigeons, and rats. This poster will outline the activities of NZABA, as well as show some of the research currently being conducted in New Zealand.

 
33.

Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis

Ulrika Langh (Stockholm Autism Center for Young Children), DAG STROMBERG (Stockholm Autism Center for Young Children), Ned Carter (Swedish Association of Local Authorities and Regions)
Abstract:

This poster will describe the origin, development, and current activities of the Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis (SWABA). SWABA is devoted to supporting behavior analysts in Sweden and to promoting the internationalization of behavior analysis. From its creation in 1996, SWABA has grown to nearly 200 members. SWABA has an additional 150 "virtual" members from around the world. These "virtual" members both join and renew their memberships at the ABA Around the World Expo. A Virtual Member of the Year is selected at the Expo, and the winner receives a SWABA t-shirt. SWABA also holds an auction for a unique SWABA t-shirt with the proceeds being donated to the SABA International Endowment Fund. SWABA continues revising its routines and procedures with the goals of improving service and efficiency at the lowest possible cost. Over the years, SWABA has co-sponsored an international conference and arranged numerous seminars and meetings.

 
34.

Development of Behavior Analysis Services in India

SMITA AWASTHI (Association for Behavior Analysis of India), Geetika Kapoor (Association for Behavior Analysis of India), Kinnari Bhatt (Association for Behavior Analysis of India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Association for Behavior Analysis of India)
Abstract:

ABA India, an affiliated chapter of ABAI formed in 2009, has pioneered the ABA movement in India. Today there are four BCBAs and two BCaBAs in India. This presentation shows the development of behavior analysis in India despite government apathy toward recognition of behavior analysts or support towards introduction of an educational program in India.

 
35.

IABA—The Israeli ABA Chapter

EITAN ELDAR (Kibbutzim College), Michal Hirschmann (Kibbutzim College), Tali Wolf-Zukermann (Kibbutzim College)
Abstract:

IABA was established in 2003 and held its ninth annual conference in January 2012. IABA has about 100 members, all doing their best to support ABA in various academic and clinical fields. There are a few hundred professionals taking part in IABA's programs and activities, and more than 120 students are currently enrolled in two certification programs. Approved programs are offered by the University of Tel Aviv, led by Amos Rolider (Ph.D., BCBA-D), and the Kibbutzim College, led by Eitan Eldar (Ph.D., BCBA-D). IABA is offering opportunities for CE credits to the certified behavior analysts who participate in and present at conferences held at both institutes throughout the year. IABA published the Hebrew version of ABA terms and ethical principles. IABA also publishes a yearly newsletter in Hebrew sharing research projects and theoretical papers. IABA's website is continuously updated with information and links related to our field. Most of the students who have graduated from the above programs have found positions in a variety of educational and clinical agencies. IABA's goals are to: a) promote ABA as a leading science of human behavior, b) achieve recognition of the discipline as a distinct and unique profession by the Ministries of Health and Education, c) have more members and friends join IABA, d) establish an ABA journal in Hebrew, e) establish more approved ABA programs in other universities and graduate programs, f) promote both experimental and applied ABA research in Israel, g) strengthen our ties with the Behavior Analyst Certification Board and ABAI, and h)encourage more Israelis to participate as ABAI members.

 
36.

ABA of Brazil: 20 Years Old and a Leader in South America

MARTHA HÜBNER (Universidade de Sao Paulo), Denis Roberto Zamignani (Nucleo Paradigma)
Abstract:

The Brazilian Association of Psychology and Behavioral Medicine (ABPMC) was founded on November 4, 1991. Its objective is to congregate psychologists, researchers, professors, and students interested in the scientific and technological development of behavior analysis. ABPMC, the Brazilian ABA chapter, currently has 11,000 names on its mailing list. Each year for the past five years, around 1,800 people have attended each of its national and regional conventions; the national convention typically occurs in September. In 2004, ABPMC had the honor to organize ABAI's second international conference, which 2,420 people attended. Today, ABPMC has 1,740 members. The ABPMC's members come from all over Brazil. Many regional meetings have been held over the past six years, with around 400 people attending each one. If we consider the annual meeting and the regional meeting, we have 3,760 behavior analysts meeting each other every year. Since 1999, ABPMC has also published a regular journal called Revista Brasileira de Terapia Comportamental e Cognitiva (Brazilian Journal of Behavior and Cognitive Therapy), which is nationally recognized and very well received by the academic community; it is now online. Our chapter has worked to represent behavior analysis among government institutions, in order to increase its dissemination and influence in decision making in the area of research development. ABPMC also publishes a book series called Sobre Comportamento e Cognitivo, whose name was changed to Comportamento em Foco (Behavior in Focus), which has already published 28 volumes in applied and basic research areas. Since 2009 the main objective of the collection has been publishing articles that can be used as teaching material. In 2011, 1,580 people came to the XX Annual Meeting, which was held in Salvador, Bahia, during the first week of September, and at the same time we organized the First South American Meeting on Behavior Analysis. ABPMC celebrated its 20th anniversary, and ABAI was represented there by its CEO, Dr. Maria Malott, as well as some ex-presidents. For further information go to www.abpmc.org.br.

 
 
Expo Poster Session #108
Expo Session 5 - SIGS
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center)
1.

Applied Animal Behavior SIG

CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom), Megan E. Maxwell (Pet Behavior Change, LLC), Terri M. Bright (Simmons College)
Abstract:

The Applied Animal Behavior (AAB) SIG brings together individuals who specialize in or have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the appreciation, understanding, and management of animal behavior across species. The AAB SIG has three primary purposes: 1) to promote behavior analytic research and the exchange of scientific information in the area of animal behavior, 2) to advocate for and promote high standards in the application of methods and techniques of behavior change with animals in applied settings, and 3) to support and promote excellence in the education and research practices of individuals dedicated to the study and management of animal behavior in applied settings. Membership of the AAB SIG is diverse and includes academicians, researchers, and practitioners from a variety of disciplines dedicated to, affiliated with, or interested in animal behavior in applied settings. We welcome new members who share our interest in animal behavior and applied behavior analysis. The AAB SIG offers an annual student research award in honor of Marian Breland Bailey. This competition is open to all graduate and undergraduate students presenting their research during the annual ABAI convention.

 
2.

Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies Special Interest Group

JULIA H. FIEBIG (San Ramon Valley Unified School District), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

The Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Special Interest Group was established to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, overconsumption of resources, and imbalances in environmental sustainability. Information on BASS's mission, events, membership, and other pertinent information will be presented in poster format.

 
3.

Behavior Analyst Online Special Interest Group

MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School), Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
Abstract:

The BAO is a collection of journals now in its 12th year of operation, providing open-access, no-fee journals in the areas of the experimental analysis of behavior, applied behavior analysis, and clinical behavior analysis. The BAO SIG was created to disseminate research and theory to behavior analysts worldwide. The BAO SIG poster will update ABAI members on current developments, editorial boards, journals published by the BAO, publication schedules, and website information. Membership in the BAO SIG will also be made available.

 
4.

Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group

ALLISON A. JAY (University of Colorado, Colorado Springs), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University), Maranda Trahan (Johns Hopkins University), Yash P. Manchanda (Retired- Part Time Practice), Vinh Dang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Behavioral gerontology is the application of behavior analysis to aging and age-related issues (LeBlanc, Raetz, & Feliciano, 2011). By the year 2030, nearly 20% of the American population will be over the age of 65. Nearly every specialty area within the field of behavior analysis will be affected, as most areas have an older population. As individuals get older, they are forced to deal with the various issues that are unique to this time in life. However, many of the clinicians trained to work with certain populations do not have the additional training to deal with the behavioral issues that occur in aging settings. The mission of the Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group is to provide intellectual, clinical, and organizational support to professionals interested in aging and to foster behavior analytic research in aging. Additionally, we provide support to professionals in other areas of behavior analysis to help them effectively deal with aging issues.

 
5.

Behaviorists for Social Responsibility

MICHAEL A. MAGOON (NORC at the University of Chicago)
Abstract:

Behaviorists For Social Responsibility (BFSR) is a special interest group of ABAI. The mission of BFSR is to act to expand applications of behavior analysis and cultural analysis addressing social issues, particularly those with social justice, human rights, and environmental implications. Activities of BFSR include 1) expanding and strengthening the community of behavior analytic scientists working in areas of social importance, providing mutual stimulation and reinforcement for this work, and supporting and challenging each other in deepening it; 2) encouraging advances in the emerging subdiscipline of cultural analysis, in which many promising approaches to dealing with important social issues are grounded; 3) expanding access to current experimental, applied, and conceptual analyses related to social issues and cultural analysis worldwide, through publication of the scientific journal Behavior and Social Issues; 4) encouraging behavior scientists and practitioners to take practical action challenging oppression, in solidarity with those who are most at risk; 5) expanding public awareness of behavior analytic and cultural analytic principles and practices that can contribute to addressing social issues and challenging oppression; and 6) expanding presentations and programming related to social issues at the annual ABAI convention and other scientific and professional venues.

 
6.

Clinical SIG

THOMAS J. WALTZ (Center for Mental Healthcare and Outcomes Research), Emily Thomas Johnson (Behavior Attention and Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC), Cristal E. Weeks (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
Abstract:

The Clinical Special Interest Group of ABAI is dedicated to facilitating collaboration among researchers and clinicians in further development and application of applied behavior analysis in clinical populations. We will be distributing the latest issue of our newsletter at the ABAI Expo. Please stop by and get connected with others in this exciting field.

 
7.

Developmental Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group

MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University)
Abstract:

The mission of the Behavior Development Bulletin (BDB) is to provide behavior analysts with peer reviewed scientific information of interest to the behavior community, including research in cognitive development, child emotional development, developmental theory, and socialization. Since its inception, the BDB has published articles of an inter- and multi-disciplinary nature, including areas of socio-biology and behavioral methodology. The BDB is especially relevant to behavior analysts who study the developmental processes responsible for behavior changes and their progressive organization. The BDB hopes to provide answers by looking at the biological and environmental factors that affect behavioral development, while maintaining primary interest in the role of environmental contingencies in behavior change.

 
8.

Direct Instruction Special Interest Group: All Students Can Learn and All Teachers Can Be Successful!

WENDY L. KOZMA (Criterion Child Enrichment), Patty L. Polster (St. Louis University)
Abstract:

To be effective, the instructional process must be efficient and designed to maximize learner engagement. Effective instruction further requires that the educator be knowledgeable and skillful in several critical domains. The successful educator is able to identify the essential skills or learning objectives to be taught and utilizes effective procedures for teaching those skills; these include evaluating, selecting, and modifying instructional programs and materials to meet the unique needs of the learner. The effective instructor utilizes assessment data to appropriately place learners and to regularly monitor their progress. The successful educator utilizes effective lesson presentation techniques including appropriate pacing of instructional tasks, attending to the motivation of learners, and the diagnosis and correction of learner errors. Finally, the effective instructor analyzes assessment data and uses assessment results to guide instructional decision making. The direct instruction philosophy: all students can learn and all teachers can be successful! Please plan to attend the Direct Instruction SIG business meeting and join us in working to promote research-validated instructional practices!

 
9.

Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group

JOSHUA K. PRITCHARD (Florida Institute of Technology), Amanda N. Kelly (SEEM Collaborative), Melissa Nosik (University of Nevada, Reno), Benjamin N. Witts (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

The Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (DBA SIG) was formed in 2008 and has since had an active membership through its listserv. Since its development as an official special interest group of ABAI, the Dissemination SIG has created the B. F. Skinner Journalism Award, first given in 2011 to recognize excellent reporting of basic or applied behavioral work in the tradition of B. F. Skinner and intended for general readers. The DBA SIG's official website is www.aboutbehavior.com, and the SIG welcomes any behaviorists interested in the dissemination of behavior analysis.

 
10.

Evidence-Based Practice Special Interest Group (EBP SIG)

MARK T. HARVEY (Florida Institute of Technology), Ronnie Detrich (Wing Institute), Teri Lewis (Oregon State University), David W. Test (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University), John E. States (The Wing Institute), Randy Keyworth (The Wing Institute)
Abstract:

The Evidence-Based Practice Collaborative (EBP SIG), a special interest group of ABAI, was founded in 2007. The purpose of the Evidence-Based Practice SIG is to promote socially important behavior by facilitating evidence-based effective and sustainable practices in real-world settings. The focus of the EBP SIG is the identification of efficacious and effective skill sets that can be implemented and monitored in educational settings; replication and sustainability are emphasized. Come by to learn about past and future activities and find out how you can become involved with the Evidence-Based Practice SIG.

 
11.

Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior (EAHB) Special Interest Goup

MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group's (EAHB SIG) mission is to contribute to the continued growth and development of endeavors related to the experimental analysis of human behavior. The SIG has several initiatives that contribute toward this goal. First, the SIG sponsors and maintains the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin—an on-line journal focused on publication of studies with human subjects. Second, the SIG sponsors a student paper competition to recognize novel and effective strategies and tactics in the experimental analysis of human behavior. Third, the SIG sponsors an annual Distinguished Career Award with which we recognize individuals who have made large and sustained contributions to the literature on the experimental analysis of human behavior. Finally, we sponsor an annual meeting to discuss issues related to the initiatives described above as well as to recognize our student paper-contest winners. The meeting also serves as the context to discuss any other issues of interest to SIG members and attendees of the meeting.

 
12.

Health, Sport, and Fitness Special Interest Group of ABAI: Current Activities and Future Directions

MARIANNE L. JACKSON (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

The Health, Sport, and Fitness SIG is open to all ABAI members interested in the research and application of behavior analytic methods, practices, and principles to human challenges in health, sport, and fitness. We will present current SIG activities, membership data, and plans for future growth.

 
13.

History of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group

EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas), Karen R. Wagner (Behavior Services of Brevard), Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract:

ABAI's History of Behavior Analysis (HoBA) Special Interest Group was formed in 2011. Our vision is to advance the field of behavior analysis by understanding its history. Our mission is to cultivate and nurture, enrich and improve, and communicate and disseminate its history. Our audience includes behavior analysts, scientists and humanists in related disciplines, and the public at large. Our present objectives are to establish a listserv, recruit members, and hold a business meeting at the ABAI convention. In the future, we plan to present symposia at the ABAI conferences, establish an ABAI awards program to recognize and promote the field's historiography, and develop a website (e.g., for links to archives, bibliographies). For all this, we will develop an organizational structure (e.g., a secretary, treasurer, editors) and administrative functions (e.g., electoral), and perhaps have modest dues.

 
14.

Interbehaviorists in ABAI

MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

Interbehaviorism and interbehavioral psychology have much in common with the discipline of behavior analysis. Indeed, as the field of behavior analysis registers progress, the relevance of interbehaviorism and interbehavioral psychology is made more and more apparent (e.g., complex behavior, verbal behavior). However, the likelihood of this relevance being acknowledged by workers in behavior analysis seems to depend, at least in part, on the extent to which the interbehavioral position is made known in the first place. The Interbehaviorists Special Interest Group (SIG) aims to emphasize how interbehaviorism is both relevant and fundamental to behavior analysis, and to foster continued work and collaboration related to interbehaviorism. This is accomplished through efforts to maintain and highlight relevant literature, organize symposia at conferences, and coordinate scholarly efforts. More generally, because interbehaviorism is relatively unknown to workers in behavior analysis when compared to other philosophies, a primary aim of the Interbehaviorists SIG is the dissemination of the interbehavioral position.

 
15.

Organizational Behavior Management Network

HEATHER M. MCGEE (Western Michigan University), Sarah E. Casella (Western Michigan University), Hana Manal (Western Michigan University), Nathan Bechtel (Western Michigan University), Yngvi Einarsson (Western Michigan University), Randall Hallman (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Network, founded in 1982, exists in order to develop, enhance, and support the growth and vitality of organizational behavior management through research, education, practice, and collaboration. The OBM Network is a nonprofit organization whose members are consultants, academicians, students, employees, managers, supervisors, and executives. OBM is a science-based approach to improving human performance and execution in organizations. OBM produces significant and measurable outcomes in behavior change, organization and culture change, organizational management systems, and process improvement. OBM practitioners have a bottom-line focus, and their work shows substantial and continuing financial impact on organizations. Individuals interested in applying behavioral principles to the improvement of performance in business and industry are encouraged to visit the OBM Network poster to learn more about OBM, the OBM Network, membership benefits, and the 2013 OBM Network Conference. Informational and promotional materials will be available for all visitors, and OBM Network staff will be on hand to discuss the network and its activities, as well as to answer any questions about the network and the 2013 OBM Network Conference.

 
16.

Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group

ROBERT F. PUTNAM (May Institute)
Abstract:

The ABAI Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group (PBS SIG) is dedicated to promoting research-based strategies that combine applied behavior analysis and biomedical science with person-centered values and systems change to increase quality of life and decrease problem behaviors. The goal of the PBS SIG is to promote the use of positive behavior support interventions in schools, communities, agencies, and homes and to support practitioners in their use.

 
17.

Rehabilitation and Independent Living Special Interest Group

CHRIS PERSEL (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Abstract:

The Rehabilitation and Independent Living Special Interest Group focuses on networking professionals who work in the field of acquired brain injury and related neurological deficits. Areas of interest include neurobehavioral programs, skill acquisition and relearning, community re-entry, military related brain injuries, funding, current trends, research, jobs, and internships.

 
18.

Sex Therapy and Educational Programming Special Interest Group (STEP SIG)

FAWNA STOCKWELL (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Bobby Newman (Full Inclusion Living and Learning Unitarian University), Lorraine M. Bologna (The Cincinnati Center for Autism)
Abstract:

The Sex Therapy and Educational Programming Special Interest Group (STEP SIG) exists to help disseminate empirically verified information regarding sex education and sex therapy to behavior analysts working in applied settings. STEP SIG also supports basic and applied research on the emergence and maintenance of human sexual behavior in typically developing individuals, individuals with autism and developmental disabilities, and other populations. Members of this special interest group include professionals, teachers, direct service providers, parents, and consumers who are concerned with issues of sex therapy, sex education, and sex research. STEP SIG was founded in 2007 and has been providing a symposium at the annual convention of ABAI since its inception, sharing both conceptual and empirical presentations with conference attendees.

 
19.

Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group

TRACIE L. LINDBLAD (Four Points Intervention Strategies, Inc.), Laura L. Grow (University of British Columbia), Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.)
Abstract:

The Speech Pathology (SPABA) Special Interest Group (SIG) poster will provide information about the SIG's mission and the mission-related member activities during the past year. The SIG's mission is to promote the dissemination of behaviorally oriented speech and language research and the application of evidence-based practices relevant to the full range of services provided by speech and language professionals. Expo attendees to our poster will receive information about SIG membership and its benefits, resources that are available on the SIG website, and opportunities for participation on various SIG committees. In addition, a few SIG members will be available at the poster for informal discussions with visitors and to answer questions and to promote interest in the dissemination of behavioral interventions for speech and language disorders.

 
20.

Standard Celeration Society

KERRI L. MILYKO (Precision Teaching Learning Center), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Timothy Michael Yeager (Teachers College, Columbia University), Charles T. Merbitz (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), William J. Helsel (AGILE Learner's Program/PLEA)
Abstract:

Since 1990 the Standard Celeration Society (SCS) has been a collegial organization for all persons who use Standard Celeration Charts to monitor and change human behavior frequencies. The society's heritage lies greatly in Precision Teaching and its founder, Ogden R. Lindsley, who in 1972 (p. 9) came up with the term "Precision Teaching" because "what was really new in our procedure was precision, we decided to use that as an adjective in front of whatever it was one was doing: hence in our case, "'precision teaching.'" Lindsley (1971) hoped that the standard recording and charting system would be used throughout the behavioral fields as Precision School Psychology, Precision Social Work (Green & Morrow, 1972), Precision Speech Therapy (Johnson, 1972), and so on. Dr. Lindsley's greatest contribution as written in a tribute by T. V. Joe Layng was his showing "that bringing frequency to the people revealed not only his heart, but the heart that resides in the science of human behavior as well." The SCS encourages the development and growth of a science of human behavior and learning, and promotes using the Standard Celeration Chart to further that objective. Ultimately, we have a society to create a more loving, less fearful world.

 
21.

Teaching Behavior Analysis SIG of ABAI

CHRISTINE HOFFNER BARTHOLD (University of Delaware)
Abstract:

The Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (SIG) of ABAI is one of the largest SIGs. Come find out why! We have a diverse group of individuals in our group and an active listserv where we discuss everything from basic principles of behavior to autism. See what we are all about!

 
22.

Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group

SARAH SMUGALA (University of North Texas), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Kerry A. Conde (Western New England College), April N. Kisamore (Western New England University), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Danielle LaFrance (B.E.S.T. Consulting, Inc.)
Abstract:

The Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group (VB SIG) is affiliated with ABAI and is dedicated to the study of language acquisition. The VB SIG is led by a group of professionals within the field of applied behavior analysis, all of whom approach the study of verbal behavior from a Skinnerian perspective as established by B. F. Skinner's (1957) publication of Verbal Behavior. This organization was established to a) support and encourage research efforts to improve our understanding of verbal behavior, b) support practice-based issues in utilizing the analysis of verbal behavior, c) support undergraduate and graduate instruction of Skinner's (1957) Verbal Behavior, d) communicate with other organizations making use of Skinner's Verbal Behavior, and e) disseminate information regarding a behavioral approach to studying language.

 
23.

Autism SIG

LORI E. BECHNER (Autism Center, at University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey)
Abstract:

The Autism SIG brings together those who specialize in or have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the education and treatment of individuals with autism throughout the lifespan. The SIG was created to promote behavior analytic research and the exchange of scientific information in the area of autism treatment, to advocate for and promote high standards in the application of behavior analytic treatment, and to support consumers of ABA services. The Autism SIG maintains a website and publishes a quarterly newsletter to provide clinicians, educators, and parents with information regarding scientifically supported interventions for individuals with autism. Other ongoing initiatives include participating in the ABAI Annual Convention and Autism Conference exhibitions, presenting an annual student research award, and maintaining consumer guidelines for identifying, selecting, and evaluating behavior analysts working with individuals with autism.

 
24.

Practitioner Issues in Behavior Analysis SIG

MICHAEL WEINBERG (Achieve Beyond/Bilinguals Inc.), Teresa Balawejder (Texas Department of Aging and Disability Services)
Abstract:

This SIG provides a voice for practitioner members of ABAI and a forum to discuss issues regarding the practice of behavior analysis, professional training, credentialing, and other matters. This SIG communicates with other related SIGs to promote the practice of behavior analysis. We invite new members to join the SIG as well as sign on to the listserv to discuss matters of importance and relevance to behavior analyst practitioners.

 
25.

Parent Professional Partnership SIG

DAVID A. CELIBERTI (Association for Science in Autism Treatment)
Abstract:

The Parent-Professional Partnership Special Interest Group (PPP SIG) was created in 2001 to help address the needs of parents within the ABAI community. The PPP SIG provides information, networking opportunities, and resources for parents attending the ABAI Annual Convention. Although the bulk of our efforts center around autism spectrum disorders, parents of children with other disorders and disabilities may be interested in learning more about the SIG. Our ongoing initiatives include:

  • Helping parents involved in applied behavior analytic (ABA) services become more familiar with ABA through information, resources, and links.
  • Providing parents with access to accurate information from other existing resources via links or summaries.
  • Sharing information with parent attendees prior to the ABAI convention.
  • Hosting an orientation for parent newcomers at the start of the ABAI convention.
  • Sponsoring formal conference events that target issues of significance to parents.
  • Creating opportunities for networking.
  • Providing a forum for discussion of objectives at our annual business meeting.
 
26.

Association for Science in Autism Treatment

DAVID A. CELIBERTI (Association for Science in Autism Treatment)
Abstract:

The vast array of "proposed treatments" for autism can be both overwhelming and confusing for consumers. Sadly, there is not a shared commitment to empirical validation, research, and data-based decision making amongst providers. The Association for Science in Autism Treatment (ASAT) strives to be an important resource for individuals with autism, family members, professionals, and paraprofessionals—in fact, for anyone interested in reliable, science-based, and accurate information about autism and its treatments. Founded in 1998, ASAT's mission is to disseminate accurate, scientifically sound information about treatments for autism and to improve access to effective, science-based treatments for all people with autism, regardless of age, severity of condition, income, or place of residence. For more information please visit ASAT's website at www.asatonline.org.

 
 
Expo Poster Session #109
Expo Session 7 - Other
Saturday, May 26, 2012
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center)
1.

European ABA

ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Lise Renat Roll-Pettersson (Stockholms Universitet), Boerge Stromgren (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Ricardo Pellon (Universidad Nacional de Educacion a Distancia), Neil T. Martin (European Association for Behaviour Analysis)
Abstract:

European ABA (http://www.europeanaba.org/) is an umbrella organization for national organizations of behavior analysts in Europe. Our mission is 1) to provide an international forum within Europe for the study and discussion of matters relevant to behavior analysis, 2) to encourage high quality education and professional certification throughout Europe, 3) to organize congresses/conferences in experimental and applied behavior analysis, 4) to establish and maintain relations among behavior analysis organizations inside and outside Europe, and 5) to maintain web pages/bulletin boards to facilitate communication. For more information about EABA contact us by e-mail at info@europeanaba.org.

 
2.

Bachelors Programme in Learning Psychology with an Emphasis in Behvior Analysis at The Oslo and Akserhus University Collage of Applied Sciences

Heidi Skorge Olaff (Oslo and Akershus University Collage), ANNE BAKKE (Oslo and Akershus University Colleage), Gunnar Ree (Oslo and Akerhus University College of Applied Sciences), Torunn Lian (Akershus University College)
Abstract:

This is a new bachelor education programme started up august 2008 and gives a basic competence in behavioral science in the research and practical field. The study will increase the knowledge about how human behaviour influence and changes, and how human behaviour can be analyzed in interaction with the environment. The study will give a substantial introduction to how basic learning principles can applies within different areas in the field. The study is arranged for exchanges of students internationally and internationally. The study will do the students able to participate in processes of changes in the job life from a perspective of the science of behaviour. Learning psychology and behavior analysis can easily be combines with other field as pedagogy, health science, economy, and other social studies. The study is also an excellent stating point for the programmes of master thesis, for example The Master Programme Learning in Complex Systems, and The PhD Programme in Applied Behavior Analysis. The study contains the following modules: PSYK1200 General Themes in Science, Related to the Subject Matter of behaviour (exfac), 10 sp PSYK1100 Philosophy of Science, and Ethics, 10 sp PSYK1410 Introduction to Behavior Analysis, part 1, 5 sp PSYK1310 Introduction to Biological Psychology and Themes in Psychology, Research Methods and Statistics, 15 sp PSYK1410 Introduction to Behavior Analysis, part 2, 5 sp PSYK1510 Selection sciences, 10 sp PSYK2100 - Gathering, Recording, and Analyzing Data Exercise, 10 sp PSYK2200 - Organizing and Programming Learning, 10 sp PSYKPRA1 - Applied Behavior Analysis Exercises, 10 sp PSYK2300 Behavior Analysis, 10 sp PSYK2500 - Learning Principles in Developmental Psychology PSYK2400 - Planning, Evaluating, and Documenting Individual Behavior Change, 10 sp PSYK3200 Social Psychology and relational skills, 10 sp PSYK3300 - Management of Behavior in Organizations, 10 sp PSYK3100- Research Methods and Statistics 2 10 sp PSYKPRA2 - Optional Exercises Related to Bachelor Thesis, 15 sp. PSYK3900 - Bachelor Thesis, 15 sp. The study is a full time study and use different instructional forms like lectures, interteaching, seminars, supervition, practical exercise and skill training. Through the Universitys laboratories will the students get skills in experimental research.

 
3.

Division 25 of the American Psychological Association

ERIC A. JACOBS (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale), Matthew Weaver (Universtiy of Pittsburgh)
Abstract:

Division 25 was founded in 1964 to promote basic research in the experimental analysis of behavior, to encourage applications of such research to human affairs, and to cooperate with other divisions whose interests overlap with the division. Division 25 is also the voice of behavior analysis within APA. If behavior analysts are not strongly represented in APA, then APA is unlikely to advocate for us when they speak with government officials, funding agencies, and to the general public. The stronger our numbers, the louder our voice. Stop by the poster at this year's Expo to learn more about the division and about how you can help simply by joining. With annual dues as low as $22 the time to join Division 25 is now.

 
4.

Advanced Training at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine

Lauren Harpole (Kennedy Krieger Institute), KASEE STRATTON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer L. Crockett (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michael F. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

The Department of Behavioral Psychology at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine provides training in behavioral psychology as it applies to individuals with developmental disabilities and pediatric problems. This training program, which has been in existence for more than 30 years, is comprised of an American Psychological Association (APA) accredited predoctoral internship program (APA accredited since 1988) and a postdoctoral fellowship program. Since its inception, this training program has been one of the leading training programs in applied behavior analysis and behavioral psychology. More than 400 individuals have completed a predoctoral internship or a postdoctoral fellowship. The department is committed to providing a training environment that facilitates the development of future leaders in the field of behavioral psychology. We maintain a distinguished faculty who serve as role models for trainees. Our faculty, who hold academic appointments at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, have a highly regarded record of research in the areas of severe behavior disorders, functional assessment and analysis, pediatric feeding problems, behavioral pediatrics, parent training, drug and behavior interactions, and functional MRI.

 
5.

Graduate Internet Coursework in Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas

SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas), Susan R. Miller (University of North Texas), Brook B. Wheetley (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

The Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas offers a distance program in behavior analysis. This Internet program is a sequence of five self-paced courses, designed by full-time faculty, to meet the needs of individuals who cannot obtain coursework in behavior analysis locally. The courses are multimedia and highly interactive, and they cover the academic content required by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). Students may also earn a 15-SCH academic certificate in applied behavior analysis for completing the five-course sequence.

 
6.

University of Minnesota Certificate Program in Applied Behavior Analysis

TIMOTHY R. MOORE (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

The certificate program in applied behavior analysis (ABA) at the University of Minnesota prepares teachers and related service personnel to design and deliver services to children and youth with developmental and acquired disabilities. This 12-credit program provides specialized training in methods of behavioral assessment, intervention, and treatment evaluation. Coursework addresses ethical issues regarding treatment delivery and the need for supervision by qualified professionals. Professionals with specialized training in applied behavior analysis are in high demand. The behavior analytic mode of service delivery is recognized locally and nationally as an effective and accountable system for consumers with developmental disabilities and autism. This program offers professional development opportunities for public and private social service agency staff, public and private school personnel, treatment facility personnel, and psychology and education professionals. The certificate program will also prepare students for the national professional certification examination sponsored by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc. However, applicants must meet additional criteria to meet certification requirements. The certificate program is offered jointly by the Department of Educational Psychology in the College of Education and Human Development and the Department of Psychology at the University of Minnesota's College of Liberal Arts.

 
7.

St. Lawrence College: Canada's First Bachelor's Degree In Behavioural Psychology

Gary A. Bernfeld (St. Lawrence College), Glenna Hunter (St. Lawrence College), Sheelagh Jamieson (St. Lawrence College), Marie Line Jobin (St. Lawrence College), ANDREW W. MCNAMARA (St. Lawrence College), Deborah K. Smith (St. Lawrence College)
Abstract:

St. Lawrence College has offered a new bachelor of applied arts (behavioural psychology) degree since September 2004. This program provides the most comprehensive training in the behavioural sciences at the undergraduate level in Canada. Students are trained in the latest behavioural techniques used in a variety of areas such as acquired brain injuries, autism, addictions, developmental disorders, psychiatric disorders, and special education, as well as adult and youth corrections. Graduates may pursue additional post-secondary education (e.g. graduate school in this area, as well as in teaching, social work, etc.). The major areas of study within the program are ABA and cognitive behaviour therapy, as well as behaviourally oriented courses in abnormal and developmental psychology, statistics, etc. Classroom based courses combined with three practicum opportunities (totalling more than 1,100 hours) ensure both knowledge and skill development in assessing behavioural patterns and designing effective programs to achieve behavioural change and skill development. The program has received strong support from past ABAI presidents as well as recognised leaders in both research and applied settings across North America. For more information, see http://www.stlawrencecollege.ca. First go to "Full-time Studies," then select "Degree Programs," and select "Bachelor of Applied Arts Degree in Behavioural Psychology."

 
8. Bachelor of Arts in Applied Behaviour Analysis - Autism
CARA A ZASKOW (ABA-Autism Program Coordinator)
Abstract: This program is the only one in Canada to offer baccalaureate degree and a post-baccalaureate diploma in Applied Behaviour Analysis with concentration in Autism in Canada that blends rigorous academic training and professional supervised experience. The program is recognized by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board™ (BACB) and successful completion of the program will enable students to be eligible to write the BACB exam to become a Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst™ (BCaBA). Program features: Flexible entry requirements. For the baccalaureate degree students can enter into third year of the program with any Associates Degree in Arts or Sciences (or equivalent). For the post-baccalaureate diploma, students can enter into the program with a recognized Bachelor of Arts or Sciences Degree. Course work in principles of ABA, single-subject research design, ethics, group dynamics and autism spectrum disorders that exceeds the minimum requirements of the BACB. Students work as Behaviour Interventionists (BI’s) throughout the third year of the program providing context for and a personal connection with the course work. 100 hours of the BI work is part of a practicum. The program includes a 500 hour intensive practicum completed in the fourth year. Students do not need to seek out their own practicum placement but work with the ABA-A Practicum Convenor to find the “best fit” that will provide the student with a good breadth and depth of experience. The intensive practicum includes individual supervision at the practicum location as well as monthly group supervision on campus. Courses are taught by Board Certified Behavior Analysts™ who are professionally active in the community. Small class sizes that promotes individualized learning.
 
9.

Staff Training and Development at Behavior Momentum India

SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India)
Abstract:

Behavior Momentum India (BMI) is the first organization in India to provide ABA services under one roof. Its mantra is quality services based on the latest evidence-based practices in step with the latest in the world. Dr. Bridgette Taylor, Dr. Karola Dillenburger, Dr. Mickey Keenan, and Dr. Rebecca Ward are the four international advisors on its board. Currently BMI has four centers for individuals with autism and developmental disabilities. Because of the absence of behavior analytic education in India, an intensive staff training program is implemented in ABA at BMI lasting 4 weeks. Multiple baseline data on three batches of 20 staff each showed improvements in the staff in understanding and applying behavior principles, verbal operants, and discrete trial teaching. Training involved role play, video reviews, modeling, and hands-on training. This poster demonstrates the results of training, areas of improvement, and challenges faced.

 
10.

The ABRITE Organization

JANICE DONEY FREDERICK (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Wilson (The ABRITE Organization), Rebecca S. Raas (The ABRITE Organization), Valerie Rogers (The ABRITE Organization), John Frederick (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract:

ABRITE provides early intervention services to children with autism and other developmental disabilities throughout Santa Cruz County, California. ABRITE utilizes the principles and methods of applied behavior analysis (ABA) by analyzing a child's specific needs and developing an individualized learning environment and program of instruction. The ABRITE treatment model consists of several instructional strategies based on the principles of behavior analysis, including discrete trial and natural environment teaching, function-based communication training, rate building, and verbal behavior instruction. In addition to intensive home-based services, ABRITE provides children and families with several other forms of assistance, including 1) function-based assessment and treatment of undesirable behaviors, 2) parent training, and 3) classroom assistance. ABRITE is comprised of a compassionate team of individuals who care deeply about children and who believe that autism does not define a child. Instead, we take the position that every child shows strengths and weaknesses and it is our job after years of studying the principles of learning to help each child. ABRITE offers a number of employment and training opportunities to undergraduates, graduates, and postgraduates.

 
11.

FoxyLearning: On-line Tutorials and Continuing Education for Behavioral Science

ERIC J. FOX (FoxyLearning)
Abstract:

FoxyLearning provides fully on-line, interactive, multimedia tutorials focused on behavior analysis. The tutorials are designed for easy integration into courses and can be completed for Type 2 continuing education units to maintain certification as a BCBA or BCaBA (FoxyLearning is approved by the BACB to offer Type 2 continuing education). Tutorials on verbal behavior and relational frame theory are currently offered. This poster offers further details about the tutorials, guidelines for integrating them into a course or training program, and information for content experts interested in working with FoxyLearning to develop new tutorials.

 
12.

Academy for Precision Learning

ALISON L. MOORS (Academy for Precision Learning), Jennifer Annable (Academy for Precision Learning), Andrea B. Sanders (Academy for Precision Learning)
Abstract:

The Academy for Precision Learning (www.aplschool.org) is an independent K–8 school located in Seattle, Washington. The APL model focuses on creating an environment with academically rigorous content paired with socially conscious approaches to educating all learners regardless of ability. In 2007, APL opened its doors to four students and has since grown to serve more than 60 learners. APL uses high quality, data driven approaches from the field of applied behavior analysis to create individualized learning plans specifically designed for all students regardless of ability. APL's program provides personalized classes that help all students reach their full potential. With a unique combination of teaching methodologies, individualized curricula, staff development, and broad community support, APL strives to develop and disseminate effective strategies for ensuring that no child is left behind.

 
13. The Institute for Child Development in Gdansk, Poland,as the Only Polish Replica of the Princeton Child Development Institute
IWONA RUTA-SOMINKA (Institute for Child Development), Anna Budzinska (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk)
Abstract: The Institute for Child Development (IWRD) in Gdansk is a non-profit organization offering a comprehensive science-based program of therapy for children with autism. The Institute for Child Development is the first replica in Europe and the only one in Poland of the Princeton Child Development Institute located in the USA. The following programs operate within IWRD: -- Special Kindergarten for Children with Autism -- Psychology and Education Clinic -- Teacher Training Center -- Single-grade Integrational Kindergarten The main method incorporates the principles of applied behavior analysis as well as basic teaching standards. The IWRD educational program is based on the Princeton Child Development Institute model. A special education kindergarten for children with autism offers a program of early development intervention consisting of therapy for children that begins with the moment of the initial diagnosis and continues until they reach school age. Children work according to individualized educational and therapeutic programs under the guidance of highly qualified therapists at the Institute. They also implement the programs at family homes under the supervision of IWRD specialists. Each task in the program is recorded once a week and the data are plotted onto a graph. All changes in behavior (i.e. students progress) are analyzed. The main objective of the therapy is gradual and systematic introduction of the child into his or her peer group at mainstream kindergartens and schools. The Institute for Child Development also conducts a research and development program designed to conduct scientific studies and publish books and articles as well as popularize knowledge about the latest methods of diagnosis and therapy of small children with autism and related disorders. We have initiated joint programs with the University of Gdansk and other scientific research centers in Poland and abroad. We share our experience and knowledge by holding training sessions and internships designed for teachers, psychologists and students.
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}